31051 BK Out of print Electric Power
Yearbook of World Electronics Data 1996- Volume 1 West Europe
1995
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY  Out of print Paperback
1-85617-284-8 060600

504840 BK Out of print Mathematics (General)
World Directory of Mathematicians 1982
Seventh Edition 1982 In the USA/Canada: The International Mathematical Union
NORTH-HOLLAND  Out of print Hardbound
0-444-86570-5 050500

522208 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Systems Software
1986
ELSEVIER  Out of print x + 748 pages Hardbound
0-444-01013-0 050504

502211 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Science and Engineering
Fourth Edition 1987
ELSEVIER No matter how simple or sophisticated a project might be, this specialized edition of The Software Catalog: Science and Engineering, Fourth Edition, will help science professionals find the best software package to suit their needs. This guide provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date information about the availability, applications, price and compatibility of over 4,800 specially chosen software units. Each program entry gives users full details on: - the capabilities of the program - how and where it can be used - the language or languages the program is written in - the types of hardware and operating systems that will support the program - the source or sources from which the program can be obtained. The Software Catalog features seven fully cross-referenced indexes that allow users to locate programs quickly and conveniently. The subject categories range from computer-aided design, and mechanical engineering, to chemistry, nuclear science, agriculture, and operations research. Programs from a wide selection of vendors are provided, including packages from COSMIC, COSMIC/NASA, SYSTEK, Molecular Design, ECOM, Dynacomp, MC2 Engineering, and hundreds more. Subject and Applications Categories. How to Use The Software Catalog: An Overview. Learning about Each Program: A Buyer's Guide. Software Section: Detailed Program Descriptions Arranged by Vendor and ISPNR. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index. Operating System Index. Programming Language Index. Microprocessor Index. Subject and Applications Index. Keyword and Program Name Index. Glossary. How to Order Software Form.  Out of print x + 706 pages Paperback
0-444-01228-1 050504

502213 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Minicomputers
1987
ELSEVIER Subject Categories. Notes to Software Users and Software Houses. How to Use The Software Catalog: An Overview. Learning About Each Program: A Buyer's Guide. The Software Catalog Publications. Software Section. Detailed Program Descriptions Arranged by Vendor and by ISPN®. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index. Operating System Index. Programming Language Index. Subject and Applications Index. Keyword and Program Name Index. Glossary. How to Order Software Form.  Out of print xii + 792 pages Paperback
0-444-01270-2 050504

502238 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Microcomputers
Winter 1990 1990
ELSEVIER This top-rated guide provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date information about the availability, application, price, and compatibility of more than 36,000 software programs from 5,900 vendors. THE SOFTWARE CATALOG: Microcomputers is the convenient way to find software for microcomputers quickly and easily. It provides fast, ready access to all the important facts. Each program entry listed in the catalog gives readers the full details on the capabilities of the program; the language(s) the program is written in; the types of hardware and operating systems that will support the program; and the source(s) from which the program can be obtained. Subject categories cover just about every application. THE SOFTWARE CATALOG: Microcomputers includes three indexes: product, publisher and publisher directory.  Out of print 3544 pages (in 2 vols.) Paperback
0-444-01554-X 050504

522207 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Health Professions
1985
ELSEVIER  Out of print xl + 188 pages Hardbound
0-444-00952-3 050504

502212 BK Out of print Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Business Software
Second Edition 1985
ELSEVIER The Software Catalog: Business Software, 2nd Edition, contains comprehensive program descriptions of over 7,000 programs designed for most minicomputers. A unique indexing system enables users to trace software by utilizing any of the following reference points: vendor; computer system; operating system; programming language; application; keyword. For business professionals, this book is the up-to-date source on availability, price, applications, and compatibility of minicomputer software packages and the systems on which they run. Decision Support Systems and Other Seductive Software (W. Burkan). How to Choose the Right Statistics Program (J. Siegel). Moving Data Between PCs and Mainframes (J. Siegel). A Sampling of Remote Computer Services (J. Siegel). How to Use The Software Catalog: An Overview; Learning about each Program: A Buyers Guide. Software Section. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index; Operating System Index; Programming Language Index; Microprocessor Index. Subject and Application Index. Keyword and Program Name Index. Glossary. Vendor Information Form.  Out of print xxviii + 1164 pages Paperback
0-444-00986-8 050504

525033 HB Out of print Hazardous / Toxic Waste, Chemical Health and Safety, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Groundwater Pollution and Remediation, Pollution Control, Soil Pollution
SARA Title III Regulations and Keyword Index, 1993 Edition

ELSEVIER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

SARA Title III Regulations and Keyword Index is designed to make the emergency planning and community right-to-know regulations (Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 -- SARA) more understandable and usable. Topics covered include notification and release reporting requirements for facilities handling hazardous substances, inventory reporting, trade secrecy claims, and reporting requirements for emissions of hazardous substances.

The complete text is included for 40 CFR Part 350 (Trade Secrecy Provisions and Information Disclosure Requirements); Part 355 (Facility Notification and Release Reporting Requirements); Part 370 (Hazardous Chemical Inventory Reporting Requirements); and Part 372 (Toxic Release Reporting Requirements).

Also included are the following key features:

  • Brief summaries of each Part of the regulations.

  • Individual keyword indexes for each Part of the regulations.

  • A master keyword index of all topics covered by the SARA Title III regulations.

  • A complete list of extremely hazardous substances and their threshold planning quantities.

  • Sample inventory and spill reporting forms.

    Multiple copy discounts are available for this publication. For more information, please call +1-303-470-1900 or FAX +1-303-470-5119.  Out of print 366 pages Paperback 070712

    525029 BK Out of print Hazardous / Toxic Waste, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Groundwater Pollution and Remediation, Pollution Control, Soil Pollution
    RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions, 1993 Edition
    A Guide to Compliance
    ELSEVIER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

    RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions provides the most comprehensive, up-to-date, and accessible coverage of EPA's complicated and continually evolving land disposal restrictions. Current through August 31, 1993, it is designed to make these regulations easier to understand and to offer professionals practical guidance on finding solutions to specific compliance problems.

    The complete text of the land disposal regulations is included, as well as:

  • A new chapter explaining how land disposal restrictions apply during site investigation and remediation.

  • Coverage of the emergencyrule that sets new treatment standards for ignitable and corrosive wastes, the conditional extensions for hazardous debris, and the new standards for corrective actions management units (CAMUs).

  • Sixteen logic diagrams to help determine if a waste is regulated and to facilitate compliance.

  • Keyword indexes to facilitate access to the regulations and to the guidance contained in the publication.

  • A master table of treatment standards for all hazardous wastes and a separate table of alternative standards for hazardous debris.

  • Sample notification and certification forms and practical examples showing how the land disposal restrictions apply to specific wastes.

    Subscribers to The Hazardous Waste Consultant receive RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions as part of their annual subscription. For further details, please contact the publisher.  Out of print 320 pages Paperback
    0-930469-18-6 070712

    620601 MV isbn/0762303204 Financial Institutions and Services, Business
    The Quest for Exchange Rate Stability in the Next Millennium

    JAI RIBFResearch in International Business and Finance13 3
    Supplement 1
    International Stock Market Interactions and Financial Issues in Emerging Markets
    1996 I. International Capital Market Interactions. Dynamic linkages among Latin American and other major world stock markets (Y. Shachmurove). International transmission of innovation among EC stock markets (J. Friedman, Y. Shachmurove). Stock market linkages between the United States and Southern European countries (M.S. Kulkarni). Integration and anomalies in the emerging markets of Asia and Latin America (R. Aggarwal, R. Leal). Pacific-Basin stock market linkages (B. Arshanapalli, J. Doukas). The heteroskedastic behavior of stock prices in an integrated global market: evidence from Taiwan and Korea (Bang Nam Jeon, Kap-Soo Oh and T.C. Chiang). Oil and world stock markets reaction to the Gulf crisis (A.G. Malliaris, G.L. Urrutia). Why stock valuation ratios differ internationally (Jongmoo Jay Choi, M.G. Papaioannou). II. Financial Issues in Emerging Markets. Financial liberalization and bank solvency: a multi-country study (J. Chavez, K.P. Fischer and E. Ortiz). The effect of deposit variable on the portfolio behavior of commercial banks in an emerging financial market (I.A. Moosa, N.E. Al-Loughani). The Korean Stock Market: the road to globalization and liberalization (Young-Kwon Cho, S.R. Cunningham). Capital market integration and emerging markets (A. Alford, J. Lussier). Price effects of stock ownership restrictions for foreigners in emerging markets (C. Sherman Cheung, C.C.Y. Kwan and H.A. Thomas). Non-normality of returns in emerging markets: a comparison of mean-variance versus mean-lower partial moment asset pricing models (B. Eftekhari, S.E. Satchell). Risk aversion and the efficient markets model for stock prices: evidence from the Athens Stock Exchange (D.G. Kirikos). Liquidity, stock returns, and ownership structure: an empirical study of the Bombay Stock Exchange (V.R. Eleswarapu, C. Krishnamurthi). Do we expect more latent variables in a structurally different market: the case of Hong Kong (Wai Lee, Hung-Gay Fung and Wai-Chung Lo). The Philippines Call Market for interest rate futures: mean reversion and volatility structure (Moon Hoe Lee, O.L.C. Ranit). The effects of environmental regulation on stock prices on the Mexican Stock Exchange (D.W. French, M.J. Herrera and J.M. Tanski). The robustness of the day-of-the-week effect: evidence from the Taiwan Stock Exchange (Che-Peng Lin, M.M. Walker). Capital structures in middle-income countries: a study of Indonesia and Malaysia (Q. Hussain). Supplement edited by L.Lang,  J.Doukas
    0-7623-0110-4  Out of print 400 pages Hardbound 080850

    424133 BK Out of print Electric Power
    Profile of the Worldwide Capacitor Industry
    1990
    ELSEVIER  Out of print Hardbound
    1-85617-023-3 060601

    424134 BK Out of print Electric Power
    Profile of the European Controllers & Control Systems Process Industry
    1989
    ELSEVIER  Out of print Hardbound
    0-948577-22-3 060601

    522414 BK Out of print General Psychology
    Proceedings of the XXII International Congress of Psychology, Leipzig, 1980
    in 10 volumes 1982
    NORTH-HOLLAND  Out of print . 080803

    522413 BK Out of print General Psychology
    Proceedings of the XXIII International Congress of Psychology, Acapulco, 1984
    in 9 volumes 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND  Out of print . 080805

    601518 MV PMSE Polymer Science and Technology
    PMSE Preprints
    Twice-yearly publication, coinciding with biannual American Chemical Society National Meetings (Spring and Fall) Proceedings of the American Chemical Society Division of Polymeric Materials: Science and Engineering
    ELSEVIER Published twice a year in conjunction with the Spring and Fall National Meetings of the American Chemical Society, PMSE Preprints are recognized as one of the leading sources of the information on the latest advances in adhesives, biomedical polymers, composites, polymers for electronic applications, plastics, coatings, as well as the many other areas of applied science and engineering of polymeric materials. PMSE Preprints are also one of the few sources of information on the latest developments in industrial research.

    For further information on the PMSE Division of the ACS go to click here Edited by PMSE 6
    Volume 73 1996
    0-8412-3302-0  Out of print Paperback 060655

    701855 DB As of 2004, available from www.scitegic.com Drug Discovery
    Pipeline Pilot™

    MDL No longer available from MDL.
    As of 2004, available from www.scitegic.com  Out of print Database/Service 005005

    420503 MV Out of print Petroleum Geology and Engineering
    Petroleum and the Continental Shelf of North West Europe

    PERGAMON 1
    Volume 1
    Geology
    1975 Volume edited by A.W.Woodland
    0-85334-648-8  Out of print x + 502 pages Hardbound 2
    Volume 2
    Environmental Protection
    1975 Volume edited by H.A.Cole
    0-85334-656-9  Out of print viii + 126 pages Hardbound 070700

    502720 BK Out of print General Microbiology
    MIRDAB
    Microbiological Resource Databank Catalogue 1984
    ELSEVIER  Out of print Hardbound
    0-444-90387-9 090901

    701846 DB Transferred to Endeavor Drug Discovery
    MDL® LitLink Server

    MDL To order, please go to click here  Out of print Database/Service 005005

    701845 DB Transferred to Endeavor Drug Discovery
    MDL® LitLink Direct

    MDL To order, please go to click here  Out of print Database/Service 005005

    701833 DB Out of print Drug Discovery
    MDL® Decision Manager

    MDL To order, please go to click here  Out of print Database/Service 005005

    701814 DB Out of print Drug Discovery
    MDL® Apex

    MDL To order, please go to click here  Out of print Database/Service 005005

    700408 BK ISBN/0120415534 Educational Technology
    Mathematica by Example, Second Edition, ***Replacement CD-ROM***
    Second Edition 1997
    ACADEMIC PRESS  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-12-041553-4 999999

    600460 CD Out of print Chemical Engineering, Chemical Health and Safety, Chemical Waste, Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes, Reliability Engineering / Safety, Safety in Manufacturing
    ISIS/RISKLINE
    An international database of Health, Safety and Environmental Data Published by Elsevier Science on behalf of HASKONING and KEMI
    ELSEVIER ISIS/RISKLINE ON CD-ROM

  • Are you a manufacturing company producing products from (potentially hazardous materials and chemicals?

  • Are you a company involved in the transport of these products or materials?

  • Are you a local authority or consultants who advises on environmental or occupational hazards?

    If you have answered yes to any of these questions, as a Manager in the area of environmental health and regulatory affairs, you need to have at hand a reliable data source to ensure the safety of your employees and the environment and to comply with EC directives.

    In recent decades extensive legislation has come into force in the European Union as part of the environmental, labour and safety policies. Companies and local authorities are confronted with this legislation and are being made to accept ever greater responsibility for their procedures and products.

    These rapid developments have led to an increasing dependence on information - information which is complete and reliable.

    The provision of information on substances in particular is extremely important.

    This ISIS/RISKLINE System on CD-ROM offers a solution to this challenge. It is a comprehensive, easy to use source which will provide you with the information you need and want to have in an efficient and timely fashion.

    Originally commissioned by the Substances, Safety and Radiation Directorate of the Dutch Ministry for Housing, Town and Country Planning and the Environment, ISIS/RISKLINE has been developed by HASKONING Consulting Engineers and Architects in the Netherlands together with KEMI, the National Chemicals Inspectorate in Sweden.

    ISIS/RISKLINE is available in English, Dutch and Spanish in CD-ROM format. The language versions differ slightly from one another. This brochure summarises the possibilities offered by the English version.

    The ISIS/RISKLINE database contains:

    The International Substances Information System subfile which provides data on more than 180,000 substances.

    The RISKLINE bibliographic sub-file, currently covering more than 6000 peer-reviewed documents.

    OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND LIABILITY

    ISIS/RISKLINE

    ASSESSMENT OF:

    Use of a substance in the workplace

    Use of a substance in a product

    Exposure to substances

    Emissions into water and air

    Severity of (environmental) pollution

    Safety of an activity (internal and external)

    COMPILATION OF:

    Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

    Workplace Instruction Cards (WIC)

    Discharge and emission regulations

    Quantitative risk analysis (QRA)

    External safety reporting

    Safety at work reporting

    Annual plans and report on environment and health and safety at work.  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-444-82769-2  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-444-82797-8 030300

    30035 BK Out of print General Materials Science, Fracture Mechanics
    International Series on the Strength & Fracture of Materials & St H SFMS

    PERGAMON SFMSInternational Series on the Strength and Fracture of Materials and Structures  Out of print Hardbound
    0-08-044433-4 070700

    402813 BK Out of print Multidiscipline
    Industrial Cooking
    Guidelines and Terminology C. Eriksson, J.C. Cheftel, M. Jul, H. Leniger, P. Linko, G. Verela, G. Vos and P. Zeuthen (editors)
    PERGAMON This book presents the results of work carried out by a subgroup of COST 91 during several years of the 4 year COST 91 project on the effect of thermal processing, on the quality and nutritive value of food. Cost is the European Cooperation in Science and Technology Programme.[/p] [p] This subgroup of COST 91 on industrial cooking was divided into three process groups studying areas such as boiling, frying, roasting, sterilization; bread baking - including fermentation; and the particular treatments applied in catering, such as reheating and heat retention. It was necessary to establish two working parties to decide the guidelines for planning experiments as well as for presenting experimental data and formulating common terminology.[/p] [p] This multilingual publication is divided into two parts. The first part contains the guidelines which were established and gives definitions of physical principles and mathematical expressions concerning the cooking of foods and definitions of cooking terms in alphabetical order, given in English, French and German. The second part consists of a number of wordlists in different languages. These wordlists are so constructed that it is possible to select a term in one's own language and, then, to find the corresponding terms in English, French and German. The lists can also be used in the reverse. Besides English, sixteen other languages (including all COST country languages) are represented in this work.[/p] [p] This book will assist users in finding the appropriate cooking terms when publishing their own methods and results.[/p] Preface. Guidelines. Cooking Terminology (introduction, supplementary information, definition of cooking terms, alphabetical list of terms, table). Terminologie De La Cuisson (introdution, renseignement complémentaire, définition des termes de cuission). Terminologie Des Garens (Einführung, zustzliche Angaben Definitionen für Garungsbegriffe). Wordlists - Translated from English into Czech, Danish, German, Greek, Spanish, French, Icelandic, Italian, Hungarian, Dutch, Norwegian, Portuguese, Serbocroatian, Finnish, Swedish and Turkish.  Out of print vi + 96 pages Hardbound
    1-85166-036-4 999999

    525042 HB Out of print Hazardous / Toxic Waste, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Groundwater Pollution and Remediation, Pollution Control, Soil Pollution
    Index of RCRA Regulatory Interpretations, 1994 Edition

    ELSEVIER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

    The latest edition of the Index of RCRA Regulatory Interpretations remains the first and only comprehensive, easy-to-follow path of entry to the voluminous body of EPA interpretations of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste regulations. These interpretations are issued regularly in the form of Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) directives and Regulatory Development Branch (RDB) memoranda. This invaluable timesaver provides environmental professionals with with quick access to these documents, which determine how EPA interprets various complex issues related to the RCRA regulatory program.  Out of print 140 pages Paperback 070712

    677954 BK ISBN/1558608133 Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems
    IJCAI '01 CD only
    2002
    MORGAN KAUFFMAN  Out of print CD-ROM
    1-55860-813-3 999999

    703485 MV Out of print isbn/0444827684 Physical and Theoretical Chemistry, Catalysis, Chemical Physics, Computational Chemistry, Surface Chemistry, Surfaces and Interfaces (General)
    Growth and Properties of Ultrathin Epitaxial Layers
    1997
    ELSEVIER Although there has been steady progress in understanding aspects of epitaxial growth throughout the last 30 years of modern surface science, work in this area has intensified greatly in the last 5 years. A number of factors have contributed to this expansion. One has been the general trend in surface science to tackle problems of increasing complexity as confidence is gained in the methodology, so for example, the role of oxide/metal interfaces in determining the properties of many practical supported catalysts is now being explored in greater detail. A second factor is the recognition of the potential importance of artificial multilayer materials not only in semiconductor devices but also in metal/metal systems because of their novel magnetic properties. Perhaps even more important than either of these application areas, however, is the newly-discovered power of scanning probe microscopies, and most notably scanning tunneling microscopy (STM), to provide the means to study epitaxial growth phenomena on an atomic scale under a wide range of conditions. These techniques have also contributed to revitalised interest in methods of fabricating and exploiting artificial structures (lateral as well as in layers) on a nanometre scale.

    This volume, on Growth and Properties of Ultrathin Epitaxial Layers, includes a collection of articles which reflects the present state of activity in this field. The emphasis is on metals and oxides rather than semiconductors. 1. Surface processes in epitaxial growth (J.A. Venables).
    2. The many facets of epitaxy (E. Bauer).
    3. Epitaxial growth modes far from equilibrium (G. Rosenfeld et al.).
    4. Dynamics and diffusion of atoms at stepped surfaces (T.T. Tsong, C. Chen).
    5. Heteroepitaxial metal growth: The effects of strain (H. Brune, K. Kern).
    6. Surface alloying in heteroepitaxial metal-on-metal growth (F. Besenbacher, L.P. Nielsen, P.T. Sprunger).
    7. Epitaxial growth of Si on Si(001) (F. Liu, M.G. Lagally).
    8. Monolayer films of unreactive metals on semiconductors (G. Le Lay).
    9. Structure and electronic properties of ultrathin oxide films on metallic substrates (H. Kuhlenbeck, H.-J. Freund).
    10. Chemical and spectroscopic studies of ultrathin oxide films (S.C. Street, D.W. Goodman).
    11. Growth, structure and reactivity of ultrathin metal films on TiO2 surfaces (R. Persaud, T.E. Madey).
    12. Intrinsic stress of epitaxial thin films and surface layers (R. Koch).
    13. Density-functional theory of epitaxial growth of metals (P. Ruggerone, C. Ratsch, M. Scheffler).
    14. Electronic structure of ultrathin magnetic films (P.D. Johnson).
    15. Ultrathin magnetic structures - magnetism and electronic properties (J.A.C. Bland). CPSSThe Chemical Physics of Solid Surfaces8  Out of print 672 pages Hardbound
    0-444-82768-4 030300

    621108 BK Out of print isbn/0762300205 Sociology of Work
    The Globalization of Work
    1998
    JAI RSWResearch in the Sociology of Work6  Out of print Hardbound
    0-7623-0020-5 080853

    700402 BK ISBN/0124096743 Computer Graphics
    Gems III MAC ***Replacement Disk***
    1992
    ACADEMIC PRESS  Out of print Diskette
    0-12-409674-3 999999

    500119 BK Out of print Multidiscipline, Chemistry - General
    EVENTLINE
    An International Directory of Conferences, Symposia, Trade Fairs & Exhibitions and Sporting Events 1989
    ELSEVIER The EVENTLINE Directory provides the most comprehensive listing of all types of events being held throughout the world. It contains details of more than 13,000 conferences, conventions, symposia, exhibitions, and trade fairs, from Argentina to Zimbabwe, from 1990 onwards. Each entry gives dates, country, state (if applicable), city/town, venue/site, number of participants and exhibitors (when known); and contact addresses. Arranged in an easy to use format, the directory provides: A full geographic listing of events held worldwide - by country, state and city. An easy to follow chronological listing. A comprehensive subject listing - events are indexed under one or more of 700 classifications. Major sporting events are also covered, but as dates are often not fixed until the last moment, the listing of some 2,000 major sporting events will be published in January 1990, free of charge, as a supplement to the Directory. Distributor in the USA & Canada: EventLine P.O. Box 57101, Philadelphia, PA 19111, USA  Out of print 1000 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88504-8 000000

    600917 MV Out of print Pharmacology, Internal Medicine
    EMTREE Thesaurus 1998

    ELSEVIER/EMBASE EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". The printed EMTREE includes all 39,870 controlled vocabulary terms (21,240 drug terms; 18,630 medical terms) and 120,000 of the most important synonyms. This three-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchers. In response to popular demand, the 1998 edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information content, that make it easier to use than ever before. It includes:

    Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes for drug and disease links.

    Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15 facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and essential support for "explosion" searches.

    Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters) contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.

    Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks:

    Europe: +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com

    Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
    E-mail: info@elsevier.co.jp 1
    Volumes 1 and 2
    Volume 1: Alphabetical Index / Volume 2: Tree Structure
    1998 Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes for drug and disease links.

    Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15 facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and essential support for "explosion" searches
    0-444-82926-1  Out of print Paperback 2
    Volume 3
    Permuterm Index
    1998 Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters) contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.
    0-444-82927-X  Out of print Paperback 3
    Volumes 1, 2 and 3
    Set
    1998 This three-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchers. In response to popular demand, the 1998 edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information content, that make it easier to use than ever before. It includes:

    Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes for drug and disease links.

    Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15 facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and essential support for "explosion" searches.

    Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters) contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.
    0-444-82928-8  Out of print Paperback 098980

    600256 BK Out of print Pharmacology, Internal Medicine
    EMTREE Thesaurus 1997
    1997
    ELSEVIER/EMBASE EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". The printed EMTREE includes all 39,500 controlled vocabulary terms (20,900 drug terms; 18,600 medical terms) and 120,000 of the most important synonyms. This two-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchersIn response to popular demand, the 1997 edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information content, that make it easier to use than ever before. It includes: the EMTREE alphabetical index; hierarchical EMTREE structure; Links and EMTAGS (including scope notes); and the Drug EMCLAS classification system. An introduction containing "how to use" information is provided in seven different languages. Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks:

    Europe: +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com

    Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
    E-mail: info@elsevier.co.jp  Out of print 2034 pages Paperback
    0-444-82622-X 098980

    524957 BK Out of print Pharmacology, Internal Medicine
    EMTREE Thesaurus 1996
    1996
    ELSEVIER/EMBASE EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". EMTREE now comprises: 38,500 preferred terms (20,000 drug terms; 18,500 medical terms) and 145,000 synonyms (79,000 drug terms; 66,000 medical terms). The printed EMTREE includes all controlled vocabulary terms and the 15,000 most important synonyms. This two-volume set is an indispensable tool for searchers who want the most comprehensive and relevant retrieval possible from EMBASE. It includes: the EMTREE alphabetical index; hierarchical EMTREE structure; Links and EMTAGS (including scope notes); and the Drug EMCLAS classification system. An introduction containing "how to use" information is provided in seven different languages. Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks

    Europe: +31-60-226525 or +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com

    Japan: +81-3-5561-5035  Out of print 1998 pages (in 2 volumes) Paperback
    0-444-82422-7 098980

    600253 BK Out of print Internal Medicine, Pharmacology
    EMBASE User Manual
    1996
    ELSEVIER/EMBASE Published October 1996

    Illustrated throughout with sample searches, this valuable user aid provides complete information on how to search EMBASE on DataStar, DIALOG, DIMDI, LEXIS/NEXIS, Ovid Online and STN, and EMBASE Alert on DataStar, DIALOG, DIMDI and STN. It also includes lists of language and country codes, plus detailed information on EMBASE main record elements, indexing policies and search tips.

    Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks

    Europe: +31-60-226525 or +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.nl

    Japan: +81-3-4461-5035  Out of print 246 pages Paperback
    0-444-82601-7 098980

    601236 BK Out of print Pharmacology, Internal Medicine
    EMBASE List of Journals Indexed 1998
    1998
    ELSEVIER/EMBASE The List of Journals Indexed provides comprehensive information on the current EMBASE journal collection. This valuable user aid provides up-to-date and complete information about each journal, a list of priority stream titles, plus indexes of journals by subject classification and country of publication. Each entry contains full and abbreviated titles, ISSN, CODEN, publication frequency (issues/year) and publisher's name, address, telephone number and e-mail address.

    Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks

    Europe: +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com

    Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
    E-mail: info@elsevier.co.jp

     Out of print Paperback
    0-444-82984-9 098980

    600255 BK Out of print Pharmacology, Internal Medicine
    EMBASE List of Journals Indexed 1997
    1997
    ELSEVIER/EMBASE The List of Journals Indexed provides comprehensive information on the current EMBASE journal collection. This valuable user aid provides up-to-date and complete information about each journal, a list of priority stream titles, plus indexes of journals by subject classification and country of publication. Each entry contains full and abbreviated titles, CODEN, ISSN, publication frequency (issues/year) and publisher's name, address and telephone number.

    Standing orders may be established.

    Help Desks

    Europe: +31-20-4853507
    E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl

    USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
    E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.nl

    Japan: +81-3-5561-5035  Out of print Paperback
    0-444-82621-1 098980

    600281 CD Out of print Catalysis, Membrane Technology, Membranes and Separation Technology, Process Chemistry and Technology
    Elsevier's Directories in Chemistry: Part I: Catalysis. Part II: Membranes
    1996
    ELSEVIER This single CD-ROM contains two directories of members of the catalysis and membrane science communities. The directories are in the form of electronic databases that are easily searched to quickly find any of the following data: Name, e-mail address, postal address, title, position, phone and fax numbers, areas of expertise and keywords to describe other areas of scientific interest.

    Features of the CD-ROM:
    - The software is easy to use and requires minimal use of the manual
    - Offers instant desktop access to many hundreds of experts in these two related disciplines
    - Flexible search facilities varying from a free-text search over both databases to a highly specific search, e.g. the e-mail addresses of all persons in the UK with an interest in catalyst synthesis. An extensive online help is available to aid complex searching and maximise the precision of information retrieval.
    - Each entry can be printed via a single mouse click to provide a compact (half a page per entry) portable record.

    System Requirements:


    The underlying software is a mature 32 bit database that will run on any IBM compatible computer with a CD-ROM player, from a 386 with 4 MB ram and MS Windows 3.1 up to and including MS Windows 95 and MS Windows NT running on faster processors. The Win32s extensions are provided on the CD-ROM to simplify installation.  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-444-82644-0 030305

    424664 BK Out of print Electric Power
    Document Image Processing
    A Management Briefing and Market Survey 1993
    ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY Please note this is a Short Discount Publication.

    Document Image Processing is an emerging technology which threatens to impact upon the methods of working across all business sectors large and small. With DIP the ideal of the paperless office comes closer to being realised, as computer systems within the business cease to operate purely on text or figures, but include the use of document facsimiles as well.

    The emerging DIP opportunity has been made possible by the linkage of relational databases to new archival media, and will not only substitute existing document systems, but offers a wealth of new possibilities. Many of these are changing the way in which people work, by eliminating paper forms, by physically separating workers from the paperwork, and by creating new and more efficient ways of managing workflow in an organisation.

    Scope and Objectives of the Report:

    To provide a briefing on DIP, differentiating and segmenting the various methodologies and technologies available [the report provides areas of focus where the sector trends are increasingly tending to fragment]; to identify strategic trends and forces which govern adoption of competitive technologies within DIP, and the adoption of DIP as a whole; to provide the first working method of modelling markets and system strategies, as well as modelling application sector potential and penetration trends; to list vendors and service providers and differentiate their offerings.

    Audience: Senior Corporate Management, Operations Managers, MIS Managers and Information Professionals within organisations who have already adopted or who are considering the adoption of DIP Systems: Marketing Management, Sales Management, Technical and Engineering Management within vendor organisations; IT, Management and Operations Consultancies; Public Sector Policy bodies. Executive summary. Introduction. Technology. Market Analysis. Interface Markets and Technology Security in DIP - Needs and applications. DIP business management. Issues. Vendors and products.  Out of print 200 pages Hardbound
    1-85617-188-4 060601

    700406 BK ISBN/012208876X Computer Graphics
    Digital Cinematography ***Replacement*** CD-ROM
    1997
    ACADEMIC PRESS  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-12-208876-X 999999

    30672 BK Out of print Computing Milieux (General), Applications (General), Computer Systems Organization (General)
    COMPSEC '94
    Proceedings of the 11th World Conference on Computer Security, Audit and Control, London UK, October 12 - 14 1994 1994
    ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY The full proceedings from the premier international computer security event. Attracting renowned speakers from all over the world, COMPSEC International remains established as the leading international forum providing solutions for today's computer security problems. Keynote. 1994 security breaches survey (C. Hook, NCC). Management Issues. Making security pay (M. Smith, Kroll Associates, UK). Duress terminations and information security (C. Cresson Wood, Information Integrity Investments, USA). Understanding backups: a business perspective (J. Maynard, Secure Backup Systems, UK). A benchmarking approach to user security (D. Davies, Hogg Risk Managers, UK). The Virus Threat. Virus control on networks: solving the insoluble (J. Hruska, Sophos, UK). Cost effectiveness of anti-viral software (B. Zajac, Chicago, Water Reclamation District, USA). Telecommunications. Computer related offenses in a telecommunications environment (T. Mulhall, BT, UK). Financial Systems. EDI security (T. Dosdale, Axiom Services Ltd, UK). Evaluations for financial security systems (E. Bovelander, TNO Institute of Applied Physics, The Netherlands). Legislation / Standards. A critique of security standards (T. Lilleywhite, Hogg Risk Managers, UK). European IT security legislation (J. Worthy, Allen & Overy, UK). Network Security. Secure connections to the Internet (B. Neal, Digital, UK). 50 ways to secure dial-up connections (C. Cresson Wood, Information Integrity Investments, USA). Comprehensive LAN security with minimum effort (P. Wood, First Base, UK). Use of network design to reduce security risks (L. Hansen, Cabletron Systems, UK). New Technology. Where biometrics are today? (B. Carter, Card Clear, UK). Trends & directions in smart card security (N. McEvoy, Hperion, UK). Encryption. Crypto security tools and algorithms (C. Meyer, IBM, USA). Digital signatures and their uses (M. Ganley, Racal Datacom, UK). Disaster Recovery. Countering the bomb threat (R. Ince, Royal Ordnance, UK). The emergency help desk (B. Doswell, The Kingswell Partnership, UK). Directors Briefing - Profit Multipliers / Profit Reducers. The real cost of IT (J. Edler). Open Systems Security. Security in the client / server environment (J. Sherwood, Sherwood Associates, UK). Database security (D. Harris, D. Sidwell, Oracle, UK). Systems / Application Specific. Lotus notes security, a contradiction in terms? (K. Lindup, SRI International, UK). An introduction to MVS integrity concerns (N. Crocker, CA Scandinavia, Sweden). Open VMS security (T. Pitt). Industrial Espionage. Online industrial espionage (W. Madsen, Computer Sciences Corp, USA). Industrial espionage: analysing the risk (P. Sommer, Virtual City Associates, UK). Hacking. Hacking: tricks of the trade (R. Schifreen Independent Consultant, UK). The cyperpunk age (K. Lindup, SRI International, UK). Audit Stream. Auditing IT effectiveness (P. Williams, BDO Binder Hamlyn, UK). Auditing the procurement of end user computing resources (S. Blackburn Argos plc, UK). PC's as a power tool for efficiency (M. Wotton, Coopers & Lybrand, UK). Security in distributed & client server systems - a management view (I. Symonds, Ernst & Young, UK). Fault tolerant auditing (E. Hutt, Coopers & Lybrand, UK). Document security (J. Hollins, TNT Express UK, UK). Expert evidence and expert witness (J. Kenny, British Computer Society, UK). Promoting computer security through positive computer audit (G. Hardy, Zergo Ltd, UK). Closing Address. The clipper controversy (W. Madsen, Computer Sciences Corp., USA).  Out of print 480 pages Paperback
    1-85617-243-0 032320

    30656 BK Out of print Computer Systems Organization (General), Computing Milieux (General)
    COMPSEC '93
    Proceedings of the 10th World Conference on Computer Security Audit 1993
    ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY These proceedings are from the 10th World Conference on Computer Security, Audit and Control, the premier international computer security event which attracts renowned speakers from all over the world. COMPSEC International remains established as the international forum providing solutions for today's computer security problems.  Out of print 573 pages Paperback
    1-85617-211-2 032320

    525032 WC Out of print Air Quality Management, Air Pollution, Clean Air Technology, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Pollution Control
    Clean Air Act Road Map, 1992 Edition

    ELSEVIER  Out of print 3' x 2' (91.5cm x 61cm) Wall Chart 070712

    525031 HB Out of print Hazardous / Toxic Waste, Chemical Health and Safety, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Groundwater Pollution and Remediation, Pollution Control, Soil Pollution
    CERCLA Regulations and Keyword Index, 1993 Edition

    ELSEVIER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

    CERCLA Regulations and Keyword Index addresses the regulatory requirements for identifying and cleaning up hazardous waste sites under the National Contingency Plan of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund) Program. It makes more understandable federal regulations dealing with contaminated site cleanups, hazardous substance release reporting, and oil discharge response. It is especially valuable to professionals responsible for reporting releases of hazardous substances under the "Reportable Quantities" regulations.

    This latest edition includes:

  • The complete text of the CERCLA hazardous substance regulations in Title 40 of the CFR.

  • Clear, easy-to-understand summaries of each Part providing a basic description of the subject matter.

  • Individual keyword indexes for each Part of the regulations.

  • A master keyword index of topics covered in the publication.

  • A complete list of hazardous substances and their associated reportable quantities.

  • The complete text of the Hazard Ranking System.

  • A current list of all sites on the National Priorities List.

    For multiple copy discounts, or for more information, please call +1-303-470-1900 or FAX +1-303-470-5119.  Out of print 446 pages Paperback 070712

    601190 CD Out of print Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
    CardioCollectionTM
    A new CD ROM for professionals who need access to ALL aspects of cardiology 1998
    ELSEVIER CardioCollectionTM contains 3 years of articles (1996-1998) from: Circulation, Journal of the American Heart Association; European Heart Journal, Journal of the European Society of Cardiology; Heart, the Official Journal of British Cardiac Society; Journal of the American College of Cardiology. In addition, CardioCollectionTM will feature Medline abstracts linked from article references.

    CardioCollectionTM is the outstanding result of the collaboration among the American College of Cardiology, the American Heart Association, the European Society of Cardiology, and the British Cardiac Society.

    Please visit the CardioCollectionTM Website for hardware specifications and an order form at http://www.cardiocollection.com/.

    For customers in the Americas and the rest of the world, mail orders to:
    Elsevier Science
    Attn: Direct Marketing Department
    P.O. Box 882
    New York NY 10160-0206

    For customers in Europe, Middle East and Africa, mail orders to:
    Subscription Manager,
    CardioCollectionTM
    BMJ Publishing Group/WB Saunders
    BMA House
    Tavistock Square
    London WC1H 9JR
    England

    N.B. Subscribers in UK must add 17.5% VAT to the quoted Sterling price. Subscribers in the following countries must add tax to the quoted Sterling price unless they can provide a registrtion number: Italy and Spain - 4% IVA, Ireland - 21% VAT, Germany - 7% MWS, Belgium - 6% TVA/BTW and France - 20.6% IVA. Editorial Board:  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-444-10025-3 096960

    702840 BK ISBN/0750647353 Administration
    Architecture Catalogue - Version C - 2000
    2000
    ACADEMIC PRESS  Out of print 60 pages Paperback
    0-7506-4735-3 999999

    525621 BK Out of print Life Sciences (General)
    Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale
    The Directory of Biomedical Research in France 1995
    ELSEVIER This directory covers public and semi-public research centers, including INSERM, CEA, CNRS, ORSTOM, medical schools, science faculties, Pasteur Institutes and centers for cancer research.

    The 5th edition has been entirely updated.

    There are over 2,450 laboratories and 12,000 scientists, listed and indexed under 5 themes:

    - head of department

    - scientist

    - research topic

    - keyword

    - supplier

    The addresses are classified as follows:

    - by region (alphabetically)

    - post code

    - affiliation

    - and head of department (alphabetically)

    Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale is the only existing directory that covers all addresses in biomedical research in France.  Out of print 656 pages Hardbound
    2-906077-63-1 025250

    524993 BK Out of print Life Sciences (General)
    Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale
    The Directory of Biomedical Research in France 1994
    ELSEVIER This directory covers public and semi-public research centers, including INSERM, CEA, CNRS, ORSTOM, medical schools, science faculties, Pasteur Institutes and centers for cancer research.

    The 4th edition has been entirely updated, and is now published by Elsevier.

    There are over 2,400 laboratories and 13,000 scientists, listed and indexed under 5 themes:

    - head of department

    - scientist

    - research topic

    - keyword

    - supplier

    The addresses are classified as follows:

    - by region (alphabetically)

    - post code

    - affiliation

    - and head of department (alphabetically)

    Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale is the only existing directory that covers all addresses in biomedical research in France.  Out of print 608 pages .
    2-906077-48-8 025250

    622059 BK Out of print isbn/1559383313 Physical and Theoretical Chemistry, Atomic and Molecular Structure, Photochemistry
    Advances in Gas Phase Ion Chemistry, Volume 1
    1992
    JAI Preface (N. Adams, L.M. Babcock). Flow tube studies of small isomeric ions (M.J. McEwan). Anion molecule experiments: Reactive intermediates and mechanistic organic chemistry (J.J. Grabowski). Therochemical measurements by guided ion beam mass spectrometry (P.B. Armentrout). Photoelectron Spectroscopy of molecular anions (K.M. Ervin, W.C. Lineberger). Ion chemistry at extremely low temperatures: a free jet expansion approach (M.A. Smith, M. Hawley). Theoretical studies of hypervalent silicon anions (M.S. Gordon, L.P. Davis, et al) Chemistry Initiated by atomic silicon ions (D.K. Bohme). Spectroscopy determination of the products of electron-ion recombination (N.G. Adams). Index. AGICAdvances in Gas-Phase Ion Chemistry10  Out of print 329 pages Hardbound
    1-55938-331-3 030307

    30043 BK Out of print Substance Abuse
    Abstracts 6th ISBRA Congress
    1992
    PERGAMON  Out of print Paperback
    0-08-041999-2 096964

    503755 BK Out of print Solid Mechanics, Elasticity, Mechanical Engineering, Structural Engineering
    Strength of Structural Elements
    1991
    ELSEVIER This volume describes engineering applications of the mechanics of deformable bodies and the elasticity theory relevant to them. It is concerned mainly with one-dimensional problems, which arise because either one of the dimensions of a body is much greater than the remaining two or the functions of two or three variables may be reduced to one variable. Problems of this type are of twofold importance. Firstly, many engineering problems can be described with sufficient accuracy just in this way. Secondly, unidimensional problems with known analytical solutions may serve either for testing numerical methods or for the analysis of fundamental concepts and phenomena, whose physical nature in three-dimensional approach might be obscured by the analytical-numerical aspect. The authors have confined themselves for the most part to the analysis of elastic behaviour of structures; however some attention is also given to elastic problems. A deterministic approach has been applied throughout the book. It will serve as a springboard for further work with stochastic approaches which are being increasingly used in engineering practice today. Parts: 1. Statics of Bars and Bar Structures (Z. Kaczkowski). Bars of solid cross-section. Fundamental static-kinematic analysis of bar structures. The principle of virtual work and the reciprocity theorems. Internal forces and displacements of the axis of an element. 2. Dynamics of Bars and Bar Structures (Z. Kaczkowski). Bars with infinitely many dynamic degrees of freedom. Vibration of bar structures. Structures with a finite number of dynamic degrees of freedom. Static equations of bar structures and fundamental solution methods. Isostatic systems. The direct flexibility method (force method). The direct stiffness method. 3. Stability of Bars and Bar Structures (M. Zyczkowski). Fundamental concepts and stability criteria. Elastic stability of axially compressed prismatic bars. Approximate calculation methods for critical loadings. Compressed elastic bars with initial imperfections. Elastic-plastic buckling. Creep buckling. Stability and optimal design of compressed non-prismatic bars. Spatial problems of loss of stability of bars. Problems of dynamic buckling. Stability of bar structures. 4. Mechanics of Thin-Walled Bars (Z. Brzoska). The strength scheme of a thin-walled bar. Statics of bars of open cross-section. Statics of bars of tubular cross-section. Statics of bars of deformable cross-section. Statics of curved bars. Stability of thin-walled bars. 5. Stress Concentration, Contact Stresses (J. Olesiak). Stresses around cavities and notches. Stress concentration in plates and shells. Theory of fracture of structural components. Contact problems. 6. Axially Symmetrical Problems of Structural Mechanics (J. Lipka). Axially symmetrical thick-walled elements. Circular plates. Axially symmetrical disks. Axially symmetrical shells. Analysis of axially symmetrical structures. Subject Index. Edited by M.Zyczkowski SAMStudies in Applied Mechanics26  Out of print xiv + 774 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98763-0 040402

    697208 BK ISBN/0721669492 Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
    Introduction to Vascular Ultrasonography
    Fourth Edition 2000
    SAUNDERS Presenting an updated revision of a popular text covering vascular anatomy and the rationale for vascular ultrasound studies. Expert contributors cover the basics and then move on to discuss cerebrovascular diagnosis, extremity arterial and venous studies, and abdominal diagnosis. This comprehensive Fourth Edition includes additional coverage on physiological studies, an expanded version of the upper extremity chapter and a new chapter on assessment of vasculogenic impotence. Extensive color-duplex illustrations are featured throughout the text. BASICS
    Chapter 1 Hemodynamic Considerations in Peripheral and Cerebrovascular Diseases
    Chapter 2 Physics and Instrumentation in Doppler and BUltrasonography
    Chapter 3 Frequency Spectrum Analysis
    Chapter 4 Color Flow Imaging
    Chapter 5 Sonographic Contrast Agents

    CEREBRAL VESSELS

    Chapter 6 Rationale for Duplex Cerebrovascular Examination
    Chapter 7 Normal cerebrovascular Anatomy and Collateral Pathways
    Chapter 8 Normal Carotid Arteries and Carotid Examination Technique
    Chapter 9 Ultrasound Assessment of Carotid Plaque
    Chapter 10 Ultrasound Evaluation of Carotid Stenosis
    Chapter 11 Miscellaneous Carotid Subjects: Occlusion, Dissection, Endarterectomy,
    Carotid Body Tumor
    Chapter 12 Ultrasound Vertebral Examination
    Chapter 13 transranial Doppler Sonography

    EXTREMITY ARTERIES

    Chapter 14 The Role of Noninvasive Procedures in the Management of Extremity
    Arterial Disease
    Chapter 15 Arterial Anatomy of the Extremities
    Chapter 16 Nonimaging Physiologic Tests for Assessment of Extremity Arterial Disease
    Chapter 17 Duplex Ultrasound Assessment of Upper Extremity Arteries
    Chapter 18 Duplex Sonography of Lower Extremity Arteries

    EXTREMITY VEINS

    Chapter 19 Rationale for Noninvasive Assessment of Extremity Veins
    Chapter 20 Extremity Venous Anatomy
    Chapter 21 Terminology, Instrumentation, and Characteristics of Normal Veins
    Chapter 22 Technique for Extremity Venous Examination
    Chapter 23 Ultrasound Diagnosis of Venous Thrombosis
    Chapter 24 Definitive Diagnosis and Documentation of Chronic Venous Dysfunction
    Chapter 25 Ultrasound Diagnosis of NonExtremity Pathology

    ABDOMINAL VESSELS

    Chapter 26 Anatomy and Normal Doppler Signatures of Abdominal Vessels
    Chapter 27 The Aorta, Iliac Arteries, and the Inferior Vena Cava
    Chapter 28 Ultrasound Assessment of the Splanchnic Arteries
    Chapter 29 Ultrasound Evaluation of the Portal and Hepatic Veins
    Chapter 30 Ultrasound Evaluation of Native Renal Vessels and Renal Allografts
    Chapter 31 Ultrasound Evaluation of the Penis By WilliamZwiebel  Out of print 505 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-6949-2 999999

    20820 BK Out of print Control Systems
    Control in Power Electronics & Electrical Drives 1983
    Proceedings of the 3rd IFAC Symposium, Lausanne, Switzerland, 12-14 September 1983 1984
    PERGAMON Contains 97 papers which provide a valuable overview of the latest technical innovations in this rapidly expanding field. Areas of development which receive particular attention include the emergence of power switching transistors, the application of microprocessors to regulation and control of static converters and electrical drives, the use of more sophisticated control strategies and the utilization of power electronics in new application fields. (partial) Modelling and Control Laws: Closed mathematical description of line commutated converter-drives, K Hofer. Non-linear and linearized models for control systems including static converters, J P Louis. Identification and Observation: A novel approach on parameter self-tuning method in AC servo system, T Irisa et al. A microcomputer system for estimating the parameters of an induction motor model, A Gallo et al. New Methods of Control: Non-linear controller allowing for an upper bound on the system internal variables, G Celentano & P Marino. Speed control of an AC motor by state variables feedback with decoupling, P Feller. Adaptive and Sliding Mode Control: Microprocessor-based adaptive control for electrical drives, A Brickwedde. Adaptive control design in servosystems, A Balestrino et al. Current Converters and Inverters: Effect of source reactance on the controllable three-phase bridge rectifier operation with series R-L loads, S I El-Kassas et al. The family of commutation modes of converters, F Kehtari. Edited by R.Zwicky IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8402  Out of print 814 pages Hardbound
    0-08-030536-9 060600

    500210 BK Out of print Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
    Perspectives in the Organic Chemistry of Sulfur
    Invited Lectures of the Twelfth International Symposium on the Organic Chemistry of Sulfur, Nijmegen, The Netherlands, 29 June - 4 July 1986 1987
    ELSEVIER The eighteen invited lectures in this volume cover the main themes of the Conference, namely: synthesis of organic sulfur compounds and organosulfur mediated synthesis; theoretical, mechanistic and stereochemical aspects of the organic chemistry of sulfur; and bio-organic sulfur chemistry. These lectures give experts' views of the current state of the art, a presentation of recent achievements, and an outlook on the future prospects of the subject. Organosulfur reactions using metal sulfur derivatives (D.N. Harpp). Sulfur stereochemistry: old problems and new results (M. Mikolajczyk). Chemistry of stable thioaldehydes (R. Okazaki). Sulfur-containing heterocycles in new synthetic strategies for chiral beta-lactam antibiotics (Y. Nagao). Thiocarbonyl-derived heterocycles in organic synthesis (E. Vedejs). Exploitation of chiral sulphoxides in asymmetric synthesis (P. Bravo, G. Resnati). Syntheses of thiophene derivatives from metallated acetylenes or allenes and thiocarbonyl compounds (R.L.P. de Jong, H.D. Verkruijsse, L. Brandsma). The effect of sulfur-substituents on the chemistry of alkyl isocyanides (A.M. van Leusen). Asymmetric Michael and Diels-Alder reactions using sulfoxides and sulfones (G.H. Posner). New synthetic applications of chiral sulfamides: optically active sulfamyloxaziridines in the oxidation of nonfunctionalized substrates with high enantioselectivity (F.A. Davis, J.P. McCauley Jr., S. Chattopadhyay, M.E. Harakal, W.H. Watson, I. Tavanaiepour). The stabilization of alpha-substituted oxy- and thio-carbanions and carbocations (F. Bernardi). Synthetic aspects of unsaturated sulphur compounds (D.N. Jones). New synthetic methods using vinyl sulfones. Developments in heteroconjugate addition (M. Isobe). alpha-Silylated sulfones (H.-H. Otto). Novel routes to thiocarbonyl compounds (E. Schaumann). The reactivity of allylic sulphides and its relevance to the vulcanization of rubber (M. Porter). High pressure as a mechanistic probe and synthetic tool in organo-sulphur chemistry (N.S. Isaacs). Applications of the chiral sulfoxide group in asymmetric synthesis (G. Solladie). Edited by B.Zwanenburg,  A.J.H.Klunder SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry28  Out of print x + 314 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42739-2 030302

    504469 BK Out of print Biochemistry / Biophysics, Enzymology, Hematology, Lipids and Lipid Metabolism, Protein Structure and Synthesis
    Blood Coagulation
    1986
    ELSEVIER This is the first book to give complete insight into the biochemistry of blood coagulation, and demonstrates how this field provides important contributions to fundamental biochemistry, such as enzyme kinetics, lipid-protein interactions, oxidative carboxylation, and cell receptors. The book will be of interest both to biochemists and molecular biologists who want to gain insight into the process of blood coagulation, as well as to those already working in the field of blood coagulation who desire to broaden their insight into its molecular aspects. Preface. 1. Blood Coagulation as a Part of the Haemostatic System (Maria C. E. van Dam-Mieras and Annemarie D. Muller). 2A. Nonenzymatic Cofactors: Factor V (Kenneth G. Mann et al.). 2B. Nonenzymatic Cofactors: Factor VIII (Philip J. Fay et al.). 3. Multicomponent Enzyme Complexes of Blood Coagulation (Guido Tans and Jan Rosing). 4. The Role of Vitamin K in the Post-Translational Modification of Proteins (Cees Vermeer). 5A. Initiation Mechanisms: the Contact Activation System in Plasma (Bonno N. Bouma and John H. Griffin). 5B. Initiation Mechanisms: Activation Induced by Thromboplastin (Bjarne Østerud). 6. Platelets and Coagulation (Robert F. A. Zwaal et al.). 7. Fibrinogen, Fibrin, and Factor XIII (Agnes Henschen and Jan McDonagh). 8. Fibrinolysis and Thrombolysis (Désiré Collen and H. Roger Lijnen). 9A. Inhibitors: Antithrombin III and Heparin (Michael J. Griffith). 9B. Inhibitors: Protein C (Björn Dahlbäck et al.). 10. Interplay Between Medicine and Biochemistry (H. Coenraad Hemker). Subject Index. Edited by R.F.A.Zwaal,  H.C.Hemker NCBNew Comprehensive Biochemistry13  Out of print xii + 322 pages Hardbound
    0-444-80794-2 090900

    692517 BK ISBN/0721625657 Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Reid's Controversy in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Third Edition 1983
    SAUNDERS By FrederickZuspan,  C. D.Christian  Out of print 645 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-2565-7 999999

    692528 BK ISBN/0815199317 Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Handbook of Obstetrics/Gynecology and Primary Care
    First Edition 1998
    MOSBY Here's a one-stop, portable resource for Ob/Gyns and residents who treat women for gynecologic and non-gynecologic problems. This handbook covers topics found in traditional Ob/Gyn manuals, as well as problems often encountered in daily practice, such as diabetes, headaches, mild hypertension, rectal bleeding and depression. Each chapter includes a concise description of the problem or procedure followed by the diagnosis and recommended treatment. I. Gynecology 1. Amenorrhea 2. Breast Disease: Malignant 3. Cervical Cancer 4. Contraception 5. Dysmenorrhea 6. Endometriosis and Adenomyosis 7. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease 8. Hirsutism 9. The Infertile Couple 10. Menopause and Perimenopause 11. Mood Disorders 12. Osteoporosis 13. Ovarian Cancer 14. Abnormal Pap Smears 15. Pelvic Infections and Their Sequelae 16. Pelvic Masses: Benign and Malignant 17. Pelvic Pain: Chronic 18. Pelvic Support (Abnormalities of) 19. Premenstrual Syndrome 20. Sexual Dysfunction 21. Sterilization 22. Urinary Dysfunction 23. Uterine Bleeding: Dysfunctional 24. Uterine Cancer 25. Vulvar and Vaginal Carcinoma 26. Vulvovaginitis and Lower Genital Tract Disease II. Obstetrics 27. Diagnosis of Pregnancy (Anatomy and Physiology) 28. Ectopic Pregnancy (Accidents of Implantation) 29. Preconceptional, Prenatal and Postpartum Care 30. Anomalies, Teratology and Prenatal Diagnosis 31. Genetics 32. Ultrasound: Normal 33. Ultrasound: Abnormal 34. Antenatal Testing 35. Medical Diseases in Pregnancy 36. Prenatal Infections and Immunizations 37. Common Dermatologic Disorders in Pregnancy 38. Premature Birth 39. Incompetent Cervix 40. Third Trimester Bleeding 41. Isoimmunization in Pregnancy and Nonimmune Hydrops 42. Thrombophlebitis 43. Intrauterine Growth Retardation 44. Preeclampsia and Eclampsia 45. Postterm Pregnancy 46. Labor and Delivery: Acute Obstetric Emergencies 47. Malpresentations 48. Multiple Gestation 49. Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring 50. Anesthesiology in Obstetrics 51. Breastfeeding 52. Acute Obstetric Emergencies and Postpartum Hemorrhage 53. Adolescent Pregnancy 54. Drug Addiction in Pregnancy 55. Resuscitation in Newborn 56. Nutrition in Pregnancy III. Primary Care 57. Annual Exam 58. Anxiety Reaction 59. Autoimmune Diseases and Other Arthritic Disease 60. Backache: Musculoskeletal and Other 61. Breast Disease (Benign) 62. Cholecystitis 63. Cystitis and Pyelonephritis 64. Diarrhea: Chronic 65. Domestic Violence, Rape and the Physician Response 66. Gastritis and Ulcers 67. Headaches, Including Migraine 68. Hypertension 69. Hyperthyroidism 70. Hypothyroidism 71. Influenza 72. Laryngitis and Pharyngitis 73. Nutrition 74. Pneumonia and Tuberculosis 75. Screening for Disease 76. Varicose Veins By FrederickZuspan,  EdwardQuilligan,  MichaelBlumenfield,  MoonKim,  CynthiaEvans  Out of print 704 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-9931-7 999999

    697200 BK ISBN/072165262X Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Current Therapy in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Fourth Edition 1994
    SAUNDERS 2nd Edition of the popular reference presents therapies with contributions from a first-class list of clinicians. Invaluable information in one handy book. By FrederickZuspan,  EdwardQuilligan  Out of print 478 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-5262-X 999999

    500633 BK Out of print Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes
    The Spectral Analysis of Time Series
    1986
    NORTH-HOLLAND Examined in this volume are the asymptotic properties of spectral estimates of stationary processes and random fields. A new class of lag window estimates indifferent to remote frequencies is introduced and pseudorandom sequences are investigated from the point of view of their nearness to the sequence of white noise. Principles and algorithms are given for constructing an ideal sequence. A good achievement is the new estimates of higher spectral density asymptotically unbiased and consistent for all admissible values of the argument. A new type of the random number generator which is sufficiently close to white noise is introduced. I. Cumulant Estimates of Stochastic Processes and Random Fields. II. Spectral Estimates of Stochastic Processes and Random Fields. III. Investigation of Spectral Estimates of the Grenander-Rosenblatt Type. IV. Investigations of Lag Window Estimates. V. Estimates of Cross-Spectra of Multivariate Gaussian Sequences. VI. Statistical Estimation of Higher Order Spectra. Appendices. References. Index. By I.G.Zurbenko NHSPNorth-Holland Series in Statistics and Probability2  Out of print x + 248 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87607-3 080852

    524586 BK Manufacturing Processes and Systems, Applications (General), CAD,CAM,CAE, CIM / CAM, Control Systems, Human / Computer Interaction, Production, Robotics, Robotics and Industrial Automation
    Modern Tools for Manufacturing Systems
    Proceedings of the International Workshop on Emerging Technologies for Factory Automation, Cairns, Australia, 17-19 August 1992 1993
    ELSEVIER The last twenty years have seen considerable progress in manufacturing systems. The development of a series of new technologies that have the potential for application to manufacturing systems has created a sudden upsurge of interest in applying these emerging technologies to the area of factory automation. These emerging technologies include expert and knowledge based systems, fuzzy systems, neural networks, Petri nets, intelligent user interfaces, intelligent robotic systems and intelligent computer aided manufacturing. The present authors have brought together in a single book the latest work on the implications of new technologies and their application to factory automation. The volume will allow the reader to explore the potential of applying these emerging technologies to factory automation and will help to stimulate future research and analysis. 1. Overview of Book. Introduction. Expert systems. Knowledge acquisition. Neural networks and fuzzy systems. Petri nets. Micromachines and microfabrication technology. Factory communication protocols. 2. Expert Systems. An automated fault tree generation by semantic network system representation and rule-based event development. Innovative approaches to knowledge based systems development. Expert system applied to automatic flatness control system for aluminum foil rolling mill. Real time knowledge-based control for machining. An intelligent numerical controller for machining systems. 3. Knowledge Acquisition. Current status of knowledge acquisition research in Japan. GRAPE: Knowledge acquisition support groupware for the classification-choice problem. Development of automatic knowledge-acquisition expert system. Knowledge acquisition with neural networks. 4. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems. Preserving neuronal activation history with a neuron. Fuzzy longitudinal control for car platoons. Impact of fuzzy logic in industry and government. A genetic fuzzy expert for compound eye robot control. 5. Petri Nets. Design method for real-time systems based on object models and structured state-transition diagrams. Modelling and verification of flexible manufacturing systems using petri nets. Application of timed marked graphs to a scheduling problem of production systems including repetitive processes with set-up times. Application of petri nets to sequence control. Simulation methods for logistics systems using stochastic petri nets. Optimization of production planning with petri nets. Applying petri net theory to the modelling, analysis and prototyping of distributed systems. Petri nets based models and communication protocols. Petri nets and artificial intelligence. 6. Micromachines and Microfabrication Technology. Microfabrication and micromachines. Polymer gel actuator and osmotic pressure actuator for micro-pumps. Micro-probe encoder: Force microscope used in displacement sensing. 7. Factory Communication Protocols. XTP: A new communications protocol for factory automation. Edited by R.Zurawski,  T.S.Dillon MRTManufacturing Research and Technology18  Out of print 460 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89677-5 060602

    501067 BK Out of print Computers and Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry
    PCs for Chemists
    1990
    ELSEVIER The book first introduces the reader to the fundamentals of experimental design. Systems theory, response surface concepts, and basic statistics serve as a basis for the further development of matrix least squares and hypothesis testing. The effects of different experimental designs and different models on the variance-covariance matrix and on the analysis of variance (ANOVA) are extensively discussed. Applications and advanced topics (such as confidence bands, rotatability, and confounding) complete the text. Numerous worked examples are presented.

    The clear and practical approach adopted by the authors makes the book applicable to a wide audience. It will appeal particularly to those with a practical need (scientists, engineers, managers, research workers) who have completed their formal education but who still need to know efficient ways of carrying out experiments. It will also be an ideal text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students following courses in chemometrics, data acquisition and treatment, and design of experiments. Introduction. 1. Word Processors Devoted to Scientific Publishing (W.T. Wipke). 2. Databases and Spreadsheets (D.L. Massart, N. Vanden Driessche, A. Van Dessel). 3. Principal Component Analysis of Chemical Data (K. Varmuza, H. Lohninger). 4. Manipulation of Chemical Databases by Programming (J. Zupan). 5. Reduction of the Information Space for Data Collections (M. Razinger, M. Novic). 6. Prolog on PCs for Chemists (H. Moll, J.T. Clerc). 7. Reaction Pathways on a PC (E. Fontain, J. Bauer, I. Ugi). 8. Data Acquisition in Chemistry (H. Lohninger, K. Varmuza). 9. PCs and Networking (E. Ziegler). 10. The Future of Personal Computing in Chemistry (G.C. Levy). Index. Edited by J.Zupan DHSTData Handling in Science and Technology5  Out of print xvi + 212 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88623-0 030303

    503754 BK Out of print Tribology, General Materials Science, Structure and Properties of Surfaces, Interfaces and Thin Films
    Microstructure and Wear of Materials
    1987
    NORTH-HOLLAND This new book will be useful not only to practising engineers and scientists, but also to advanced students interested in wear. It reviews our current understanding of the influence of microstructural elements and physical properties of materials (metals, polymers, ceramics and composites) on wear. The introductory chapters describe the relation between microstructure and mechanical properties of materials, surfaces in contact and the classification of wear processes. The following chapters are concerned with wear modes of great practical interest such as grooving wear, sliding wear, rolling-sliding wear and erosive wear. Our present understanding of abrasion, adhesion, surface fatigue and tribochemical reactions as the relevant wear mechanisms is discussed, and new wear models are presented. In addition to extensive experimental results, sketches have been widely used for clarifying the physical events. 1. Introduction. History. Mechanisms of damage. Definition of wear. 2. Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of Materials. Structure of solids. Structure of solid surfaces. Volume properties of materials. Surface properties of materials. 3. Surfaces in Contact. Surface topography. Contact mechanics. Surface temperature. 4. Classification of Wear Processes. Tribosystem. Wear mechanism. Worn surfaces. Tribological testing. 5. Grooving Wear. Wear mechanism. Metals. Polymers. Ceramics. Composites. 6. Sliding Wear. Wear mechanism. The progress of wear. Influence of surface roughness. Metals. Polymers. Ceramics. Composites. 7. Rolling-Sliding Wear of Metals. Wear mechanism. Operating conditions. Microstructure and properties of materials. 8. Erosive Wear of Metals. Wear mechanism. Physical properties. Microstructural elements. (All chapters include References). Subject Index. By K.-H.Zum Gahr  Out of print x + 560 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42754-6 060607

    697199 BK ISBN/0443048045 Physical Therapy
    Sports Physiotherapy
    Applied Science and Practice First Edition 1995
    CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE By MarieZuluaga,  ChristopherBriggs,  JohnCarlisle,  VirginiaMcDonald,  JoanMcMeekin,  WendyNickson,  PamelaOddy,  DorothyWilson  Out of print 544 pages Hardbound
    0-443-04804-5 999999

    502122 BK Out of print Partial Differential Equations, Mathematical Methods in Physics, Numerical Methods in Engineering
    Problems in Distributions and Partial Differential Equations
    1988 Translation of Problèmes des Distributions avec Solutions Détaillées (Hermann, Paris, 1978)
    NORTH-HOLLAND The aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the theory of distributions, by the use of solved problems. Although written for mathematicians, it can also be used by a wider audience, including engineers and physicists. The first six chapters deal with the classical theory, with special emphasis on the concrete aspects. The reader will find many examples of distributions and learn how to work with them. At the beginning of each chapter the relevant theoretical material is briefly recalled. The last chapter is a short introduction to a very wide and important field in analysis which can be considered as the most natural application of distributions, namely the theory of partial differential equations. It includes exercises on the classical differential operators and on fundamental solutions, hypoellipticity, analytic hypoellipticity, Sobolev spaces, local solvability, the Cauchy problem, etc. 1. Preliminaries. 2. Distributions. 3. Differentiation in the Space of Distributions. 4. Convergence in the Spaces of Distributions. 5. Convolution of Distributions. 6. Fourier and Laplace Transforms of Distributions. 7. Applications. Bibliography. Index. Index of Notations. By C.Zuily NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies143  Out of print 248 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70248-2 050500

    692512 BK ISBN/0443057974 Infectious Diseases
    Viral Hepatitis
    Second Edition 1999
    CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE Here's the 2nd Edition of the only comprehensive, up-to-date text that covers the diagnosis, treatment, and management of viral hepatitis. The expanded and updated new edition features more tables, photographs, and illustrations, expanded sections on Hepadna, Orthohepadna, and Hepatitis C viruses, and new sections on Hepatitis G and Hepatitis GB viruses. Edited By ArieZuckerman,  HowardThomas  Out of print 704 pages Hardbound
    0-443-05797-4 999999

    501585 BK Out of print Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics, High Energy Physics (General), Physics (General)
    Recent Advances in Field Theory and Statistical Mechanics
    Proceedings of the Les Houches Summer School, Session XXXIX, August/September 1982 1984
    NORTH-HOLLAND Over the last ten years, quantum field theory and statistical mechanics have undergone quick and parellel developments characterized by the emergence of new ideas and the use of common concepts and methods. In particular, the renormalization group ideas have been successfully applied to the study of critical behaviour in quantum field theories. Simultaneously, the flourishing of gauge theories has produced a complete renewal in the theory of elementary particles. In view of this burst of ideas and new results, this Les Houches summer school was organised and open to physicists working in the domains of field theory, particle physics, condensed matter and neighbouring fields. The resulting proceedings provide an up-to-date review of the important developments in these fields. Courses: 1. Field theories and phase transitions (S.H. Shenker). 2. The principles of instanton calculus: a few applications (J. Zinn-Justin). 3. Perturbative approach to surface fluctuations (D.J. Wallace). 4. Chiral symmetry and chiral symmetry breaking (M.E. Peskin). 5. A review of the lattice gauge theory approach to quantum chromodynamics, 1982 (J.B. Kogut). Seminars: Random lattice field theory (T.D. Lee). Continuum limit and improved action in lattice theories (K. Symanzik). 6. An introduction to the statistical mechanics of amorphous systems (G. Parisi). 7. Interactions and localization in a disordered electron gas (E. Fradkin). Seminars: Schrödinger representation in renormalizable quantum field theory (K. Symanzik). Fermionic methods and three-dimensional Ising model (C. Itzykson). 8. Integrable models in (1+1)-dimensional quantum field theory (L. Faddeev). 9. Introduction to the Bethe-Ansatz approach in (1+1)-dimensional models (J.H. Lowenstein). 10. Integrability, Duality, Monodromy and the structure of Bethe's Ansatz (H.B. Thacker). Seminar: Structure functions for one-dimensional magnetic systems (J. Honerkamp). 11. Dual resonance models and string in QCD (A. Neveu). Seminar: Introduction to Polyakov's string theory (D. Friedan). Edited by J.-B.Zuber,  R.Stora LHSSLes Houches Summer School Proceedings39  Out of print xxx + 872 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86675-2 040402

    17487 BK Out of print Translation and Dictionaries, Linguistics
    The Languages of Theatre
    Problems in the Translation and Transposition of Drama 1980
    PERGAMON This book focuses on the various problems in the verbal and nonverbal translation and tranposition of drama from one language and cultural background into another and from the text on to the stage. It covers a range of previously unpublished essays specifically written on translation problems unique to drama, by playwrights and literary translators as well as theorists, scholars and teachers of drama and translation studies (partial) Verbal and non-verbal communication, R. Gostand

    Rooted in different places, A. Buzo

    On the open stage, D. Hewett

    Translation, adaptation and interpretation of dramatic texts, F.H. Link

    Transcending culture, V.C.H. Ooi

    Audience aids for non-literary allusions?, E.O. Fink

    Hazards of adaptation: Anouilh's Antigone in English, I. Reid

    Problems of propriety and authenticity in translating modern drama, O.D. Zuber

    Henrik Ibsen in English translation, M.B. Akerholt

    Problems in translating Sean O'Casey's drama Juno and the Paycock into German, U. Venneberg

    Translation: changing the code: Soyinka's ironic aetiology, A. Lefevere

    The synchronic Salome, M. Gaddis Rose

    Translating literature/translated literature - The state of the art, A. Lefevere Edited by O.Zuber  Out of print 178 pages Hardbound
    0-08-025246-X 080809

    502663 BK Out of print Paleoenvironments / Paleoclimatology, Climatology, Quaternary Geology
    Global Palaeoclimate of the Late Cenozoic
    1990
    ELSEVIER This is a detailed description of the history and chronology of global climate based on event-signal stratigraphy. The history of global climate is described for the last fifty million years with the description for the last one million years in detail. Climatostratigraphic sequences of twelve key regions are taken as a basis, eight of them situated in the USSR territories. Chronology of climatic events of the Pleistocene, Pliocene and Miocene is developed based on palaeomagnetic and radiometric data. The authors' version of its correlation with oxygene-isotope scales of deep-sea sediments is given. Theoretical problems of climatic stratigraphy and palaeoclimatology are discussed, in particular, the causes of climatic change. The Northern Hemisphere palaeoclimatic reconstructions are made for the Holocene, Eemian and Pliocene temperature optima, considered as possible palaeoanalogues of climate of the 21st Century. The book is intended primarily for a wide circle of scientific workers, palaeoclimatologists and palaeogeographers, but will also interest geologists, biologists, palaeomagnetologists and archaeologists. Preface to the Russian edition of Palaeoclimates of the Late Cenozoic by V.A. Zubakov and I.I. Borzenkova (Gidrometeoizdat, 1983). Preface to the Russian edition of The Global Climatic Events of the Pleistocene, by V.A. Zubakov (Gidrometeoizdat, 1986). PART I. THE GLOBAL CLIMATIC EVENTS OF THE PLEISTOCENE. Introduction. Section I. Methodological problems of palaeclimatology. 1. The time structure of climate. On the definitions of climate, palaeoclimate and palaeoclimatography. On the terms ``global climatic event'',``climathem'', climatostratigraphy. On the methods of high-resolution climatostratigraphic correlation and chronological scale of global climatic events. The principles of time classification of the global climatic events: Taxonomic differences in the climato - sedimentary cycles and climathems. The two climatic regimes in the history of the Earth. Main features of the glacial climatic regime. Main features of the greenhouse climatic regime. 2. Deep-sea standard for global climatic events. History of climatostratigraphic study of the Pleistocene. The significance of the oxygen-isotope scale for climatostratigraphic reconstructions. Systematic aspects of ``ocean-continent'' climatochronological correlation. The significance of geomagnetic data. Section II. Evidence for climatic changes in the Pleistocene - regional review. 3. Effects of global climatic events in the Mediterranean - Caspian system. The Mediterranean as a new climatoparastratotype region. The Caspian basin as a major record of changes in humidification in interior Eurasia. The Azov-Black Sea basin as a standard for the climatostratigraphic sequence on the shelf off Europe. The Mediterranean-Caspian paleohydrologic system as a record of global and regional climatic changes. 4. The loess assemblage of Eurasia as an indicator of climatic changes in the arid zone. The Loess zone of Europe. Loess in Asia. 5. Middle and high latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere as a major record of continental glaciation in Pleistocene time. Russian plain. Glaciated area in western and central Europe. West Siberia. North-eastern Asia and Beringia. North America. The Arctic and sub-Arctic. Section III. The history of climate through the Pleistocene. 6. On the timing of palaeoclimates in the Pleistocene. Debatable problems of inter-regional climatostratigraphic correlation. On correspondence between the numbrs of climathems on land and in the sea. On two stratific lines in the geo-historical classification of the Pleistocene. Comparison of experience in the long-distance stratigraphic correlation of the Pleistocene. Rhythm-chronological approach to the Pleistocene classification. On three types of time classification of the Pleistocene climatic events. The role of the 400 ka cycle for chronological classification of the Pleistocene. 7. Climatic changes in the Early and Middle Pleistocene. Introduction. The sixth (Günz) kryo-superclimathem, 1.17-1.0 Ma. The fifth (Günz-Mindel) termo-superclimathem, 1.0-0.76 Ma. The fourth (Mindel) kryo-superclimathem, 760-585 ka. The third (Mindel0Riss) thermo-superclimathem, 585-350 ka. The second (``Riss'') kryo-superclimathem, 350-130 (170?) ka. 8. Climatic changes in the Late Pleistocene. Tyrrhenian (=Riss-Würm sensu lato) megathermochron, 245-118 ka. On the time-scope of the ``Riss-Würm'' (277-244 ka). The Early Riss-Würm - the seventh thermo-orthoclimathem, 245-190 ka. The sixth kryo-ortoclimathem, 190-127 ka. The late Riss-Würm or thermo-orthoclimathem 5e, 127 (170?) - 117 ka. Spatial climate reconstructions for the temperature optimum of the last thermochron (isotopic substage 5e), 125-120 ka. The Würm megakryochron, 117-15 ka. On chronological models of the last glaciation. The early Würm, or kryo-orthoclimathem 5d-4, 117-62 ka. The middle Würm - thermochron 3c, 62-42 ka. The late Würm, 42-13 ka. Spatial reconstruction of the Northern Hemisphere climate during the late Würm, 20-17 ka. 9. Climatic changes through Late Glacial and Post-glacial, 16-0 ka BP. Principles of the time classification of the last 16 ka. On the global temperature trend over the last 16 ka. Anathermal from 16 to 9 ka BP. Megathermal, 9-5.3 ka BP. Katathermal, 5.3-0 ka BP. On possible causes of climate change in the late glacial-holocene. Moisture conditions in different latitude zones over the late glacial-holocene: a review of empirical data. Empirical data on moisture conditions in tropical and subtropical regions between 0 and 25°N and S. Empirical data on moisture trends during the late glacial-holocene between 25 and 40°N and S. Empirical data on moisture condition variations in middle (between 40 - 45°N and S) and high (north of 60°N) latitudes.Summary. Global climatic events - an empirical basis of high-resolution stratification. On the causes of climatic changes in the Pleistocene. References. PART II. PRE-PLEISTOCENE CLIMATES: MAIN STEPS OF THE LATE CENOZOIC GLACIAL-PSYCHROSPHERIC REGIME STANDING. Introduction. 10. Palaeoclimates of the pre-Pliocene Cenozoic. 11. Palaeoclimates of the Pliocene. Summary. Subject Index. By V.A.Zubakov,  I.I.Borzenkova DPASDevelopments in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy12  Out of print 472 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87309-0 070700

    504865 BK Out of print Mathematics (General)
    Mathematical Programming Methods
    1976
    NORTH-HOLLAND By G.Zoutendijk  Out of print Hardbound
    0-7204-0421-5 050500

    522237 BK Out of print Numerical Methods in Engineering, Classical and Quantum Physics; Mechanics and Fields, Fluid Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics, Elasticity, Rheology, Solid Mechanics, Thermodynamics
    Foundations of Mechanics
    1992
    ELSEVIER In the last three decades the field of mechanics has seen spectacular progress due to the demand for applications in problems of cosmology, thermonuclear fusion, metallurgy, etc. This book provides a broad and thorough overview on the foundations of mechanics. It discusses theoretical mechanics and continuum mechanics, as well as phenomenological thermodynamics, quantum mechanics and relativistic mechanics. Each chapter presents the basic physical facts of interest without going into details and derivations and without using advanced mathematical formalism. The first part constitutes a classical exposition of Lagrange's and Hamilton's analytical mechanics on which most of the continuum theory is based. The section on continuum mechanics focuses mainly on the axiomatic foundations, with many pointers for further research in this area. Special attention is given to modern continuum thermodynamics, both for the foundations and applications. A section on quantum mechanics is also included, since the phenomenological description of various quantum phenomena is becoming of increasing importance. The work will prove indispensable to engineers wishing to keep abreast of recent theoretical advances in their field, as well as initiating and guiding future research. Parts: I. Analytical Mechanics (R. Gutowski). 1. Constrained mechanical system. 2. Variational principles of mechanics. 3. Equations of motion of mechanical systems in Lagrange variables and quasi-coordinates. 4. Equations of motion of material systems in canonical variables. 5. Canonical transformations. 6. Integral invariants and conservation laws. II. Relativistic Mechanics (S.L. Bazanski). 1. Physical origin of the special theory of relativity. 2. Galilean space-time. 3. Basic space-time concepts of the special theory of relativity. 4. Minkowski space-time. 5. Relativistic kinematics. 6. Dynamics of a material point. 7. Conservation principles. 8. Equations of motion. 9. Canonical formalism. 10. Comments on the relativistic many-body problem. III. Quantum Mechanics (J. Slawianowski). 1. Basic concepts of quantum mechanics. Historical origins. 2. Quantum mechanics of a material point. Wave mechanics. 3. General formulation of quantum mechanics and examples. 4. Simple applications of quantum mechanics. 5. Some approximate methods and their applications. IV. Mechanics of Continuous Media (C. Wozniak). 1. Basic concepts. 2. Fundamental principles. 3. Investigation of the balance principles. 4. General field equations. 5. Materials. 6. Constraints and loadings. 7. Specialized theories. V. Phenomenological Thermodynamics (K. Wilmanski). 1. Introduction. 2. Fundamentals of abstract phenomenological thermodynamics. 3. Thermodynamics of thermomechanical materials. 4. Comments on the second law of thermodynamics. Bibliography. Subject Index. Edited by H.Zorski SAMStudies in Applied Mechanics28  Out of print xiv + 600 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98700-2 060600

    522075 BK Out of print Internal Medicine
    Interferon: Research, Clinical Application, and Regulatory Consideration
    Proceedings of an International Workshop, NIH, Bethesda, MD, USA, 28-30 September 1983 1984
    ELSEVIER Edited by K.Zoon,  P.D.Noguchi,  T.-Y.Liu  Out of print xiv + 314 pages Hardbound
    0-444-00937-X 096965

    500587 BK Out of print Marketing, Marketing Research
    Marketing Planning Models
    1982
    NORTH-HOLLAND This book reflects the diversity of marketing model applications and modeling approaches. The difficulty in modeling market behavior is demonstrated by several papers which employ alternative approaches to address related marketing planning problems. An Aspect of New Product Planning: Dynamic Pricing (A.P. Jeuland and R.J. Dolan). PRICESTRAT - An Applied Strategic Pricing Model for Nondurables (H. Simon). LITMUS: A New Product Planning Model (J.D. Blackburn and K.J. Clancy). A General Model for Assessing New Product Marketing Decisions and Market Performance (F.S. Zufryden). Strategy Development for New Product Introductions: Predicting Market and Financial Success (E.A. Pessemier). Integer Programming Model and Algorithmic Evolution: A Case from Sales Resource Allocation (P. Sinha and A.A. Zoltners). A Discrete Maximum Principle Approach to a General Dynamic Market Response Model (T.E. Morton, A.A. Mitchell and E. Zemel). Optimal Strategic Business Units Portfolio Analysis (M. Corstjens and D. Weinstein). Stochastic Dominance Rules for Product Portfolio Analysis (V. Mahajan, Y. Wind and J.W. Bradford). Evaluating Judgement-Based Marketing Models: Multiple Measures, Comparisons and Findings (S.H. McIntyre and I.S. Currim). A Process Model of the Family Planning Decision (J.U. Farley and D.E. Sexton). Analyzing Natural Experiments in Industrial Markets (G.L. Lilien and A. Api Ruzdic). Edited by A.A.Zoltners TIMSTIMS Studies in the Management Sciences18  Out of print x + 276 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86369-9 080853

    522495 BK Out of print Analytical Chemistry, Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes, Industrial Chemistry, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
    Preconcentration of Trace Elements
    1990
    ELSEVIER This monograph deals with the theory and practical applications of trace metals preconcentration. It gives general characteristics of the process and describes in detail the methods of preconcentration: solvent extraction, sorption, co-precipitation, volatilization, and others. Special attention is given to preconcentration in combination with subsequent determination methods. The use of preconcentration in analysis of environmental biological samples, mineral raw materials, high purity substances, and various industrial materials is also considered.

    The book will be of interest to analytical chemists working in research institutes and industrial laboratories and will be useful for radiochemists and process engineers as well as teachers and students specializing in related fields. 1. General Characteristics of Preconcentration. Concentration and separation. Significance of preconcentration and fields of application. Quantitative characteristics of preconcentration. Selective or group preconcentration. Removal of matrix and separation of trace elements. 2. Methods of Preconcentration. Classification and general characteristics of methods. Solvent extraction. Sorption methods. Precipitation and co-precipitation methods. Electrochemical methods. Evaporation methods. Controlled crystallization. Pyrometallurgical methods. Flotation. Filtration and other related membrane methods. 3. Combining Preconcentration with the Determination Methods. Combined and hybrid methods. Atomic emission spectrometry. Atomic-absorption spectrometry. Atomic fluorescence spectrometry. Spark-source mass spectrometry. Electron spin resonance. Activation analysis. Electrochemical methods. Catalymetry. Chromatographic methods. Other methods. 4. Preconcentration in Analysis of Various Substances. Environmental samples. Mineral raw material. Metals, alloys and other inorganic substances and materials, including high-purity substances. Organic substances and biological samples. Index: Methods for Preconcentration of Various Elements. By Yu.A.Zolotov,  N.M.Kuz'min CACComprehensive Analytical ChemistryXXV  Out of print 392 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87376-7 030303

    693074 BK ISBN/1560530669 Internal Medicine
    The Portable Internist
    First Edition 1995
    HANLEY AND BELFUS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS By AnthonyZollo  Out of print 704 pages Paperback
    1-56053-066-9 999999

    693160 BK ISBN/1560534761 Internal Medicine
    Medical Secrets
    Third Edition 2001
    HANLEY AND BELFUS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS This best-selling mini-textbook of general internal medicine reviews most of what a student or resident should know. This new edition is completely revised with up-to-date information on new methods of diagnosis, new drugs and their uses, advances in technology, and patient care techniques. The Secrets Q&A approach is applied to make the text interactive and enjoyable to read. The book is organized by subspecialty areas of internal medicine, and serves as a superb review for examinations, rounds, and clinical discussions.

  • General Medicine
  • Endocrinology
  • Cardiology
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Gastroenterology
  • Oncology
  • Nephrology
  • Acid/Base and Electrolytes
  • Hematology
  • Pulmonary Medicine
  • Rheumatology
  • Allergy and Immunology
  • AIDS and HIV Infection
  • Neurology
  • Medical Consultation
  • Ambulatory Care
  • 17. Geriatric Care
  • By AnthonyZollo  Out of print 564 pages Paperback
    1-56053-476-1 999999

    501000 BK Out of print Analytical Separations, Analytical Chemistry
    Electron Capture
    Theory and Practice in Chromatography 1981
    ELSEVIER Edited by A.Zlatkis,  C.F.Poole JCLJournal of Chromatography Library20  Out of print xii + 430 pages Hardbound
    0-444-41954-3 030304

    692511 BK ISBN/0815199309 Pediatrics
    Atlas Of Pediatric Physical Diagnosis
    Third Edition 1997
    MOSBY This color atlas discusses common and important pediatric problems that lend themselves to rapid visual diagnosis and simple laboratory evaluation, including tests which can be performed in the office or via X-rays. Format allows physicians to diagnose disorders without expensive and time-consuming diagnostic methods. By BasilZitelli,  HollyDavis  Out of print 756 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-9930-9 999999

    697195 BK ISBN/0721678114 Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
    Cardiac Electrophysiology
    From Cell to Bedside Third Edition 2000
    SAUNDERS Here's the updated and revised 3rd Edition of this comprehensive reference that provides the most authoritative and up-to-date information on cardiac electrophysiology -- from cell to bedside. This edition is more compact and succinct than the previous and still manages to include comprehensive coverage ranging from very basic reports on currents and channels, through theoretical and experimental bases of cardiac electrical activity and arrhythmias, to the clinical understanding of mechanisms of arrhythmias and the therapy to treat them. By DouglasZipes,  JoseJalife  Out of print 1111 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-7811-4 999999

    504636 BK Mathematics History and Biography
    Regiomontanus: His Life and Work
    1990 Translation of "Leben und Wirken des Joh. Müller von Koningsberg gennant Regiomontanus" (Otto Zeller Verlag GmbH, Osnabrück, FRG, 1968)
    NORTH-HOLLAND The 500th anniversary of Regiomontanus's birth has occasioned this depiction of his life and work. It is the first English translation of Ernst Zinner's monumental biography, plus a number of specially-written supplementary articles which help paint a more comprehensive picture of the current state of knowledge about Regiomontanus. The articles show the high regard in which the biography is still held by the community of scholars doing work on the mathematics of the Renaissance. Zinner's biography is a mine of information about early printing, astrolabes, tables of eclipses and the world of Henry of Langenstein, Johann of Gmunden, Georg Peuerbach, Cardinal Bessarion, Nicholas of Cusa and the extraordinary itinerant scholar, Johannes Müller of Königsberg - Regiomontanus. His contributions to mathematics are discussed (for example, he may have discovered the fifth and sixth perfect numbers) as well as the mysteries surrounding his life and death. Childhood. Kinship. The Leipzig Student Years. The Vienna Student Years. Astronomy in Austria. The Modern Sundial and the Discovery of the Magnetic Declination of the Compass Needle. Georg Peuerbach. Regiomontanus's Works in Vienna. The Years of Travel in Italy. The Epitome of Ptolemy's Almagest. The De triangulis. Correspondence with Giovanni Bianchini. The Padua Lectures. Venetian Works. Works in Rome. The Years of Travel in Hungary. The Tables. The Making of Instruments. The Observations. The Nuremberg Master Years. The Work Plan. Mathematical Works. The Printing of Scientific Works. The Almanacs or Ephemerides. The Ephemerides during the Time of the Discovery of America. The Calendars. The Determination of Cometary Sizes and Distances. The Making of Instruments. The Nuremberg Observations. Minor Works. Regiomontanus's Death in Rome. His Estate. Likenesses of Regiomontanus. His Personality and His Goals. Posterity's Judgment of Regiomontanus. Scientific Works in the Estates of Regiomontanus and Walther. Notes. Bibliography. Index. Supplements. Introduction (W. Kaunzer). From Königsberg to Rome (R. Mett). Regiomontanus and Leipzig (H. Wussing). Supplements to Zinner's Book (F. Schmeidler). The Most Recent Results of Research on Regiomontanus (A. Gerl). Problems of Calendar Reform from Regiomontanus to the Present (K. Reich). New Results on the Mathematical Activity of Regiomontanus (M. Folkerts). On Regiomontanus's Arithmetic and Algebra in De triangulis Omnimodis libri quinque (W. Kaunzner). Supplementary Literature on Regiomontanus. Works on Regiomontanus Published in the USSR or Written by Soviet Scholars. Conferences Commemorating Anniversaries of Regiomontanus's Birth or Death. By E.Zinner, Translated by E.Brown SHPMStudies in the History and Philosophy of Mathematics1  Out of print x + 402 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88792-X 050500

    523513 BK Out of print Economic Development, Technological Change, and Growth (General)
    The Market and the State in Economic Development in the 1990's
    1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND There has been a conspicuous switch in the way economists and policy makers think about the roles of market incentives and state policies. In recent times the key notions seem to be pro-market policies, privatization, deregulation, and curbing the size of the government. This volume examines the implications of greater reliance on market forces and the potential of new combinations of private and public inducements to foster economic progress. The papers address a number of key questions, exploring new angles on concurrent interpretations and assessing experiences of individual countries. The chapters in the volume are organized in three thematic groups: institutional and historical issues, privatization and its consequences, and the remodeling of economic policies in Latin America. Institutional and Historical Features. Market-Oriented Reforms and the International Economy in the 1990s (A. Krueger). Economic Intervention in the History of the French and Other European States: A Comparative Study (R. Delorme). The "End" of the State in Economic Development (T.E. Davis). Privatization of Public Enterprises. Public Enterprises after Privatization (S. Cassese). The Transfer of the British Privatization Experience to other Countries (P. Young). A Thematic Tour of Privatization, with European Illustrations (J. Spraos). Privatization and Industrial Policy (A. Aronica). Economic Reforms and the Latin American Economies. Reforms in Europe and the Latin American Economies (R. Langhammer). Hyperinflation and Convertibility-Based Stabilization in Argentina (A.J. Canavese). Monetary Reform, State Intervention and the Collor Plan (A.A. Zini, Jr.). Growth and Structural Reforms in Latin America. Where We Stand (J.M. Fanelli, R. Frenkel, G. Rozenwurcel). Edited by A.A.Zini, Jr. CEAContributions to Economic Analysis212  Out of print xxii + 292 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89460-8 081860

    692510 BK ISBN/0721611435 Critical Care
    Critical Care Pediatrics
    First Edition 1985
    SAUNDERS Features a joint medical-surgical approach, a problem orientation, and the use of case reports. Each chapter in this volume is devoted to a specific topic, and contains a general introduction to etiology, pathophysiology, and treatment. A medical problems list follows every case report, and listed with each problem is a further discussion of management strategies. A nursing care plan is also included. Provides coverage of special topics such as enteral nutrition, burns, toxic shock syndrome, coagulopathies, and pulmonary embolus, and more. By SolZimmerman,  JoanGildea  Out of print 557 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-1143-5 999999

    505529 BK Out of print Petroleum Geology and Engineering, Structural Geology
    Compressibility of Sandstones
    1991
    ELSEVIER This book is a comprehensive treatment of the elastic volumetric response of sandstones to variations in stress. The theory and data presented apply to the deformations that occur, for example, due to withdrawal of fluid from a reservoir, or due to the redistribution of stresses caused by the drilling of a borehole. Although the emphasis is on reservoir-type sandstones, results and methods discussed are also applicable to other porous rocks.

    Part One concerns the effect of stress on deformation and discusses porous rock compressibility coefficients. Elasticity theory is used to derive relationships between the porous rock compressibility coefficients, the porosity, and the mineral grain compressibility. Theoretical bounds on the compressibility coefficients are derived. The concept of effective stress coefficients is examined, as is the integrated form of the stress-strain relationships. Undrained compression and induced pore pressures are treated within the same general framework. Part One is concluded with a brief, elementary introduction to Biot's theory of poroelasticity. All the results in Part One are illustrated and verified with extensive references to published compressibility data.

    Part Two deals with the relationship between pore structure and compressibility, and presents methods that permit quantitative prediction of the compressibility coefficients. Two- and three-dimensional models of tubular pores, spheroidal pores, and crack-like "grain boundary" voids are analyzed. A critical review is made of various methods that have been proposed to relate the effective elastic moduli (bulk and shear) of a porous material to its pore structure. Methods for extracting pore aspect ratio distributions from stress-strain data or from acoustic measurements are presented, along with applications to actual sandstone data.

    Part Three is a brief summary of experimental techniques that are used to measure porous rock compressibilities in the laboratory.

    The information contained in this volume is of interest to petroleum engineers, specifically those involved with reservoir modeling, petroleum geologists, geotechnical engineers, hydrologists and geophysicists. Part One: Compressibility and Stress. 1. Definitions of Porous Rock Compressibilities. 2. Relationships Between the Compressibilities. 3. Bounds on the Compressibilities. 4. Effective Stress Coefficients. 5. Integrated Stress-Strain Relations. 6. Undrained Compression. 7. Introduction to Poroelasticity Theory. Part Two: Compressibility and Pore Structure. 8. Tubular Pores. 9. Two-Dimensional Cracks. 10. Spheroidal Pores. 11. Effective Elastic Moduli. 12. Aspect Ratio Distributions. Part Three: Compressibility Measurements. 13. Laboratory Measurements of Compressibilities. Nomenclature. References. Author Index. Subject Index. By R.W.Zimmerman DPSDevelopments in Petroleum Science29  Out of print 174 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88325-8 070705

    692509 BK ISBN/0774735635 Nursing: Leadership and Management
    The Smart Way
    An Introduction to Writing for Nurses First Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS The SMART Way is an introductory-level book on writing skills for nurses, appropriate for both first year nursing students and those in post-RN programs. By GlennisZilm  Out of print 211 pages Paperback
    0-7747-3563-5 999999

    505044 BK Out of print Monetary Policy, Central Banking, and the Supply of Money, Economic Development, Technological Change, and Growth (General), Financial Institutions and Services, International Economics (General), International Finance
    Japanese Financial Market Research
    1991
    NORTH-HOLLAND A compilation of recent research on various aspects of Japanese financial markets is presented in this volume. The papers discuss the economy, land and stock markets, the behavior of stock prices, exchange rates and hedging, derivative security markets, integration of capital markets, bond and fixed income markets, and the financing of Japanese corporations. The contributions cover both new theory and empirical studies in these general areas. They also provide much institutional detail and recent historical data on these markets. The Economy, Land and Stock Markets. (Contributors: Y. Hamao; S.L. Schwartz and W.T. Ziemba; W.T. Ziemba; S.L. Schwartz.) The Behavior of Stock Prices (Contributors: Y.K. Tse; K.C. Chan and G.A. Karolyi; T. Hoshi; Y. Amihud and H. Mendelson; M.N. Darrough and T.S. Harris; G.A. Hawawini; K. Kato). Exchange Rates and Hedging. (Contributors: J.R. Lothian; T. Ito and V.V. Rolley; W.T. Ziemba). Derivative Security Markets. (Contributors: U. Schaede; W. Bailey; W.T. Ziemba; M. Brenner, M. Subrahmanyam and J. Uno; M. Brenner, M. Subrahmanyam and J. Uno; W. Bailey and W.T. Ziemba; P. Carr). Integration of Capital Markets. (Contributors: Y. Hamoa, R.W. Masulis and V. Ng; M. Barclay, R.H. Litzenberger and J.B. Warner). Bond and Fixed Income Markets. (Contributors: K.J. Singleton; K.-W. Leung, A. Sanders and H. Unal). Financing of Japanese Corporations. (Contributors: J.E. Hodder; R.H. Pettway). Bibliographies of the Editors. Edited by W.T.Ziemba,  W.Bailey,  Y.Hamao CEAContributions to Economic Analysis205  Out of print xxii + 616 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88851-9 081850

    30296 RJ Out of print Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Science (General), Geophysics
    Satellite Orbits
    Proceedings of the Topical Meeting of the COSPAR Technical Panel on Satellite Dynamics (Meeting P1) of the COSPAR Twenty-ninth Plenary Meeting held in Washington, DC, USA, 28 August - 5 September 1992 Previously published as part of the 1994 subscription to the journal Advances in Space Research, Volume 14, No 5. 1994
    PERGAMON This volume contains a selection of the papers presented at the meeting on Satellite Dynamics which address the most interesting aspects of orbital dynamics problems.

    Divided into four sections, the papers are presented under the following headings: Analysis of the Earth Satellite Orbits for Geodesy and Geodynamics; Surface Force Effects in Orbit and Position Determination; Latest Developments in Orbital Determination; and finally Satellite and Probe Mission Design in View of Imposed Scientific Requirements.

    The contents demonstrate the fascinating variety of problems of orbital and trajectory determinations for the solution of the fundamental tasks of space research. Preface. Analysis of the Earth Satellite Orbits for Geodesy and Geodynamics. Precise GPS orbits for geodesy (O.L. Columbo). Orbit and geodetic parameter estimations from global GPS data (Ch. Reigber et al.). Tracking strategies for laser ranging to multiple satellite targets (J.W. Robbins et al.). Satellite orbit calculations using geopotential coefficients up to high degree and order (E. Wnuk, T. Jopek). Surface Force Effects in Orbit and Position Determination. Non-gravitational disturbing forces (R. Vilhena de Moraes). Analytical treatment of air drag and earth oblateness effects upon an artificial satellite (F. Delhaise). Direct and indirect solar radiation effects acting on LAGEOS satellite: some refinements (P. Inversi, F. Vespe). Modeling the atmospheric perturbations in the debris problem (J. Ashenberg, R.A. Broucke). Latest Developments in Orbital Determination. A comparison between classical cross-over techniques and a stochastic-deterministic approach (L. Fenoglio et al.). ERS-1 orbit determination at D-PAF (Ch. Reigber et al.). ERS-1 orbits: the routine operation and high precision products (J.M. Dow et al.). Dynamic gravity probe-B spacecraft due to gravity jitter induced cryogenic helium disturbances in rotating dewar (R.J. Hung et al.). An efficient method to compute the perturbation spectrum in linear satellite theory (S. Casotto). Satellite and Probe Mission Design in View of Imposed Scientific Requirements. Trajectory design for small probes to near-Earth asteroids (A. Rossi et al.). Author index. Edited by J.B.Zielinski ASRAdvances in Space Research14/5  Out of print 144 pages Paperback
    0-08-042479-1 050505

    30874 RJ Out of print Space and Planetary Science
    Orbit Determination and Analysis
    Proceedings of the PSD Meeting of the COSPAR Technical Panel on Satellite Dynamics which was held during the Thirtieth COSPAR Scientific Assembly, Hamburg, Germany, 11-21 July 1994 Previously published as part of the 1995 subscription to Advances in Space Research Volume 16, Number 12. 1995
    PERGAMON The papers presented in this volume deal with orbit determination and analysis as applied to the study of the Earth, planets and their environment. This includes the modelling of gravitational and non-gravitational perturbations, real-time and post-fact precise orbit determination and scientific analysis of data. New results from altimetric missions Topex/Poseidon and ERS-1 were demonstrated. The Earth gravity field model improvement was also presented in the context of the definition and realization of the terrestrial reference frame. Selected papers: Preface. Model of non-gravitational perturbations for CESAR experiment with MACEK accelerometer (L. Sehnal, D. Vokrouhlicky). Non-conservative forces on LAGEOS I and II (R. Kolenkiewicz et al.). Free-molecular and transitional aerodynamics of spacecraft (H. Klinkrad et al.). Derniers resultats de calcul d'orbite SPOT et TOPEX/POSEIDON obtenus avec DORIS (F. Nouël et al.). High precision orbits for the international GPS service for geodynamics (IGS) (J.M. Dow et al.). Precise orbit determination for TOPEX/Poseidon using GPS-SST data (Z. Kang et al.). TOPEX/Poseidon precise orbit determination using GPS double difference phase observables (S. Casotto et al.). Landsat-4 orbit determination using TDRSS (D.H. Oza et al.). Precision orbit determination for TOPEX/Poseidon using TDRSS Doppler tracking data (F.J. Lerch et al.). Improvement of the SLR Borowiec station position in the global network ITRF91 (M. Rutkowska et al.). Accuracy assessment of TOPEX/Poseidon dual crossover correction of ERS-1 altimetry (G.W. Jolly, P. Moore). Gravity field model adjustment from ERS-1 and TOPEX altimetry and SLR tracking using an analytical orbit perturbation theory (P.N.A.M. Visser et al.). Author Index.

    140 line drawings, 290 lit. refs. Edited by J.B.Zielinski ASRAdvances in Space Research16/12  Out of print 156 pages Paperback
    0-08-042637-9 050505

    524815 BK Polymer Science and Technology, Composites, Electronic / Photonic Materials, Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Materials
    Molecular Electronics
    Proceedings of Symposium H on Molecular Electronics: Doping and Recognition in Nanostructured Materials of the 1993 E-MRS Spring Conference, Strasbourg, France, 4-7 May 1993 Previously published as part of the 1993 subscription to the journal Synthetic Metals, Volume 61, Numbers 1-2 1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND The aim of the conference from which these proceedings have evolved, was to bring together basic science- and application-oriented scientists with particular interest in the controlled synthesis and engineering of organic materials. The scope is intentionally broad and covers various aspects of doping and recognition in nanostructured molecular materials. The following topics are covered: sensors, transport phenomena, organic superconductors, materials characterization and synthesis, devices, theory, assembly of molecules. Preface. Plenary Lecture. Supramolecular engineering at functionalized surfaces (W. Knoll et al.) Sensors. The application of conducting polymers in biosensors (P.N. Bartlett, P.N. Birkin). Doped (conducting) and undoped (semi-insulating) LB films: application to gas sensing (H. Perez, A. Barraud). Conducting polymer-based amperometric enzyme electrodes. Towards the development of miniaturized reagentless biosensors (W. Schuhmann et al.). Functional polymers and supramolecular compounds for chemical sensors (K.D. Schierbaum, W. Göpel). Supramolecular structures and chemical sensing (F.L. Dickert, U.P.A. Bäumler, G.K. Zwissler). Transport Phenomena. Polymeric photoconductors (S. Nespurek). Organic Superconductors. The effects of open sections of the Fermi surface on the physical properties of 2D organic molecular metals (J. Caulfield et al.). Synthesis. Design, synthesis and assembly of new thiophene-based molecular functional units with controlled properties (P. Bäuerle et al.). Electrochemistry of end-capped oligothienyls. New insights into the polymerization mechanism and the charge storage, conduction and capacitive properties of polythiophene (G. Zotti et al.). Assembly of Molecules. Structure, energy and charge transport in two-dimensional crystals of cyanine dyes (H. Wöhwald, V. Bliznyuk, S. Kirstein). Detailed structural investigations of highly aligned LB structures of thiophene derivatives (M. Schmelzer et al.). Theory. Novel low bandgap polymers: polydicyanomethylene-cyclopenta-dithiophene and -dipyrrole (J.M. Toussaint, J.L. Brédas). VEH electronic band structure of poly(phenylsilane) (R. Crespo et al.). Poster sessions. Indexes. Edited by C.Ziegler,  W.Göpel,  G.Zerbi EMRSEuropean Materials Research Society Symposia Proceedings45  Out of print 208 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81812-X 050510

    503752 BK Out of print Heat and Mass Transfer, Mechanical Engineering, Thermodynamics
    An Introduction to Thermomechanics
    Second Revised Edition 1983
    NORTH-HOLLAND Preface. Chapters: 1. Mathematical Preliminaries. 2. Kinematics. 3. Kinetics. 4. Thermodynamics. 5. Material Properties. 6. Ideal Liquids. 7. Linear Elasticity. 8. Inviscid Gases. 9. Viscous Fluids. 10. Plastic Bodies. 11. Viscoelasticity. 12. General Tensors. 13. Large Displacements. 14. Thermodynamic Orthogonality. 17. Plasticity. 18. Viscoelastic Bodies. Bibliography. Subject Index. By H.Ziegler NHAMNorth-Holland Series in Applied Mathematics and Mechanics21  Out of print xiv + 356 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86503-9 060600

    502486 BK Out of print Geology, Sedimentology, Stratigraphy, Tectonics
    Geological Atlas of Western and Central Europe
    1982
    ELSEVIER By P.A.Ziegler  Out of print 130 pages (in 2 vols.) 40 maps. Hardbound
    0-444-42084-3 070700

    524375 BK Out of print Tectonics, Seismology
    Geodynamics of Rifting
    Selected Papers of the Geodynamics of Rifting Symposium, Glion-sur-Montreux, 4-11 November 1990 Reprinted from the journal Tectonophysics 1993
    ELSEVIER This volume contains papers giving an interdisciplinary review of 12 major rift systems from North and South America, Africa, Europe and Asia. These papers are written by an international group of academic and industrial specialists each of whom is most knowledgeable about the respective rift. The analyzed rifts were selected on the basis of availability of an as-complete-as-possible geological and geophysical data base. Thirteen papers deal with geodynamic processes governing the evolution of rifts.

    A comprehensive digest of the available stratigraphic, structural, geophysical and petrological data, together with an extensive list of references, is provided for each of the analyzed rift systems. The megatectonic setting and dynamics of evolution of each basin is discussed. Geodynamic models are tested against the record of the analyzed rifts.

    The question of "active" as against "passive" rifting is addressed. The rifts analyzed range in age from Precambrian to Recent and cover a wide spectrum of megatectonic settings. There is discussion of the evolution of rifts in a plate-tectonic frame. The case histories are followed by discussions addressing the global setting of rifts and geodynamic processes active during the development of rifted basins. I. Case History Studies on Rifts: Europe and Asia. The Oslo Rift: a review (E.-R. Neumann et al.). A stretching model for the Oslo Rift (H.E. Ro, J.I. Faleide). Early magmatic phase in the Oslo Rift and its related stress regime (B. Sundvoll, B.T. Larsen, B. Wandaas). North Sea rift system (P.A. Ziegler). Basaltic magmatism in the North Sea and its relationship to lithospheric extension (D. Latin, F.G. Waters). European Cenozoic rift system (P.A. Ziegler). Lithospheric cross sections of the European Cenozoic rift system (C. Prodehl et al.). Deep crustal structure of the Rhine Graben from DEKORP-ECORS seismic reflection data: a summary (J.P. Brun, M.-A. Gutscher and teams). 3-D structure of the lithosphere beneath the southern Rhine Graben area (A. Glahn, M. Granet). Subsidence analysis and modelling of the Roer Valley Graben (SE Netherlands) (L. Zijerveld et al.). Mafic alkaline magmatism associated with the European Cenozoic rift system (M. Wilson, H. Downes). The Valencia trough (western Mediterranean): an overview (E. Banda, P. Santanach). Styles of extension in the Pannonian Basin (G. Tari, F. Horváth, J. Rumpler). Tertiary evolution of the Intra-Carpathian area: a model (L. Csontos et al.). Review of Neogene and Quaternary volcanism of the Carpathian-Pannonian region (C. Szaboó, S. Harangi, L. Csontos). Dnieper-Donets palaeorift (A.V. Chekunov et al.). Baikal rift zone: structure and geodynamics (N.A. Logatchev, Yu. A. Zorin). Asthenospheric diapir beneath the Baikal rift: petrological constraints (A.I. Kislev, A.M. Popov). Faults and tectonic stresses of the Baikal Rift Zone (S.I. Sherman). Heat flow variations in continental rifts (S.V. Lysak). Geodynamics of the Shanxi Rift system, China (X. Xu, X. Ma). The Mesozoic-Cenozoic east China rift system (Z.-Y. Tian, P. Han, K.-D. Xu). II. Case History Studies on Rifts: North and South America and Africa. Tectonic setting of the Midcontinent Rift system (W.R. Van Schmus). Geophysical investigations and crustal structure of the North American Midcontinent Rift system (W.J. Hinze et al.). The igneous petrology and magmatic evolution of the Midcontinent rift system (K.W. Klewin, S.B. Shirey). The Midcontinent rift in the Lake Superior region with emphasis on its geodynamic evolution (W.F. Cannon). Speculations on the origin of the North American Midcontinent rift (W.F. Cannon, W.J. Hinze). Variations across and along a major continental rift: an interdisciplinary study of the Basin and Range Province, western USA (C.H. Jones et al.). Tectonics and stratigraphy of the East Brazil Rift system: an overview (H.K. Chang et al.). The West and Central African rift systems: Foreword (J.D. Fairhead). A plate tectonic setting for Mesozoic rifts of West and Central Africa (R.M. Binks, J.D. Fairhead). Early Cretaceous rifts of Western and Central Africa : an overview (R. Guiraud, J.-C. Maurin). Regional framework, structural and petroleum aspects of rift basins in Niger, Chad and the Central African Republic (C.A.R.) (G.J. Genik). Tectonostratigraphic development of the Interior Sudan rifts, Central Africa (T.R. McHargue et al.). Magmatism and rifting in Western and Central Africa, from Late Jurassic to Recent times (M. Wilson, R. Guiraud). Chronology and dynamic setting of Cretaceous-Cenozoic rifting in West and Central Africa (R. Guiraud et al.). Comparison of the Tanganyika, Malawi, Rukwa and Turkana Rift zones from analyses of seismic reflection data (B.R. Rosendahl, E. Kilembe, K. Kaczmarick). Some remarks on the structure and geodynamics of the Kenya Rift (U. Achauer et al.). Nature of the crust beneath magmatically active continental rifts (P. Mohr). III. Geodynamics of Rifting: Thematic Discussions. The role of rifting in the evolution of the Earth's crust (V.Y. Khain). Plate tectonics, plate moving mechanisms and rifting (P.A. Ziegler). Rifting of Africa and pattern of mantle convection beneath the African plate (N. Pavoni). Aulacogens and aulacogeosynclines: Regularities in setting and evolution (E.E. Milanovsky). From rifting to passive margin: the examples of the Red Sea, Central Atlantic and Alpine Tethys (P. Favre and G.M. Stampfli). Modelling the loading stresses associated with active continental rift systems (M.H.P. Bott). The mechanics of continental extension and sedimentary basin formation: A simple-shear / pure-shear flexural cantilever model (N.J. Kusznir, P.A. Ziegler). Modelling the tectonic development of the Tucano and Sergipe-Alagoas rift basins, Brazil (G.D. Karner, S.S. Egan, J.K. Weissel). Variation in extensional fault geometry related to heterogeneities within basement and sedimentary sequences (J.-J. Jarrige). Intraplate stresses and dynamical aspects of rifted basins (S. Cloetingh, H. Kooi). Role of crustal stretching on subsidence of the continental crust (E.V. Artyushkov). Development of asymmetric basins along continental transform faults (Z. Ben-Avraham). Geodynamics of rifting and implications for hydrocarbon habitat (P.A. Ziegler). Edited by P.A.Ziegler  Out of print viii + 902 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89912-X 070700

    502667 BK Out of print Geophysics, Applied Geophysics, Gravity / Geodesy, Seismic Exploration
    Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geoprospecting and Geodesy
    Second Revised Edition 1990
    ELSEVIER This monograph considers all aspects related to the solution of the inverse gravimetric problems, from the measurements to the visualization of the solution, mapping the initial data; selection of the best model of the unknown distribution of masses; aquisition of a characteristic (having the most concentrated masses) solution; gravi-equivalent mass scattering; and selection of a single body out of all obtained body-solutions, which corresponds best to the available geological-geophysical data. The modern methods for minimization of the respective objective functions are considered, emphasizing the specificity of the inverse problems of the potential fields and using the author's experience in solving these problems. The models when the respective objective functions have only one minimum are considered as well as the conditions for a uniqueness of the inverse gravimetric problem solution. The ``concentration-scattering'' method for the solution of the inverse gravimetric problem is modified and adapted for the determination of the Earth's figure and its outer gravitational field by solving of the inverse astro-gravi-geodetic problem; simultaneous determination of the Earth's figure and of Earth's masses causing gravitational field almost equal to that measured on the Earth's surface. This book is designed for geophysicists, mathematicians, physicists, geodesists and geologists dealing with the theory and practice of the interpretation of gravitational measurements and determination of the Earth's figure. Part I. Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geoprospecting. General formulation of the inverse gravimetric problem. Accuracy and stability of the solution. Minimization strategy. Families of gravi-equivalent bodies. Gravi-Equivalent mass scattering. Obtaining gravi-equivalent bodies and simple layers by the method of partial and total gravi-equivalent mass scattering. Solution of the inverse gravimetric problem. Conditions for the uniqueness of the solution. Joint solution of the inverse potential fields problem. Part II. Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geodesy. Application of the solution of inverse gravimetric problems for determination of the earth's figure. Bibliography. Subject index By D.P.Zidarov DSEGDevelopments in Solid Earth Geophysics19  Out of print 284 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98777-0 070702

    504059 BK Out of print Oncology, Internal Medicine
    Practical Modalities of an Efficient Screening for Breast Cancer in the European Community
    Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Association Against Cancer (Belgium), Brussels, Belgium, 20-21 January 1989 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA At the beginning of the European year of information on Cancer, the international symposium organized by the Association Against Cancer (Belgium) made it possible to gather essential information about conditions for an efficient application of breast cancer screening in Europe. In preparation for this conference, the Association Against Cancer invited specialists from all Belgian universities and scientific societies in order to discuss the application of breast cancer screening in Belgium. A postal inquiry was undertaken to study the availability of mammographic equipment and accessory techniques in Belgium. These data focus the discussion on the concrete situation in the field. SECTION 1: Relative contribution (detection rate / sensitivity / specificity / Predictive value) of physical examination, mammography and breast self-examination in the detection of breast cancer (2 papers). SECTION 2: Frequency of screening depending on age and risk groups in view of the latest results (2 papers). SECTION 3: Technical requirements of screening for breast cancer in view of past experiments (2 papers). Panel discussion: How to organize a successful screening programme depending on local conditions? SECTION 4: Detected lesions (non palpable lesions, in situ cancers, intracanalicular and benign tumors), follow-up and implications for breast cancer screening programmes (3 papers). SECTION 5: Organizational aspects and cost/benefit evaluation of breast cancer screening programmes (5 papers). Panel discussion: How to optimize the cost/benefit ratio of breast screening? SECTION 6: The Belgian situation and conclusions of preparatory Belgian round table conferences (4 papers). Panel discussion: How to organize a successful screening programme in Belgium? SECTION 7: Population participation (2 papers). Panel discussion: How to stimulate participation in screening programmes? Index of authors. Edited by G.Ziant ICSInternational Congress Series865  Out of print xiv + 216 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81157-5 096965

    505115 BK Out of print Lipids and Lipid Metabolism, Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine, Nutrition, Oncology
    Lipids and Health
    Proceedings of the Second European Symposium on Lipids and Health: Lipids and Cancer, Lipids and Cardiovascular Diseases, Brussels, Belgium, 1-2 December 1989 1990
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This symposium was aimed at bringing up to date current knowledge in the field of lipids and health, to permit an exchange of ideas and to establish a base for the development of strategies in dietary prevention in the fields of cancer and cardio-vascular diseases. Specialists were invited from the field of lipids and cancer as well as the field of lipids nad cardiovascular diseases. They agreed to give a syntheses of the latest discoveries concerning these subjects, resulting in the topics listed hereunder, to include the epidemiological and experimental aspects, dietary profiles and alternatives in dietary behavior. Experimental aspects. Lipids and cancer (2 papers). Lipids and cardiovascular disease (3 papers). Epidemiological aspects. Lipids and cancer (3 papers). Lipids and cardiovascular disease (4 papers). Dietary patterns. Contributions of nutritionists (3 papers). Contributions of anthropologists (4 papers). Dietary modifications: Which ones? How to get the message across? (4 papers plus Panel discussion plus General conclusion). Index of authors. Edited by G.Ziant ICSInternational Congress Series953  Out of print xiv + 290 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81393-4 096965

    502645 BK Sedimentology, Geology, Petroleum Geology and Engineering, Stratigraphy, Tectonics
    Chinese Sedimentary Basins
    1989
    ELSEVIER This volume summarizes the geology of Chinese sedimentary basins, their origin, sedimentary history, tectonic evolution and economic potential, presenting much up to date geological and geophysical information from the files of regional surveys and petroleum-research organizations. Basic data are presented in the various chapters written by Chinese scientists. Much of the information presented was previously only available in Chinese geological literature. It includes a new synthesis on the tectonics of South China, which is revolutionizing the geology of China. This new synthesis permits the reader to understand the geology of China in terms of the modern plate-tectonic theory. It also gives a penetrating analysis on the economic potential of Chinese sedimentary basins, especially in those relic back-arc basins, such as Tarim and Junggar. Previous books on the geology of China have provided rather a narrow interpretation of plate-tectonics due to the now defunct geosyncline theory. This volume gives a new interpretation which completely opposes the concept of the old school. It shows, for example, that South China is not a post-Caledonian platform, but a Mesozoic orogenic belt, and points out that the Tarim and Junggar are not intracratonic basins, but relic back-arc basins of the Black Sea type with tremendous potential for hydrocarbon occurrences. Invaluable for university courses because of its new perspective of basin analysis, this book will quickly become the definitive source on the geology of China. Introduction to the series. Dedication. Editorial staff. List of contributors. 1. Remarks on the Chinese Mesozoic-Cenozoic Sedimentary Basins (X. Zhu). References. 2. Unstable Cratonic and Paleozoic Basins of China (H. Chen, D. Qin). Introduction. The basement of Paleozoic basins and their principal characteristics. Prototypes and distribution of Paleozoic basins. Conclusions. References. 3. Tectonic Features of the Junggar Basin and Their Relationship with Oil and Gas Distribution (X. Peng, G. Zhang). Introduction. Regional background, basement and the basin's general characteristics. Stages of the basin's formation and development. Delimitation of contemporary tectonic provinces. Structural evolution and distribution of hydrocarbons. References. 4. Tectonic Evolution of the Tarim Basin (Z. Tian et al.). Introduction. Phases of evolution. Evolution of the tectonic framework. Regional tectonic characteristics. Petroleum prospect. References. 5. Mechanism of Formation of the Qaidam Basin and its Control on Petroleum (S. Gu, H. Di). Introduction. The basement. The Paleozoic evolution. Formation and formation of the basin. Structural units and oil/gas distribution. Other mineral resources. References. 6. Tectonic Characteristics and Hydrocarbons of the Hexi Corridor (W. Xu et al.). Introduction. Regional stratigraphy and sedimentary environment. Characteristics of the regional tectonics. Stages of tectonic evolution. Hydrocarbon accumulation and their relation to faults. References. 7. Ordos Basin - A Typical Example of an Unstable Cratonic Interior Superimposed Basin (Z. Sun et al.). Introduction. Regional setting. Basement rock and its structure. The development history of the cover sediments and the superimposed characteristics of the basin. Geothermal history and economic mineral deposits. References. 8. Songliao Basin - An Intracratonic Continental Sedimentary Basin of Combination Type (L. Ma et al.). Introduction. The deep and shallow structures and stratigraphy of the basin. The sedimentary characteristics. The nature and evolution of the basin. The features of the geothermal field and the generation of hydrocarbons. The type and distribution of oil and gas pools. References. 9. The Bohai Bay Basin (J. Hu et al.). Introduction. Formation and evolution of the Bohai Bay Basin. Sedimentary characteristics of the Tertiary in the Bohai Bay Basin. Diagenetic epigenesis and evolution of organic matter. Petroleum geology and petroleum resources in the Bohai Bay Basin. References. 10. The North Jiangsu-South Yellow Sea Basin (Y. Zhang et al.). Introduction. The nature of the basement. Cratonic marginal subsidence during the Sinian-Early Paleozoic. Late Paleozoic-Early Mesozoic cratonic depression. Basement decoupling basin in the Jurassic-Cretaceous. Transformation from Tertiary downfault to downwarp. The prospects of oil and gas traps. References. 11. The Generation and Evolution of the Hehuai Basin (J. Han et al.). Introduction. Geological setting before the generation of the Meso-Cenozoic basin. Generation and development of the Hehuai Basin in Meso-Cenozoic time. Generation mechanism and principal characteristics of the Hehuai Basin. Oil and gas potential. Acknowledgements. References. 12. The Cretaceous-Paleogene Salt-Bearing Basins in Eastern China (F. Chen et al.). Introduction. The distribution of the Cretaceous-Paleogene salt-bearing basins in eastern China. Regional tectonic characteristics and evolution of the salt-bearing basins. Actual case - The Jianghan Basin. References. 13. Formation and Development of the Sichuan Basin (J. Wang et al.). Introduction. Basement of the Sichuan basin. Tectonic disturbance and the development history of the basin. Sedimentary system and paleogeographic evolution of the Sichuan Basin. An outline of mineral resources and the conditions for oil and gas mineralization in the Sichuan Basin. References. 14. Characteristics and Tectonic Evolution of the East China Sea (Z. Zhou et al.). Introduction. The basement and its basic tectonic characteristics. The Cenozoic stratigraphy and paleogeography. The tectonic characteristics. The evolutionary history. Oil and gas prospects. Acknowledgement. References. 15. Geology, Tectonics and Evolution of the Pearl River Mouth Basin (Z. Guong et al.). Introduction. Regional geology and tectonics. Depositional characteristics of the basin. Hydrocarbon resources and potential. References. 16. Petroleum Geology of Cenozoic Basins in the Northwestern Continental Shelf, South China Sea (Q. Zhang, C. Kou). Introduction. Tectonic setting and basement rocks. Cenozoic stratigraphy. Basin framework. Tectonic evolution. Basin characteristics. Conclusions. Acknowledgements. References. 17. Origin of Sedimentary Basins of China (K.J. Hsü). Introduction. Evolution of geological thoughts in China. Polycyclic orogenic deformations. Tectonic evolution of China. Junggar, Tarim and Qaidam basins. Ordos Basin. Turpan, Jiuquan and other pull-apart basins of northwest China. Erlian and Hailar basins. Songliao Basin. Gulf of Bohai Basin. Sichuan Basin. Mesozoic and Cenozoic basins of south China. Chinese offshore basins. Classification of Chinese basins. References. Author Index. Subject Index. Edited by X.Zhu SBWSedimentary Basins of the World1  Out of print xviii + 238 pages Hardbound
    0-444-43017-2 070700

    503751 BK Out of print Civil Engineering (General), Soil and Rock Mechanics
    Computing in Civil Engineering
    Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference, 5-9 June 1985, Hangzhou, China 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND The 98 papers in this volume reflect new trends and achievements in computing in civil engineering. The conference was organized with the support and help of well-known scientists from all over the world, among whom were such experts as Professors Qian Linxi (China), O.C. Zienkiewicz (England), M.S. Cheung (Canada) and Dr. Robert C.Y. Young (USA). The book provides a wealth of valuable information on: computer graphics, computer-aided design, applications of artificial intelligence to structural engineering, theory and approach of structural analysis and applications of computer science. Edited by C.Zhao,  Z.Fu,  Z.Tao,  R.Young,  M.S.Cheung  Out of print xiv + 1238 pages Hardbound
    0-444-99560-9 060605

    26504 BK Out of print Mechanical Engineering
    Theory and Technique of Precision Cutting
    1990
    PERGAMON Technological developments in areas where machine cutting is required, such as the energy industry, and aeronautical and aerospace engineering, have meant that there is a greater need for accurate machining and surface quality. This book provides unique and important information on the development of this area covering subjects such as deformation in the process of precision cutting, temperature, cutting force, wear, cutting edge, surface roughness and grinding technology. The author uses practical examples with illustrations to explain his research, offering valuable procedures and design principles for the reader to understand. Chapter headings and selected papers: Preface. Nature of Deformation in the Process of Precision Cutting. Influence of crystallographic orientation on the cutting process in micro-cutting. Nature of Cutting Force Variation in Precision Cutting. Influence of various factors on cutting force. The Control of Temperature in Precision Cutting. Generation and transmission of cutting heat. Methods for control of thermal deformation of workpiece. The Wear Characteristics of Precision Cutting Tools. Wear characteristic of natural diamond tools. Mechanism of Formation of Surface Roughness. Reproducible nature of the cutting edge.Machine surface scale. Stick-slip motion. Factors Influencing Surface Roughness. Cutting variables. Cutting fluid. Sharpness of Cutting Edge. Rounded cutting edge and its formation. The Grinding Technology of Carbide Precision Tools. Mechanism of grinding with a diamond grinding wheel. Requirements for a tool grinder. Design and Grinding Technology of Diamond Tools. The structure and character of diamond. Orientation of the diamond crystal. Main Parameters of the Cutting Edge of Precision Tools and their Measurement. The measurement of surface roughness. Appendices. Chemical compositions of Chinese cemented carbides. Chemical compositions of Chinese cemented carbides with fine and superfine grains. Chemical compositions of Chinese steels. Chemical compositions of Chinese nonferrous metals. Bibliography. Index.

    211 illus. Edited by Jin-HuaZhang  Out of print 212 pages Hardbound
    0-08-035891-8 060600

    523707 BK Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems, Analysis of Algorithms and Problem Complexity, CAD,CAM,CAE
    Theory and Applications of Problem Solving
    1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND Research results obtained by the authors in recent years form the basis of this volume. The motivation behind this research is the authors' belief that more human-like characteristics in problem solving should be involved in a formal representation in order to achieve better performance for computer-based problem solvers. A large part of the material is presented in the language of mathematics, including elementary topology, set theory and statistics. To help the less mathematically-trained readers follow the basic concepts and techniques, basic definitions and theorems are presented before the discussions. A conscious effort is made to introduce simple examples and applications in each topic. This book is designed for graduate students, research fellows and technicians in Computer Science, especially Artificial Intelligence, and also those concerned with computerised problem solving. Problem Representations. Problem Solving. World Representations at Different Granularities. The Relation Between Different Grain Size Worlds. Semi-Order Lattice. Attribute-Preserving. Selection and Adjustments of Grain-Sizes. Mergence. Decomposition. Conclusions. Hierarchy. The Model of Hierarchy. The Estimation of Computational Complexity. The Assumptions. The Estimation of The Complexity Under Deterministic Model. The Estimation of The Complexity Under Probabilistic Model. Successive Operation in Hierarchy. The Extraction of Information on High Abstraction Level. Examples. Constructing [f] Under Unstructured Domain. Constructing [f] Under Structured Domain. Conclusions. Fuzzy Equivalence Relation and Hierarchy. Fuzzy Quotient Structure. Cluster. Combination. Introduction. The Mathematical Model of Combination. The Combination of Domains. The Combination of Topologic Structure. The Combination of Semi-Order Structure. The Graphical Constructing Method of Quotient Semi-Order. The Combination of Semi-Order Structure. The Combination of Attribute Functions. The Combination Principle of Attribute Functions. Examples. Conclusions. Reasoning Model. Reasoning Models. Inference Network (I). Projection. Combination. Inference Network (II). Modeling. The Projection of AND/OR Relations. The Combination of AND/OR Relations. Operations and Quotient Structures. The Existence of Quotient Operation. Construction of Quotient Operations. The Approximation of Quotient Operation. Constraints and Quotient Constraints. Qualitative Reasoning. Qualitative Reasoning Model. Examples. The Procedure of Qualitative Reasoning. Planning. Automatic Generation of Assembly Sequences. Algorithms. Examples. Computational Complexity. Conclusions. Geometrical Methods of Motion Planning. Configuration Space Representation. Finding Collision-Free Paths. Topological Model of Motion Planning. Rotation Mapping Graph (RMG). The Topologic Model of Motion Planning. Homotopically Equivalent Classification. Dimension Reduction Method. Basic Principle. Characteristic Network. Applications. Collision-Free Paths Planning For A Planar Rod. Motion Planning For A Multi-Joint Arm. The Application of The Hierarchical Technique. The Hierarchical Motion Planning of Multi-Joint Arm. Estimation of The Computational Complexity. Statistical Heuristic Search. Statistical Inference Method in Heuristic Search. Heuristic Search. Statistical Inference. Statistical Heuristic Search. The Computational Complexity. The Model of Search Tree. SPA Search. SAA Search. Different Kinds of SA. The Extraction of Global Information. Hypothesis I. The Extraction of Global Statistic. Algorithm SA. The Comparison Between the Statistical Heuristic Search and A*. Comparison With A*. Comparison To Other Weighted Techniques. General Graph Search. Conclusions. References. By B.Zhang,  L.Zhang SCSAStudies in Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence9  Out of print x + 234 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89565-5 050504

    24699 TB Out of print Educational Technology
    New Technologies in Language Learning
    1986
    PERGAMON This is the first book to provide a comprehensive survey of the use of new technologies in language learning. In order to explain how new technologies open up possibilities for language learning, numerous practical experiments made with various electronic media are analysed. They include the use of microcomputers, videotex (viewdata), teletext, video and videodiscs. In addition, artificial intelligence, synthetic speech, robots, distance education, language testing as well communicative training and the problem of accuracy and fluency are dealt with. (partial) Can our present language training methods be improved on? Views on the future. The balance between accuracy and fluency. The communicative approach. New technologies and basic needs. Microcomputers in language learning. Grammar, spelling, vocabulary, pronunciation, au??oring systems. Videotext (viewdata). The use of large databases. Teletext. Teleflashers. Making your own video programme. The functional approach. Videodiscs. Role-playing, simulation, drama, combinatory acquisition. Artificial intelligence. Synthetic speech. Robots. The use of authentic material. TV, film, video, radio, satellites. The use of telephone exercises. Teleconferency. Satellite communication.  A.Zettersten  Out of print 189 pages Paperback
    0-08-033888-7 080809

    521844 BK Mathematical and Computational Psychology
    Fuzzy Sets in Psychology
    1988
    NORTH-HOLLAND This volume provides an up-to-date picture of the current status of theoretical and empirical developments in the application of fuzzy sets in psychology. Fuzzy set theory could benefit researchers in at least two ways: first, as a metaphor or model for ordinary thought, and secondly, as an aid to data analysis and theory construction. One can find examples for both kinds in the volume, which will be of interest both to the advanced student in the field as well as to anyone possessing a basic scientific background. Possibility Theory, Fuzzy Logic, and Psychological Explanation (M. Smithson). Quantifiers as Fuzzy Concepts (S.E. Newstead). A Common Framework for Colloquial Quantifiers and Probability Terms (A.C. Zimmer). An Empirical Study of the Integration of Linguistic Probabilities (R. Zwick, D.V. Budescu, T.S. Wallsten). A Fuzzy Propositional Account of Contextual Effects on Word Recognition (J. Rueckl). M-Fuzziness in Brain/Mind Modeling (G. Fuhrmann). The Weighted Fuzzy Expected Value as an Activation Function for the Parallel Distributed Processing Models (D. Kuncicky, A. Kandel). Fuzzy Logic with Linguistic Quantifiers: A Tool for Better Modeling of Human Evidence Aggregation processes? (J. Kacprzyk). Origins, Structure, and Function of Fuzzy Belief (G. Greco, A.F. Rocha). Acquisition of Membership Functions in Mental Workload Experiments (I.B. Turksen, N. Moray, E. Krushelnycky). A Fuzzy Set Model of Learning Disability: Identification from Clinical Data (J.M. Horvath). Towards a Fuzzy Theory of Behaviour Management (V.B. Cervin, J.C. Cervin). Practical Applications and Psychometric Evaluation of a Computerized Fuzzy Graphic Rating (B. Hesketh et al.). Indexes. Edited by T.Zétényi AIPAdvances in Psychology56  Out of print xii + 470 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70504-X 080805

    697207 BK ISBN/0721686850 Nursing: Issues and Trends
    Nursing Today
    Transition and Trends Third Edition 2000
    SAUNDERS Here's the new edition of the AJN Book of the Year award-winner! Reflecting rapid changes in the field, the fully updated third edition prepares graduating nurses for entry into the health care system; provides a solid understanding of the problems and opportunities nurses face; and details the practical skills essential for success. Reality Shock · Historical Perspectives: Influences of the Past · Image of Nursing: Influences of the Past · Nursing Education · Challenges of Nursing Management · Group Process and Team Building · Effective Communication · Conflict Management · Time Management · Delegation in the Clinical Setting · Using Nursing Research in Practice · The Health Care Organization and Patterns of Nursing Care Delivery · Health in the Community · Alternative and Complementary Medicine · Trends and Economics in the Health Delivery System · Political Action in Nursing · A Collective Voice in the Workplace · Ethical Issues · Legal Issues · Employment Considerations: Opportunities and Resumes · Interviewing for Employment · Self-Care Strategies · NCLEX-RN(tm) and the New Graduate By JoAnnZerwekh,  Jo CarolClaborn  Out of print 575 pages Paperback
    0-7216-8685-0 999999

    692525 BK ISBN/0721677436 Advanced Practice Nursing, Nursing: Review
    Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Review
    First Edition 1999
    SAUNDERS This comprehensive review book provides the necessary tools to prepare for the Family Nurse Practitioner certification exam. Provides over 1300 questions on common complaints, with problems subdivided into physical exam and diagnostic tests, disorders, and pharmacology. Also features separate chapters on test-taking strategies, growth and development, health promotion, and emergencies. Test-Taking Strategies. Growth and Development. Health Promotion and Management. Cardiovascular. Respiratory. Immune & Allergy. Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, & Throat. Integumentary. Endocrine. Musculoskeletal. Neurology. Gastrointestinal & Liver. Urinary. Womens Health. Prenatal Care. Labour & Postpartum. Mental Health. Emergencies. Theory & Research. Issues & Trends. Legal & Ethical Issues. By JoAnnZerwekh,  Jo CarolClaborn  Out of print 359 pages Paperback
    0-7216-7743-6 999999

    697205 BK ISBN/0721677444 Advanced Practice Nursing, Nursing: Review
    Adult Nurse Practitioner Certification Review
    First Edition 1999
    SAUNDERS Introducing a review text designed to assist in the successful preparation of the Adult Nurse Practitioner certification examination. Over 900 review questions parallel the up-to-date content of the examination. Features a helpful section on test taking strategies and chapters covering growth and development, health promotion, and maintenance. Also features clinical chapters on physical examination and diagnostic tests, disorders, and pharmacology. In addition, this review book includes coverage of theory and research, issues and trends, and legal and ethical aspects. By JoAnnZerwekh,  Jo CarolClaborn  Out of print 288 pages Paperback
    0-7216-7744-4 999999

    523575 BK Out of print General Materials Science, Electronic / Photonic Materials, Materials Physics, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry, Polymer Science and Technology
    Polyconjugated Materials
    Proceedings of Symposium G on Polyconjugated Materials: Chemistry, Physics and Technology, E-MRS Fall Conference, Strasbourg, France, 4-7 November 1991 Reprinted from the journal Synthetic Materials, Volume 51 1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND In the past ten years the science of Polyconjugated Organic Materials has grown rapidly and is now experiencing the uncorrelated explosive development typical of a new science. The transfer of the basic scientific knowledge of these materials to the field of technology and industry is presently the focus of interest in academic and industrial circles. New devices are being developed which are paving the way for future technologies. Organic materials have become the focus of attention in these technologies. The large and very fast nonlinear optical response of organic molecules has generated new theoretical and experimental physics as well as new synthetic chemistry. The advancement of knowledge and the new achievements in this field require the interdisciplinary practice of chemists, physicists and engineers who can talk the same technical language on molecular systems which show specific physical properties. The purpose of this book is to introduce beginners to the field of nonlinear optics in organic materials and to expose specialists in one field to the problems of the other fields. Since organic molecules with a large and very fast nonlinear optical response are being continuously discovered the contributions focus on this class of materials. The volume provides a useful introduction for all those interested in the theoretical and experimental aspects of this expanding field. Abbreviated. 1. Structure, Electrical Properties and Transport Properties. The design of polymeric organic metals: structure-property relationships (V. Enkelmann et al.). Heterogeneous electrical conductivity in metallic polyacetylene films (F. Körner et al.). Electrochemical doping of poly(rho-phenylene sulfide) in concentrated sulfuric acid (C. Arbizzani et al.). Environmental and electrochemical stability of poly(dithienothiophene) (M. Siekierski, J. Plocharski). Electrochemical properties of thermally-structurized polymers (L. Sawtschenko et al.). 2. Optical Properties, Electronic Properties and Photoconductivity. Nonlinear optical processes in conjugated polymers: configuration interaction description of linear polyenes and VEH/SOS evaluation of polyarylene vinylenes (Z. Shuai et al.). Molecular orbitals and optical nonlinearities for symmetrically substituted benzylidene anilines (Y. Mori et al.). Extended states in disordered doped polyacetylene chains (F.C. Lavarda et al.). Characterization of segmented and highly oriented polyacetylene by electron spin resonance (A. Bartl et al.). An investigation into the electronic structure of poly(isothianaphthene) (I. Hoogmartens et al.). Picosecond photoconductivity in (CH)x (J. Reichenbach et al.). In situ optical spectroscopy of electrochemical doping of polypyrole (S. Skaarup et al.). 3. Synthesis and Electropolymerization. Fusion of heterocyclic polymerogenic units onto a central ring: A fruitful approach to the investigation and specific tailoring of the dependence of electrical properties on monomer structure in conductive polyheterocycles (A. Berlin et al.). Dependence of polypyrrole production on potential (T.F. Otero, C. Santamaría). Electropolymerization of benzene in a two-phase strong proton acid-benzene system (L.M. Goldenberg et al.). 4. Devices. Conjugated polymer semiconductor devices: characterisation of charged and neutral excitations (R.H. Friend). Polypyrrole microtubules and their use in the construction of a third generation biosensor (C.G.J. Koopal et al.). Charge separation in mixed-halide MX crystals: novel device applications (A. Saxena et al.). Author index. Subject index. Edited by G.Zerbi EMRSEuropean Materials Research Society Symposia Proceedings30  Out of print x + 444 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89573-6 060657

    524411 BK Out of print Polymer Science and Technology, Electronic / Photonic Materials, Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Materials, Molecular Spectra and Interactions of Molecules with Photons, Optical Properties and Condensed Matter Spectroscopy and other Interactions of Matter with Radiation, Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology
    Organic Materials for Photonics
    Science and Technology 1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND Polyconjugated organic materials are revealing amorphous electrical and non-linear optical properties; this fact is opening up a whole new field of Materials Science aimed at the development of new technologies. For many years inorganic materials were studied mostly for non-linear optical properties. When organic molecules began to show larger and faster responses, both physical chemists and organic chemists became involved in understanding the physical phenomena at a molecular level, with the hope of synthesizing new and better molecular systems. The non-linear optical responses of this class of organic materials are presently attracting considerable attention as an active field of research both in academic and industrial laboratories.

    Due to the variety of problems and techniques involved, students and beginners with different backgrounds who approach polyconjugated materials do not find it an easy field to enter. This book introduces in a comprehensive and tutorial way the necessary concepts and relevant references which will help the reader to grasp the fundamental concepts of polyconjugated organic materials and perceive the relations between them. Sections: I. 1. Introduction. 2. Optronics (W. Frank). II. Isolated Molecules. 3. Molecular optics (M. Gussoni et al.). 4. Molecular electronic spectroscopy (B.E. Kohler). 5. Kinetics of charged excitations in conjugated polymers. An example for the application of picosecond- and femtosecond spectroscopy (H. Bleier). 6. Experimental methods for picosecond spectroscopy and applications to polyacetylene (Z.V. Vardeny). 7. Electronic and nonlinear optical properties of conjugated molecules and polymers: A quantum chemistry approach (J.L. Bredas). 8. Synthesis and manipulation of conjugated hydrocarbon polymers (W.J. Feast). III. Optics of Condensed Media. 9. Optics of media (G. Leising). 10. Optics in crystals; application to phase-matching in quadratic nonlinear anisotropic media (I. Ledoux). 11. Measurement of nonlinear optical susceptibilities (C. Bubeck). IV. Applications and Devices. 12. Electrooptic with polymers (P. Robin). 13. Polymeric optical nonlinear X[2] waveguiding devices (G.R. Molhmann). 14. A heuristic view of NLO processes in conjugated polymers (S. Etemad). 15. General principles of waveguides (A.P. Persoons). 16. Waveguide structures for integrated optics (W. Knoll). 17. Photoresists (S. Birkle et al.). 18. Organic materials in optical data storage (G.H.W. Buning). 19. Digital optical computing (R.H. Brenner). Edited by G.Zerbi EMRSMEuropean Materials Research Society Monographs6  Out of print 430 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89916-2 060653

    692524 BK ISBN/0721672396 Family Practice
    Women's Mental Health in Primary Care
    First Edition 1999
    SAUNDERS This user-friendly resource examines the basic psychiatric issues affecting women such as depression, anxiety disorders, and simple phobias. Reviews the biological, psychological, and social therapies applicable to women. Anxiety Disorders. Depression. Bipolar Disorder. Misuse of Substances. Eating Disorders. Trauma and Violence. Insoma. Somatization. Catastrophic Loss and Bereavement. Major Medical Illness. Menstruation, Pregnancy, and Menopause. Psychosis. Sexuality and Intimacy. The Older Patient. By KathrynZerbe  Out of print 380 pages Paperback
    0-7216-7239-6 999999

    504803 BK Out of print Functional Analysis
    A Quarter Century of IFIP
    The IFIP Silver Summary Proceedings of the 25th Anniversary Celebration of IFIP, Munich, FRG, 27 March 1985 1986
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by H.Zemanek  Out of print Hardbound
    0-444-70003-X 050500

    503750 BK Out of print Control Systems
    Theory of Reflection and Cybernetics
    The Concepts of Reflection and Information and their Significance for Materialist Monism 1988
    NORTH-HOLLAND This volume aims at a unified picture of the world from the standpoint of materialist philosophy and of modern exact science, introducing the possibility for mathematical models on some spheres of reality. An analysis is made of the connection between the concepts and approaches developed by the materialist theory of reflection and cybernetics, particularly information theory, in order to elucidate the material unity of the world from the angle of scientific philosophy based on the results and interdisciplinary research of modern science. The first version of this volume was published in Czech (Prague 1978) and in Bulgarian (Sofia 1984). This is the first English edition and it presents a broadened and revised scope of the subject, especially with regard to the cosmological problematics and up-to-date bibliography list. The first half of the volume deals with the general, ontological and natural-science aspects of reflection and information, the second discusses specific applications of the concepts of reflection and information in psychology and epistemology. Thus, the entire work covers both the general problems of reflection and information and the epistemological issues attendant on these concepts. Based primarily on literature covering problems of cybernetics and the theory of information, the bibliography contains a comprehensive list of relevant publications. The book will be of interest to all those involved in the study of the unity of philosophy and natural sciences. 1. The Struggle of Materialism and Idealism in Contemporary Science, especially in Cybernetics. 2. Reflection. Development of the theory of reflection. The reflection concept in contemporary Marxist literature. Types of reflection. Reflection in inorganic and organic nature. The problem of elementary reflection. The immediate and the mediated. The potential and the actual. The subject-object relation, the active-passive relation. Reflection as a problem. 3. Entropy and Information. Development of the concepts of entropy and information. The information concept in contemporary cybernetic and philosophical literature. Aspects and types of information. Information and variety. Structure, order and their objective character. Information as a problem. 4. Development. Modern idealist theories of development. Bergsonism and neovitalism. Holism and organicism. Emergentism and creationism. Teilhardism. Development in the light of reflection theory and cybernetics. Development and reflection. Development and cybernetics. Development and time as a problem. 5. Consciousness. General problems. Consciousness in brief outline. Consciousness and reflection. The historical character of mind. Consciousness and memory. The internal aspect of consciousness. Activity and creativity of consciousness. Consciousness and information. The problem of formalizability of thought. 6. Cognition. The information sphere. Epistemological transformation. Mode of representation. Models of epistemological systems. Potential and actual ideas. Scientific information as a form of social information. 7. Characteristic Features of the Universe and the Problem of Orderliness. 8. Materialist Monism and Organization of Matter. Bibliography. Index of names. Mutual interaction. Centripetal action. Centrifugal action. By J.Zeman  Out of print 258 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98953-6 060605

    521273 BK Out of print Nuclear Physics (General)
    Few Body Problems in Physics
    Volume II - Contributed Papers Proceedings of the 10th International IUPAP Conference, Karlsruhe, Germany, 21-27 August, 1983 1984
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by B.Zeitnitz  Out of print xiv + 756 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86902-6 040401

    27896 BK Out of print Internal Medicine
    Directory of International and National Medical and Related Societies
    2nd Edition 1990
    PERGAMON This completely revised second edition lists data and information on 4,000 medical and related societies. The directory is divided into international and national sections with related indexes. Data for each organisation include the name and address of the society, contact person, dates and sites of future meetings, and details of society journal publications. Section headings: Introduction. Listing of Societies. Indexes. Questionnaire. Compiled and Edited by G.Zeitak,  F.Berman  Out of print 350 pages Paperback
    0-08-037495-6 096965

    523562 BK Out of print Accounting, Economywide Country Studies, History of Economic Thought since 1925
    Company Financial Reporting
    A Historical and Comparative Study of the Dutch Regulatory Process 1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND Based on more than 80 interviews and an in-depth examination of primary and secondary resource materials, the authors trace the major developments in company financial reporting from the latter part of the 19th century to recent times. Included are the parliamentary history of major laws, the contents of significant reports by study committees, the annual reports of important companies, commentary in the financial press and in professional journals, the opinions of the Enterprise Chamber, and the work of the Tripartite Study Group and the Council on Annual Reporting. Introductory sections are provided to orientate non-Dutch readers to the Dutch economy, financial market, political system, company organization, and the auditing profession. Introductory Notes. Aspects of the Economy and the Capital Market. National Government and Political Parties. Company Organization. A Sketch of the Auditing Profession. Universities, the NIVRA and Education for the Auditing Profession. Professional Journals and the Financial Press. Some Factors Impinging on the Framework of Financial Reporting. From the Nineteenth Century to the Onset of World War II. Developments Leading to the Enactment of the 1928 and 1929 Revisions of the Commercial Code. Run-Up to the 1928-29 Legislation. Developments During the 1930's. Developments from 1945 to 1959: Agitation for Improved Financial Reporting. Post-World War II Developments: 1945-1949. Private-Sector Initiatives to Improve Financial Reporting: 1950-1959. Appendix 3.1. Companies Surveyed. Developments from 1959 to 1970: The Swift Political Current Toward a New Company Law. Further Private-Sector Inititatives. Public-Sector Initiatives. The Decade of the Tripartite Study Group. Origins and Early Work of the Tripartite Study Group. The Years 1972-75: Burggraaff as Chairman. Integration of the 1970 Act into the New Civil Code. The Years 1976-81: Schoonderbeek's First Six Years as Chairman. Appendix 5.1. Membership of the Tripartite Study Group and the Council on Annual Reporting. Appendix 5.2. Chronological List of Considered Views and Guidelines. The First Decade of the Council on Annual Reporting. Preview of the Decade. Adaptation of Dutch Law to the EEC's 4th Directive. Council on Annual Reporting. Comparisons with Other Countries: National Culture, Capital Market and the Legal System and Regulatory Environment. Differences in National Culture. Differences in Capital Markets. Differences in Legal Systems and Regulatory Environments. Consequences for the Process of Improving Financial Reporting. Conclusions and Policy Recommendations. Indexes. By S.A.Zeff,  F.van der Wel,  K.Camfferman  Out of print xvi + 410 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89525-6 080853

    500677 BK Out of print Industry Studies: Manufacturing
    Industrial Price Formation
    1986
    NORTH-HOLLAND By developing, analyzing and empirically applying models of industrial price formation (particularly in open economies), this book aims to show how models that are derived from the micro-economic theory of producer and consumer behaviour can actually help to explain price formation in industry. In general, existing models of macro-economic or industrial price formation are often constructed ad hoc, with little theory and many `plausibility' arguments. This yields little interpretation of the coefficients and thus few restrictions. A micro-economic approach, on the other hand, does present a clear interpretation of the coefficients and provide a theoretical basis for the inclusion of variables. This approach of applying models of industrial price formation can be used to answer questions surrounding the differences in profit margins and price flexibility between concentrated and less concentrated industries, and to examine whether strong foreign competition leads to low profit margins and lower price increases. Costs and Prices. Price Formation in Input-Output Models. Dynamics of Price Formation. Price Formation under Pure Competition. The Law of One Price for a Small Open Economy. Price Formation in General Equilibrium. Price Formation under Imperfect Competition. Foreign Competition and Price Formation. Price Formation under Imperfect Competition: Extensions to the Basic Model. Market Structure and Price Formation. Price Formation in General Equilibrium under Imperfect Competition. Appendices: Two-Stage Budgeting. Consumer and Producer Demand Systems. Data. Subject & Author Indexes. By C.Zeelenberg CEAContributions to Economic Analysis158  Out of print xviii + 250 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70102-8 081850

    505198 BK Out of print Medicinal Chemistry
    Medicinal Chemistry of Steroids
    1990
    ELSEVIER The many new and fascinating data which have been gathered in the period 1985-1990 have made molecular endocrinology into a mature discipline stimulating creative chemists to design innovative drugs. Within a few years, the primary structures of all the steroid receptor proteins and most of the steroid-converting enzymes have been determined and detailed studies of their mechanism of action at a molecular level have become possible. Medicinal chemists have developed steroidal affinity probes to examine the binding sites of enzymes and receptors, and these investigations were supplemented with studies of modified enzymes and receptors prepared with the aid of site-directed mutagenesis. In view of these rapid scientific developments, the author deemed it appropriate to review the present knowledge of the medicinal chemistry of the steroids. In this book, the discussion is supported by the addition of some chapters which summarize the available data on the biological counterparts of the steroids, the steroid-converting enzymes and the steroid receptors. The book is intended for use by graduate students in chemistry, medicinal chemistry, pharmacy and biological sciences, and should also prove useful to those engaged in the industrial development of steroid drugs. For their benefit some 900 references to recent literature have been included. 1. The Steroids. 2. Steroid-Protein Interactions. 3. The Biosynthesis of the Sterols. 4. The Cytochrome P-450 Isoenzymes. 5. The Progestins. 6. Central Nervous System Activity of Progesterone Metabolites. 7. The Mineralocorticoids. 8. The Glucocorticoids. 9. The Androgens. 10. The Steroid Odorants. 11. The Estrogens. 12. Steroids and Cancer. 13. The Bile Acids. 14. Vitamin D. 15. Biological Activities of Sterols. 16. Steroid Antibiotics. 17. The Cardiotonic Steroids. 18. Synthetic Steroids with Pharmacological Activities. 19. Steroid Synthesis. Subject Index. By F.J.Zeelen PLPharmacochemistry Library15  Out of print 370 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88727-X 095951

    502277 BK Out of print Hardware and Architecture (General), Software (General)
    Real-Time Systems: Theory and Applications
    Proceedings of the Conference organized by the British Computer Society, York, UK, 28-29 September 1989 1990
    NORTH-HOLLAND Distributed real-time computing systems have become a fast growing area of research and development. This book is the result of a forum which brought together a number of practitioners and researchers in the field, from both industry and universities. The papers are wide-ranging, covering topics such as logic and semantics of distributed real-time computations, specification and the design of real-time systems and reliability issues for existing real-time systems. The main features of the book are: 1. Recent advances in the theory of real-time systems and computations 2. New developments in specification and design methodologies for real-time systems 3. Description of existing working real-time control systems. Compositional Verification of Distributed Real-Time Systems (J. Hooman). Factorising Proofs in Timed CSP (J. Davies, S. Schneider). Defining Time Domains for Computation (A. Goswami, M. Joseph). Intervals as Time Lattices (C.M. Holt). Using Temporal Logic for Prototyping: The Design of a Lift Controller (R. Hale). Using High-Level Petri Nets for Testing Concurrent and Real-Time Systems (S. Morasca, M. Pezzè). Observing Concurrent Histories (R. Janicki, M. Koutny). Implementing Real-Time Systems by Transformation (A. Moitra, M. Joseph). Evaluation and Design of Local Area Network Based Real-Time Systems (M. Merabti, D. Hutchison). Implementation of a Fault-Tolerant Transputer-Based Gas Turbine Engine Controller (H.A. Thompson, P.J. Fleming, C.G. Legge). Modelling Fault Tolerance in Large Scale Homogeneous Multicomputers (G. Morgan). Performance Aspects of Transputers in Fault-Tolerant Systems (J. Standeven, M.J. Colley). Towards a Realistic Real-Time System (C.B. Marshall). Tolerating Processor Failure Using the Virtual Node Approach to the Distributed Execution of Ada Programs (A.D. Hutcheon, A.J. Wellings). Real-Time Expert Systems for the Civil and Construction Industries (D.A. Bradley, D.W. Seward, R.H. Bracewell, M. Anson). Building Reliability into Mission-Critical Real-Time Systems (M.C. Birch, D.G. Edgar-Nevill). High Speed Processing for Real-Time Control of Multiple Axes Continuous Path Manipulators (N. Sherkat, P.D. Thomas). CNCSIM - A Distributed Simulator for Decentralised Algorithms (O. Kremien, J. Kramer, J. Magee). Real-Time Signal Processing using Prime Number Fourier Transforms (J.E.M. Tyler). Distributed Hard Real-Time Systems: What Restrictions Are Necessary? (A. Burns). Design Issues for Reliable Time-Critical Systems (A. Dix, R.F. Stone, H.S.M. Zedan). Edited by H.Zedan  Out of print 400 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88625-7 050503

    500327 BK Out of print Animal Science, Animal Behaviour and Welfare, Animal Biochemistry, Physiology and Endocrinology
    Cognitive Aspects of Social Behaviour in the Domestic Fowl
    1987
    ELSEVIER The problem of cognition has been increasingly raised in discussions on animal welfare. This reference book of modern experimental data on domestic fowl, results from the conviction that progress in this area requires a conjoined approach of experimental psychology and of applied animal ethology. Interest in the cognitive processes in the domestic fowl is by no means recent. For example, it has long been assumed that colour discrimination in chicks could be learned, and that the formation of a dominance hierarchy in some way depended on individual recognition. However, these processes conjectured in studies of social behaviour were implicit rather than well defined, incidental rather than the central theme, and more the object of literary comment than of specific experiments. The traditional emphasis on social dominance at the expense of individual recognition is a good example. Because research in ethology, both fundamental and applied, has reached a stage where cognition appears as an indispensable construct, the time has come to be explicit about what and how to study these matters. The methods used here for approaching elementary cognition in the fowl can be described, first as critical examination of some notions (e.g. preference, awareness and fear) as they appear in the literature and, second, as experimental testing of some hypotheses relating to these notions in social environments. PART I. 1. The Scientific Assessment of Animal Subjective Experiences: From Buytendijk's Animal Psychology to Animal Welfare. 2. The Relevance of Subjective Experience and Cognitive Abilities to Animal Welfare. 3. Social Preference and Cognition. 4. Awareness and Self-Awareness in the Domestic Fowl and their Relationship to Animal Welfare. 5. The Assessment of Fear in the Domestic Fowl. 6. Social and Environmental Aspects of Fear in the Domestic Fowl. PART II. 7. Individual Preference Related to Social Rank in Domestic Fowl. 8. The Attractive Value of an Egg, a Hen and a Hen with an Egg to Hens of Two Different Social Classes. 9. An Analysis of Dominance and Subordination Experiences in Sequences of Paired Encounters between Hens. Part I: Frequency Analysis of Agonistic Outcomes. Part II: Analysis of Outcome Sequences. Part III: Comparison Between Symmetric and Asymmetric Contests in the Strictly Agonistic Pairings. 10. Recognition Between Individuals Indicated by Aggression and Dominance in Pairs of Domestic Fowl. 11. Recognition of Individuals Indicated by Activity Independent of Agonistic Context in Laying Hens. Bibliography. Edited by R.Zayan,  I.J.H.Duncan  Out of print xvi + 492 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42756-2 070708

    502485 BK Out of print Earth-Surface Processes, Hydrology, Sedimentology
    Morphometry of Drainage Basins
    1985
    ELSEVIER The book describes the drainage basin as a system unit resulting from the interaction between runoff and topography - a lengthy process of evolution that occurs according to well-defined laws. It aims not to quantify the agents which created the present forms, but to analyse the forms themselves in order to establish the laws according to which they develop, and to define a series of inter-relationships between morphometrical parameters and river discharge. 1. The Drainage Basin as a System Unit. 2. Formation of Channel Networks. 3. Systems of Stream Classification. 4. Drainage Basin Area. 5. Perimeter of Drainage Basins. 6. Basin Shape. 7. River Length. 8. Stream and Drainage Densities. 9. Vertical Distances. 10. Slope. 11. Hypsometric Curves and Longitudinal Stream Profiles. 12. Relationships between Morphometrical and Hydrological Features. 13. Morphometrical Models of the Ialomita Basin. By I.Zavoianu DWSDevelopments in Water Science20  Out of print xii + 238 pages Hardbound
    0-444-99587-0 070704

    692521 BK ISBN/0815198949 Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Drug Handbook
    Second Edition 1996
    MOSBY This handbook outlines drug information for the treatment of women, with specific recommendations for pregnant and breastfeeding patients. It includes the mechanisms of action, indications, contra-indications, adverse effects, dosage and availability of different formulations. Alphabetical listing and consistent format make it easy to use. By GeraldZatuchni,  RamonaSlupik  Out of print 560 pages Paperback
    0-8151-9894-9 999999

    697201 BK ISBN/0723408130 Orthopedics and Biomechanics
    Color Atlas of Foot Conditions
    First Edition 1992
    MOSBY By MichaelZatouroff  Out of print Hardbound
    0-7234-0813-0 999999

    27977 TB Chemical Engineering
    Absorption
    Fundamentals & Applications 1993
    PERGAMON This book gives a practical account of the modern theory of calculation of absorbers for binary and multicomponent physical absorption and absorption with simultaneous chemical reaction. The book consists of two parts: the theory of absorption and the calculation of absorbers. Part I covers basic knowledge on diffusion and the theory of mass transfer in binary and multicomponent systems. Significant stress is laid on diffusion theory because this forms the basis for the absorption process. In the next chapters the fundamentals of simultaneous mass transfer and chemical reaction, the theory of the desorption of gases from liquids and the formulation of differential mass balances are discussed. Part II is devoted to the calculation of absorbers and the classification of absorbers. The chapters present calculation methods for the basic types of absorber with a detailed analysis of the calculation methods for packed, plate and bubble columns. The authors illustrate the presented material with a large number of examples, starting with simple ones for binary systems and ending with column calculation for multicomponent systems. Notation. Introduction. Theory of Absorption. Gas-Liquid Equilibria. Expressions of concentrations and properties of fluids. Model of the interfacial region. Thermodynamics of gas-liquid equilibria. Diffusion. Introduction. Velocity of flow of a multicomponent solution. Definitions of fluxes and diffusion fluxes. Constitutive relations for diffusion flux. Methods of calculation of the generalized Stefan-Maxwell diffusion coefficients. Equations of Change for Multicomponent Systems. Introduction. Rate of homogeneous chemical reactions. Differential mass balance equations. Other balance and constitutive equations. One-dimensional diffusion in a gas layer. Unsteady-state diffusion in a semi-finite gas medium. Steady-state one-dimensional diffusion in the real fluid layer. Steady-state one-dimensional simultaneous diffusion and heat transfer in a fluid layer. Mass Transfer in Turbulent Flow. Turbulent flow and restricted applicability of equations of change. Models of mass transfer in turbulent flow. Definitions of mass transfer coefficients. General remarks on transfer models. Some comments on the determination of experimental binary mass transfer coefficients. The effect of solid particles on the rate of physical absorption. The effect of surface tension on mass transfer rate. Interphase Mass Transfer. Introduction. Mass and energy flux continuity across interfase. Overall mass transfer coefficient. Calculation of interphase mass transfer. Simultaneous Mass Transfer with Chemical Reaction. Introduction. The mechanism and model of absorption with chemical reaction. Kinetics of absorption with chemical reaction. The effect of solid on the rate of absorption with chemical reaction. Interphase mass transfer with chemical reaction. Final remarks. Desorption. Mechanism of desorption. Physical desorption of gases. Simultaneous physical absorption and desorption of gases. Supersaturation effect. Desorption preceded by a chemical reaction. Kinetics of simultaneous desorption and absorption with chemical reaction. Balance Equations of the Equipment for Multicomponent and Binary Systems. Introduction. Mass balances. Energy balances. Final remarks. Calculation of Absorbers. Introduction to the Design of Absorbers. The aims of absorption. Basic characteristics of absorbers. Mass balance of an absorber in physical processes (binary, dilute, isothermal systems). Mean mass transfer driving force in various absorbers. Mass balance of the absorber for pure gases. Conditions for the application of chemical absorption. Thermal effects in absorption process. Calculation of desorbers. Models of fluid flow in absorbers. Methodology of absorber calculations. Packed Columns. Introduction. Hydrodynamics of packed columns. Mass transfer coefficients in packed columns. Cocurrent phase flow. Balance equations of packed columns for binary systems. Balance equations of packed columns for multicomponent systems. Simulation of industrial packed columns. Plate Columns. Introduction. Sieve plate hydrodynamics. Mass transfer kinetics on plate column. A theoretical plate. Methods of column calculation using the concept of the theoretical plate. Balance equations for diffusional methods of plate column calculation. Bubble Columns. Introduction. Hydrodynamics of bubble columns. Mass transfer coefficients in bubble columns. Balance equations for bubble columns. Appendix. Solution of algebraic equation systems. Systems of ordinary differential equations. Subject Index. By R.Zarzycki,  A.Chacuk  Out of print Hardbound
    0-08-040263-1 030305

    521885 BK Out of print Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology
    Landslides and Their Control
    1969
    ELSEVIER By Q.Zaruba,  V.Mencl DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering2  Out of print . 070700

    502484 BK Out of print Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology, Materials in Civil Engineering, Rock Mechanics, Soil Mechanics, Soil and Rock Mechanics
    Landslides and Their Control
    Second Revised Edition 1982
    ELSEVIER By Q.Záruba,  V.Mencl DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering31  Out of print 324 pages Hardbound
    0-444-99700-8 070705

    693472 BK ISBN/8481743526 Clinical Neurology
    Neurologia
    Second Edition 1998
    ELSEVIER ESPANA By .Zarranz  Out of print Hardbound
    84-8174-352-6 999999

    25887 TB Out of print Development
    A Future Preserved
    International Assistance to Refugees 1988
    PERGAMON The Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) was set up in the wake of the Second World War to address the immediate and massive refugee problem created by that conflict. Although conceived as a temporary body with a narrowly defined mission, UNHCR has remained essential throughout the postwar period to the lives and welfare of millions of refugees worldwide. Today, UNHCR continues to perform a vital service in protecting the rights of refugees and in seeking durable solutions to their problems. A Future Preserved describes the background to the creation of UNHCR and its efforts to secure international recognition of the status of refugees, and details its past and continuing work in Europe, Africa, Asia and Latin America. The book also presents a striking photographic record of the lives of refugees and includes excerpts from reports and personal accounts of those directly involved in the administration of humanitarian aid. (partial) Commitment and challenge. For every problem a solution. International protection. Europe: the cradle of refugee protection. Africa: tormented continent. Refugees in Asia: innumerable, dissimilar, dispersed. Refugees in Latin America: the tradition of asylum put to the test. The faces of providence. Bibliography. Index.  Y.Zarjevski  Out of print 326 pages Hardbound
    0-08-034262-0 080809

    692557 BK ISBN/081511740X Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
    Nuclear Cardiology
    State of the Art and Future Directions Second Edition 1999
    MOSBY This latest edition of NUCLEAR CARDIOLOGY provides up-to-the-minute information on current and future uses of radionuclides in imaging diagnosis of the heart. Thoroughly revised and updated, it contains practical information on radiopharmaceuticals, tracer kinetics, instrumentation, ventricular function, perfusion, acute ischemic syndrome, viability, and metabolic images, as well as a discussion of the role of nuclear cardiology in a changing health care system. Practitioners in nuclear medicine, radiology, and cardiology will benefit from having current information on a wide range of topics in one focused reference. Radiopharmaceuticals/Tracer Kinetics Overview of Kinetics and Modeling Kinetics on a Cellular Level Tracer Kinetics in the Isolated Heart Preparation Role of Intact Biological Models for Evaluation of Radiotracers Animal Models for the Study of PET Tracers Fatty Acid Analogs Nitroimidazoles for Imaging Hypoxic Myocardium Instrumentation Future Developments in SPECT Quantification and Display Recent Advances in Cardiac PET Imaging Attenuation/Scatter Correction for SPECT Dynamic Cardiac SPECT Ventricular Function Monitoring of Left Ventricular Function with Miniaturized Non-Imaging Detectors Measurement of Ventricular Function and Volume Regional and Global Ventricular Function Analysis with SPECT Perfusion Imaging Perfusion State of the Art for Coronary Artery Disease Detection: Thallium-201 State of the Art for Coronary Artery Disease Detection: Technetium-99m Labeled Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Agents Dual-Isotope Myocardial Perfusion SPECT with Rest Thallium-201 and Stress Technetium-99m-Sestamibi Detection of Coronary Artery Disease in Women State of the Art for Pharmacological Stress Imaging Prognosis in Stable Coronary Artery Disease Preoperative Risk Stratification: An Overview Stress Echocardiography Versus Nuclear Imaging Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Using Tracers Other Than Radioisotopes and Detectors Other than Gamma Cameras Assessment of Revascularization Acute Ischemic Syndrome Myocardium at Risk and the Effect of Reperfusion Therapy in Acute Myocardial Infarction --- New Insights from Technetium-99m-Sestamibi Risk Stratification After Acute Myocardial Infarction Employing Noninvasive Radionuclide Imaging Emergency Department Triage and Imaging of Patients with Acute Chest Pain Risk Stratification in Unstable Angina Pectoris Viability/Metabolic Imaging Assessment of Myocardial Viability with Thallium-201 Assessment of Myocardial Viability Using Technetium-99m Labeled Agents Metabolic Assessment of Myocardial Viability: A Physiologic Perspective PET Assessment of Viability with FDG Detection of Viable Myocardium by PET and C-11-Acetate Fatty Acid Imaging New Approaches Neurotransmitter Imaging Receptor Imaging Imaging in Ischaemic Cardiomyopathy: Therapeutic Considerations By BarryZaret,  GeorgeBeller  Out of print 640 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-1740-X 999999

    697228 BK ISBN/0815198612 Dentistry
    TMJ/Mastic Muscle Disorder
    First Edition 1995
    MOSBY By GeorgeZarb  Out of print Hardbound
    0-8151-9861-2 999999

    697232 BK ISBN/081519899X Dentistry
    Boucher's Prosthodontic Treatment for Edentulous Patients
    Eleventh Edition 1997
    MOSBY This text has enjoyed a distinguished reputation for almost 50 years. It has been completely revised for this 11th edition, and includes chapters by several clinical educators of international stature. The text synthesizes the diverse scientific, clinical and bio-mechanical knowledge required to manage the edentulous predicament. It analyzes the sequelae of edentulism and provides a ratinale for treatment with complete dentures. This knowledge base is also fundamental for alternative treatment modalities such as implant-supported prostheses. Particular emphasis is given to the special aspects of the aging edentulous state. By GeorgeZarb,  GunnarCarlsson,  CharlesBolender  Out of print 576 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-9899-X 999999

    522076 BK Out of print Internal Medicine
    Novel Biochemical, Pharmacological and Clinical Aspects of Cytidinediphosphocholine
    Proc. of the Int. Meeting, Sorrento, Italy, 12-14 June 1984 1985
    ELSEVIER Edited by V.Zappia,  E.P.Kennedy,  B.I.Nilsson,  P.Galletti  Out of print xviii + 406 pages Hardbound
    0-444-00967-1 096965

    504866 BK Out of print Functional Analysis
    Functional Analysis, Holomorphy and Approximation Theory II
    Proceedings of the Seminário, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3-7 August 1981 1984
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by G.I.Zapata NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies86  Out of print Hardbound
    0-444-86845-3 050500

    503748 BK Out of print Electric Power, Nuclear Energy and Engineering
    Power Station Simulators
    1989
    NORTH-HOLLAND Advances in electronics have made possible the production of a vast variety of tools for the simulation of ever more complex problems related to physics and engineering. Applications to the nuclear field have been consistently enlarged over the years up to the point where simulators have now been developed both for engineering design and for nuclear power plant operator training. The number and the variety of simulators have grown to such an extent that it has become necessary to classify the numerous types now available. Simulators are of paramount importance for the design of nuclear power plants, for optimizing their efficiency and for the training of their operators: factors that contribute to their overall security. This study of power plants was commissioned by the Directorate-General Energy, of the European Communities, and its appearance marks the first comprehensive text of its kind on the entire panoply of nuclear power plant simulators. To complete the picture, the simulation of fossil fuel stations is also included. The volume gives a systematic view of a very complex field and allows the reader to find his way toward a classification. It also represents a timely study on the latest research and industrial developments. The book will prove to be an essential reference source for all those involved with nuclear economy and safety, and its implementation. 1. The Development of Power Plant Simulators. The earlier simulators. The development of nuclear training simulators before TMI-2. Simulators after TMI-2. The interrelated development of the fossil and nuclear power station simulators. 2. Components and Classification of Simulators. The components of training simulator. Features of instruction commands. A classification of training simulators. Engineering simulators and plant analyzers. Models and codes. 3. Simulator Technology. The basic mathematical model. Fidelity of the basic model of paragraph 3.1. Model of the pressurizer. Nodal models. Moving boundary model of the steam generator. Model of the steam drum. Solution of model in real time. Computer hardware. 4. Simulator Performance. Requirements of present replica simulators. The American National Standard. Fidelity required of a modern simulator. Specification of simulators. The validation of simulators. Studies of simulator fidelity. 5. Simulator Industry. The industry of simulators. The industry in the European Community. Manufacturers in other European Countries. The simulation in the United States. Manufacturers in: Canada; Japan. 6. Survey of Principal Simulators and Simulator Training Centres. The European Community. Other European countries. Asian countries. African countries. United States. Other American countries. 7. Problems in Simulator Training. Different requirements of education and training. The importance of instructor's knowledge and ability. The case for plant-reference simulators. The number of malfunctions. The case for training centres as opposed to that of on-site simulators. On the assessment of operators' performance. 8. Bibliography. Appendices. Bibliography on early nuclear simulators. ANSI/ANS-3.5-1985: American National Standard. A simulator study of the TMI-2 accident. Alphabetical list of simulators. By D.Zanobetti  Out of print xiv + 262 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87479-8 060601

    525420 BK Out of print Cognitive Science, Cognitive Neuroscience, Experimental and Cognitive Psychology (General), Neurology, Neurophysiology, Ophthalmology
    Visual Attention and Cognition
    1996
    NORTH-HOLLAND The goal of this book is to put together some of the main interdisciplinary aspects that play a role in visual attention and cognition. The book is aimed at researchers and students with interdisciplinary interest. In the first chapter a general discussion of the influential scanpath theory and its implications for human and robot vision is presented. Subsequently, four characteristic aspects of the general theme are dealt with in topical chapters, each of which presents some of the different viewpoints of the various disciplines involved. They cover neuropsychology, clinical neuroscience, modeling, and applications. Each of the chapters opens with a synopsis tying together the individual contributions. Foreword (S. Zeki). Introduction (W.H. Zangemeister, H.S. Stiehl, C. Freksa). From Early Scanpath Theory to Application to Robot Vision. Experimental metaphysics: The scanpath as an epistemological mechanism (L.W. Stark, Y.S. Choi). Neuropsychological Aspects. Synopsis. Neuropsychological aspects of visual attention and eye movements (G.W. Humphreys). Search and selection in human vision: Psychological evidence and computational implications (G.W. Humphreys, I. Gilchrist, L. Free). Visual attention and saccadic eye movements in normal human subjects and in patients with unilateral neglect (J.M. Findlay, R. Walker). New developments in the understanding of the hemispatial neglect syndrome (H. Haeske-Dewick, A.G.M. Canavan, V. Hoemberg). Attention and communication: Eye-movement based research paradigms (B. Velichkovsky, M. Pomplun, J. Rieser). Clinical Neuroscience Aspects. Synopsis. Clinical neuroscience aspects of visual attention and cognition (W.H. Zangemeister). The role of attention in human oculomotor control (M. Husain, C. Kennard). Imaging of visual attention with positron emission tomography (R.J. Seitz). Evidence for scanpaths in hemianopic patients shown through string editing methods (W.H. Zangemeister, U. Oechsner). Modeling Aspects. Synopsis. Visual perception and cognition: A synopsis of modeling aspects (H.S. Stiehl). The collicular motor map as modelled by a two-dimensional mapped neural field (A. Schierwagen). Optomotor processing in the prey catching of amphibia (H. Schwegler). Designing an active vision system (K. Pahlavan). Saccadic camera control for scene recognition on an autonomous vehicle (H. Janßen). From active perception to active cooperation - fundamental processes of intelligent behaviour (R. Bajcsy). Application Aspects. Synopsis. Visuo-manual process control (A.H. Clarke). Adaptive control of teleoperators in response to visuo-manual relationship alteration (G.M. Gauthier, O. Guedon, R. Purtulis, J. Vercher). Current trends in eye movement measurement techniques (A.H. Clarke). Selective visual attention during multiple-process control (A.G. Fleischer, G. Becker). Closing Comment (V. Braitenberg). Contributors. Index. Edited by W.H.Zangemeister,  H.S.Stiehl,  C.Freksa AIPAdvances in Psychology116  Out of print 412 pages Hardbound
    0-444-82291-7 080803

    504191 BK Out of print Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine, Internal Medicine
    Pathophysiology of Hypertension. Regulatory Mechanisms
    1986
    ELSEVIER Volumes 7 and 8 in this successful reference series in hypertension deal with pathophysiology (see also volume 7). The subject matter has been organized in two broad categories: cardiovascular changes occurring in hypertension and regulatory processes involved as causative or maintaining factors. This division was made for practical rather than disciplinary reasons. Chapters assigned to either one of these categories have been elucidated with aspects belonging to the other whenever necessary to improve understanding of the phenomena discussed. The incidental overlap thus created however serves as one of the many features of these volumes. The reader is now not only appraised of the full spectre of views held by a wide international board of expert authors, but also of some of the differences in approach or emphasis which are essential to create understanding. Section I - Neural Mechanisms of Cardiovascular Regulation. 1. Central neural control of the cardiovascular system (M.J. Brody). 2. Chemical messengers and transmitters in the brain and cardiovascular regulation (F.C. Luft, Th. Unger, R.E. Lang and D. Ganten). 3. Reflex control of the circulation (G. Mancia, A.U. Ferrari and A. Zanchetti). 4. Positive feedback reflexes (A. Malliani, M. Pagani and F. Lombardi). 5. The role of neural mechanisms in cardiovascular regulation and dysregulation (P. Sleight). 6. Peripheral mechanisms in cardiovascular regulation: transmitters, receptors and the endothelium (P.M. Vanhoutte and T.F. Lüscher). 7. Alpha-adrenoceptors and neural control of the circulation: studies in experimental animals (C.A. Hamilton, J. Vincent and J.L. Reid). 8. Neural-renal interactions: physiological evidence (A. Zanchetti and A. Stella). 9. Neural-renal interactions: evidence in experimental hypertension (S. Oparil, M.K. Donovan and J.M. Wyss). 10. Sodium and the adrenergic system (P.W. de Leeuw and W.H. Birkenhäger). 11.Testing neural control of the circulation in patients: plasma catecholamines (M. Esler). 12. Testing of neural control of circulation in patients: hemodynamic response to exercise and stressful stimuli (S. Lundin, S. Jern and L. Hansson). 13. Behavioral influences on blood pressure control: implications for the hypertensive process (P.A. Obrist, K.C. Light, A. Sherwood and M.T. Allen). Section II - Renal Mechanisms of Cardiovascular Regulation. 14. Sodium excretion and its role in blood pressure regulation (G. Bianchi). 15. The pressure-diuresis-natriuresis mechanism in normal and hypertensive states (A.W. Cowley Jr. and R.J. Roman). 16. The biochemistry of renin (R. Day and E. Haber). 17. Proteolytic activation of prorenin and its relation to the kallikrein-kinin and fibrinolytic systems (M.A.D.H. Schalekamp). 18. The renin-angiotensin system: physiological regulation (A. Stella and A. Zanchetti). 19. Angiotension II: conformation and receptor interaction (R.B. Howard and R.R. Smeby). 20. Physiological effects of angiotensins on the blood vessels and heart (T.L. Goodfriend). 21. The brain renin-angiotensin system: pathway for angiotensin II formation in brain (A. Husain and R.B. Moffett) 22. The renin-angiotensin sytem: physiological actions on the central nervous system (C.M. Ferrario, Y. Ueno, D.I. Diz and K.L. Barnes). 23. The renin-angiotensin system: physiological actions on the kidney (P.W. de Leeuw and W.H. Birkenhäger). 24. The renin-angiotensin system: inhibitors and antagonists (K.G. Hofbauer and J.M. Wood) 25. The renin-angiotensin system: role in experimental and human hypertension (B. Waeber J. Nussberger and H.R. Brunner). 26. Sensitivity to sodium and non-modulation of renal and adrenal responsiveness to angiotensin II: implications for the pathogenesis of essential hypertension (N.K. Hollenberg and G.H. Williams). 27. The renal medullary system (E.E. Muirhead and J.A. Pitcock). 28. Eicosanoid-dependent mechanisms and the regulation of blood pressure (M.J.S. Miller, J. Quilley and J.C. McGiff). Section III - Hormones, Ions and Membranes in Cardiovascular Regulation. 29. Aldosterone and other adrenal steroids (E. Bravo). 30. Vasopressin in cardiovascular regulation (C.I. Johnston, M. Hiwatari, J. Abrahams, L. Arnolda and A. Culvenor). 31. Atrial natriuretic factor (J. Genest and M. Cantin). 32. The [el]natriuretic hormone[/e] and hypertension (H.E. de Wardener and G.A. MacGregor). 33.Membrane markers of arterial hypertension (M. Baudouin-Legros, J.F. Cloix, M. Crabos, G. Dagher, M. Davis-Dufilho, M.A. Devynck, R.P. Garay, M.L. Grichois, P. Guicheney, S. Koutouzov, P. Marche, M. de Mendonca, M.G. Pernollet and P. Meyer). Subject index. Edited by A.Zanchetti,  C.Tarazi HHHandbook of Hypertension8  Out of print xxii + 704 pages Hardbound
    0-444-90422-0 096965

    504190 BK Out of print Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine, Internal Medicine
    Pathophysiology of Hypertension. Cardiovascular Aspects
    1986
    ELSEVIER Volumes 7 and 8 in this successful reference series in hypertension deal with pathophysiology. The subject matter has been organized in two broad categories: cardiovascular changes occurring in hypertension and regulatory processes involved as causative or maintaining factors. This division was made for practical rather than disciplinary reasons. Chapters assigned to either one of these categories have been elucidated with aspects belonging to the other whenever necessary to improve understanding of the phenomena discussed. The incidental overlap thus created however serves as one of the many features of these volumes. The reader is now not only appraised of the full spectre of views held by a wide international board of expert authors, but also of some of the differences in approach or emphasis which are essential to create understanding. Foreword (W.H. Birkenhäger and J.L. Reid). Introduction (A. Zanchetti). I. The Heart and Hypertension. 1. Cardiac adaption to acutely increased afterload (M.N. Levy and Y. Masuda). 2. Biochemical regulation of myocardial hypertrophy (J. Wikman-Coffelt). 3. Excitation-contraction coupling in hypertensive hypertrophy (P.A. Khairallah and F.M. Fouad). 4. Cardiac responses to experimental chronic pressure overload (R. Jacob). 5. Hypertension and the heart: clinical studies (B.E. Strauer). 6. Cardiac reflexes in hypertension (P. Thoren). II. Hemodynamics in Hypertension. 7. Hemodynamic changes during development (F. Magrini). 8. Blood pressure variability (G. Mancia and A. Zanchetti). 9. Hemodynamics of essential hypertension (S. Julius and B. Egan). 10. Hemodynamics in the spontaneously hypertensive rat (S. Lundin and M. Nordlander). 11. Hemodynamics in renovascular and renal hypertension (Th. G. Coleman). 12. Hemodynamics in mineralocorticoid hypertension (J. Conway). 13. Hemodynamics in systolic hypertension (M.E. Safar and A. Ch. Simon). 14. The effect of ventricular hypertrophy on the coronary circulation (L.F. Hiratzka, D.G. Harrison, R.J. Tomanek, Ch. L. Eastham, W.C. Lamberth Jr. and M.L. Marcus). 15. The cerebral circulation in hypertension (S. Strandgaard, J. Olesen and O.B. Paulson). 16. Hemodynamics in obesity (E. Reisin and E.D. Frohlich). 17. Hemodynamics in pregnancy and in pregnancy hypertension (S.N. Hunyor). III. The Blood Vessels in Hypertension. 18. Physiological mechanisms regulating peripheral vascular resistance (D.F. Bohr and R.C. Webb). 19. Physiology of vascular smooth muscle (B. Johansson). 20. The homeostasis of calcium in smooth muscle cells (M. Chiesi and E. Carafoli). 21. Calcium entry blockers (C. Cauvin and C. van Breemen). 22. Prostacyclin and vascular smooth muscle (G.J. Dusting, K.M. Mullane and S. Moncada). 23. The structural responses of the vascular wall in experimental hypertension (G.L. Rorive, P.G. Carlier and J.M. Foidart). 24. Common mechanisms of cell proliferation in hypertension and atherosclerosis (S.M. Schwartz). 25. The microcirculation in hypertension (G. Schmid-Schönbein and S. Chien). Subject index. Edited by A.Zanchetti,  R.C.Tarazi HHHandbook of Hypertension7  Out of print xvi + 502 pages Hardbound
    0-444-90421-2 096965

    500702 BK Out of print Statistics
    Optimization in Statistics
    1982
    NORTH-HOLLAND Preface: A Prelude to Optimization in Statistics (S.H. Zanakis and J.S. Rustagi). Parts: I. Regression and Correlation. Contributors: R.D. Armstrong, T. Dielman, G. Kimeldorf, D. Klingman, M.T. Kung, J.H. May, J. Mote, S.C. Narula, R. Pfaffenberger, A.R. Sampson, A. Tishler, C.F. Wu and I. Zang. II. Multivariate Data Analysis and Design of Experiments. Contributors: R.S. Garfinkel, R.E. Hausman, A.S. Kunnathur, G.E. Liepins, C.A. Mount-Campbell, J.B. Neuhardt, R. Plante, P. Sinha, L.E. Stanfel and C. Wang. III. Parameter Estimation, Reliability and Quality Control. Contributors: P.K. Eswaran, C.M. Harris, G. Klein, N.A. Langberg, R.V. León, J. Lynch, J. Mandelbaum, N.R. Mann, H. Moskowitz, F. Proschan, A. Ravindran and N.D. Singpurwalla. Index. Edited by S.H.Zanakis,  J.S.Rustagi TIMSTIMS Studies in the Management Sciences19  Out of print x + 334 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86544-6 080851

    697230 BK ISBN/0815198558 Dentistry
    Hospital Dentistry
    First Edition 1997
    MOSBY Hospital Dentistry is a practical handbook that guides you through the hospital structure with the goal of providing effective care to the dental patient. It explores the importance of the dentist as a member of the health care team. And, it stresses the hospital dentist's role in the patient's total care. By RaymondZambito,  HaroldBlack,  LorraineTesch  Out of print 448 pages Paperback
    0-8151-9855-8 999999

    501338 DY Out of print Linguistics
    Dictionary of Russian Technical and Scientific Abbreviations
    In Russian, English and German 1968
    ELSEVIER Primarily intended for readers of Russian scientific publications, this dictionary will also be useful to any reader of Russian newspapers and magazines as well as to teachers and students of Russian. It contains a trilingual key for acronyms in modern scientific Russian - both written and spoken. Each abbreviation or acronym is followed by its full Russian equivalent and explanatory translations are provided in English and in German. By H.Zalucki  Out of print xii + 387 pages Hardbound
    0-444-40657-3 080856

    692554 BK ISBN/0815198922 Critical Care
    The Critical Care Drug Handbook
    Year Book Handbooks Series Second Edition 1997
    MOSBY The Critical Care Drugs Handbook provides essential drug information in a handy, portable format. It is packed with tables, descriptions and dosages covering a broad range of drugs commonly used in the critical care unit. PART I covers drugs most commonly used to treat specific medical problems. PART II lists drugs alphabetically with information on trade names, drug action, indications, pharmacokinetics, dosage, adverse effects,drug interactions and monitoring. A large appendix section includes various lists, tables and nutritional formulas. By GaryZaloga,  DrewMacGregor  Out of print 656 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-9892-2 999999

    522224 BK Out of print Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, Chemical Kinetics, Food Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Physical Organic Chemistry
    Similarity Models in Organic Chemistry, Biochemistry and Related Fields
    1991
    ELSEVIER Since Hammett devised the rho-sigma equation in 1937, the application of similarity models through linear free energy relationships (correlation analysis) has become increasingly important for systematising the quantitative data of organic chemistry and related fields. More than twelve years have elapsed since the last appearance of a multi-author, international monograph on this subject, during which time there have been substantial developments. Sophisticated chemometric techniques, such as principal component analysis, have been added to the basic statistical techniques of simple and multiple regression. The interaction with quantum mechanics, particularly in the form of ab initio molecular orbital calculations, has also developed considerably.

    Such matters are dealt with in the various chapters of this book, not only in connection with main-stream areas of substituent and solvent effects on reactivity and on spectroscopic properties, but also in connection with topics as diverse as gas chromatography, organic electrochemistry, biological activity, and food chemistry. The book will be of interest to a wide range of organic, physical organic, and physical chemists; to medicinal chemists, environmental scientists, biochemists, and analytical chemists; and to chemometricians in general. 1. Similarity models: statistical tools and problems in using them (T.M. Krygowski and K. Wozniak). 2. Substituent effect parameters and models applied in organic chemistry (J. Shorter). 3. The transmission of substituent effects in organic systems (M. Godfrey). 4. Properties of hydrogen as a substituent in planar organic pi-systems (G. Häfelinger). 5. Similarity models in IR and UV spectroscopy (C. Laurence). 6. Description of properties of binary solvent mixtures (H. Langhals). 7. Additivity rules and correlation methods in gas chromatography (J. Oszczapowicz). 8. Similarity models in organic electrochemistry (J.S. Jaworski and M.K. Kalinowski). 9. Principal component analysis as a tool in organic chemistry and food chemistry (R.I. Zalewski). 10. Quantitative structure-activity relationships (D.J. Livingstone). 11. The quantitative description of steric effects (M. Charton). Index. Edited by R.I.Zalewski,  T.M.Krygowski,  J.Shorter SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry42  Out of print xvi + 694 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88161-1 030302

    500174 BK Out of print Industrial Chemistry, Chemical Kinetics, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
    Natural Products Chemistry 1984
    A Collection of Invited Section and Colloquium Lectures presented at the 14th IUPAC International Symposium on the Chemistry of Natural Products, Poznan, Poland, 9-14 July 1984 1985
    ELSEVIER This book contains 52 invited lectures, grouped into five main sections. The first part contains papers dealing with isolation, structure elucidation and transformation of different classes of natural products. The papers in Part B cover topics including total synthesis, new synthetic methods and synthesis of nucleic acid fragments. Next is a group of papers (Part C) which emphasize new applications of spectral methods and organic crystal chemistry. Part D covers several aspects of the field of bioorganic chemistry such as enzyme and co-enzyme chemistry, mode of action of biologically active compounds, and bio-synthesis of proteins and alkaloids. Finally Part E (Biopolymers) deals with the chemistry, structure and dynamics of nucleic acids, specific interaction of nucleic acids with proteins, modified nucleotides in nucleic acids, conformation and function of proteins. In addition some papers are devoted to recent achievements and prospects of application of DNA recombinant technology in plant science and agriculture with emphasis on nitrogen fixation. The book reflects the growing keen interest of the majority of chemists in this field throughout the world. It contains much of interest to scientists working in the field of chemistry of natural products, biochemistry, biorganic chemistry, pharmacology, agriculture, and enzymology. A. Structure and Properties of Natural Products (9 papers). B. Synthesis and Transformation of Natural Products. Synthesis of Nucleic Acids Fragments (14 papers). C. Physical and Theoretical Methods in the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products. Organic Crystal Chemistry (10 papers). D. Bioorganic Chemistry (7 papers). E. Biopolymers. Genetic Engineering in Agriculture with Emphasis on Nitrogen Fixation (12 papers). Edited by R.I.Zalewski,  J.J.Skolik SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry20  Out of print xviii + 686 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42457-1 030302

    502121 BK Out of print Hardware and Architecture (General), Software (General)
    Hardware and Software for Real Time Process Control
    Proceedings of the IFIP WG5.4/IFAC/EWICS Working Conference, Warsaw, Poland, 30 May - 1 June 1988 1989
    NORTH-HOLLAND As the title suggests, the focus of this volume is on the hardware and software aspects of real time process control, rather than on control problems. The (mostly invited) papers may be divided into three themes: hardware, software, and integration. Providing extensive coverage of the state-of-the-art in real time computer control, the papers examine both recent developments and future trends in the field. The contributors are from universities, industry and government institutions, and the volume will be of interest to hi-tech research institutes in e.g. the nuclear, aerospace, chemical and electronics fields, and to those concerned with standardization issues. Programming Languages. Bus Systems. Reliability and Safety. Software Specification. Software Development. Databases and Expert Systems. Multiprocessor Systems. Distributed Systems. Operating Systems. Real Time Applications. Standardization and Licensing. Edited by J.Zalewski,  W.Ehrenberger  Out of print xvi + 580 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87127-6 050503

    697226 BK ISBN/0721648363 Gastroenterology and Hepatology
    Hepatology
    A Textbook of Liver Disease, 2-Volume Set Third Edition 1996
    SAUNDERS A thoroughly revised edition by expert contributors presents definitive coverage of liver disease. This state-of-the-art text has been reorganized into two stand-alone volumes--the first volume deals with the basic sciences of biochemistry, physiology, and pathophysiology while the second is completely devoted to clinical issues. New chapters cover metabolism of collagen, autoimmune liver disease, clinical pharmacology of anti-viral agents, and AIDS and the liver. By DavidZakim,  ThomasBoyer  Out of print 2085 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-4836-3 999999

    503980 BK Out of print Biochemistry / Biophysics
    Protein Structure-Function Relationship
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Protein Structure-Function Relationship, Karachi, Pakistan, 18 - 20 January 1988, and of the Protein Sequencing Workshop, Karachi, Pakistan, 21 - 30 January 1988. 1988
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Proteins play a pivotal role in all life processes. The structural and dynamic aspects of these biologically active macro-molecules have been the focus of attention of scientists for the last two decades. This book comprises papers presented at Karachi and covers burning topics in the field of protein structure and function, dynamics, evolution and physiology and provides an insight into the most recent developments in these areas. The emphasis is laid on the structure of the protein molecule and its physiological function. The book covers numerous facets of protein chemistry, namely: physico-chemical aspects of proteins; studies on hemoglobin, hemocyanin, fibrinogen, toxins, enzymes and application of techniques for elucidation of protein structure. Hemoglobin - structure, physiology and evolution (A. Abbasi and G. Braunitzer). A novel dye for staining eletrophoretically resolved proteins (R. Ali and S.A. Sayeed). Viscosimetric studies on a glycoprotein from gastointestinal mucus (H. Quast, W. Voelter and H. Bauer). Protein structure activity relationships: New strategies and biotechnological implications (M.A. Coletti-Previero, M. Pugnière, A. Favel and A. Previero). Structural homology of beta-lactoglobulin with a superfamily of hydophobic molecule transporters (J. Godovac-Zimmermann and A. Conti). sigma Conotoxins as probes for subtypes of neuronal calcium channels (D.S. Johnson, G.P. Corpuz and L.J. Cruz). Relation between structure of plasma proteins and their metal complexes (A.M. El-Naggar, M.R. Zaher, F.A. Kora and I.A. Mahdi). Structure-Function relationships in rhodopsin and related proteins (J.B.C. Findlay). Fibrinogen - Relationships between structure, function and evolution (A. Henschen). Flexibility and rigidity of proteins and protein-pigment complexes (R. Huber). Fluorescence properties of bilirubin binding to the major camel glutathione S-transferase isoenzyme obtained from lung, liver and kidney (A.A. Hunaiti, K.A. Al-Hassan and I.K. Abukhalaf). Dihydrofolate reductase from goat liver (M.P. Iqbal, M.A. Waqar, N. Khan and N.M. Mahboobali). Alcohol dehydrogenases and related enzymes (H. Jörnvall). A highly reliable prediction of protein secondary structure (Y. Konishi). Structure-function relationship of S-1 component from chicken skeletal muscle myosin (G. Matsuda, T. Maita, T. Miyanishi and Y. Komine). Structure-function relationships of Hemocyanin c from panulirus interruptus (B. Neuteboom and J.J. Beintema). Micromethods for structural characterisation of highly glycosylated proteins (R.J. Paxton, S.A. Hefta and J.E. Shively). The serum proteins in health and disease (M.A. Qamar, A. Ahmed, I.A. Malik, M. Luqman and M.A. Akhtar). Two dimensional NMR Spectroscopy - principles and applications (Atta-ur-Rahman). Electron transfer in hydroxylamine-modified cytochrome c (T. Ramasarma, S. Vijaya, R.S. Puranam and C.K.R. Kurup). Intra-molecular dynamics in protein components as monitored by proton magnetic relaxation (T.Z. Rizvi). Electrophoretic separation of adult and foetal hemoglobin formation of mixed hybrids (S.A. Saeed). Strategic approaches to protein microsequencing: application of high-sensitivity peptide mapping (R.J. Simpson and R.L. Moritz). Structural characterisation of peptides and proteins by mass spectroscopy (D.L. Smith and Y. Sun). Purification and characterisation of microquantities of proteins (A. Tsugita, N. Shikama, T. Uchida, M. Kamo and C.S. Jone). Structure and function of cholera toxin submit A1 (Q.C. Xia). Proteins - Structure and function (Z.H. Zaidi). Author index. Edited by Z.H.Zaidi  Out of print 356 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81052-8 096965

    521292 BK Out of print Instrumentation, Techniques, and Astronomical Observations, Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Science (General), Fluid Dynamics
    Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics
    Proceedings of the Les Houches Summer School, Course XLVII, June/July 1987 1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND This book aims to lay the basis of astrophysical fluid dynamics and the topics treated cover various aspects of this discipline. These include: the essential properties of turbulence; dynamical systems; the effects of magnetic fields significant in the sun, including magnetohydrodynamics in general and dynamo theories; the use of numerical simulation to explore the behavior of thermal convection in a highly stratified medium; stellar pulsations. The resulting book is intended as both a manual for the graduate student as well as for the seasoned scientist. Preface. Courses: 1.Astrophysical fluid dynamics (E.A. Spiegel). 2. Hydrodynamic turbulence (M. Lesieur). 3.Generic instabilities and nonlinear dynamics (O. Thual). 4.Magnetohydrodynamic turbulence (A. Pouquet). 5.Dynamo theory (P.H. Roberts). 6.Thermal convection and penetration (J. Toomre).7.Linear adiabatic stellar pulsation (D.O. Gough). Instabilities and turbulence in rotating stars (J.-P. Zahn). Edited by J.-P.Zahn,  J.Zinn-Justin LHSSLes Houches Summer School Proceedings47  Out of print 650 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81797-2 050505

    692543 BK ISBN/0801674824 Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
    Genitourinary Radiology
    The Requisites First Edition 1997
    MOSBY As part of the successful Requisites series, this volume presents what the resident needs to know about genitourinary radiology. Its concise and up-to-date coverage prepares readers for exams, while providing the practicing radiologist with a quick, practical reference guide. Organized logically by the organs in the GU system and the various diagnostic problems that may be encountered. By RonaldZagoria,  GlennTung  Out of print 432 pages Hardbound
    0-8016-7482-4 999999

    692540 BK ISBN/0702025771 Pulmonary and Respiratory Medicine
    Pulmonary Differential Diagnosis
    First Edition 2001
    SAUNDERS Pulmonary Differential Diagnosis is a portable practical handbook designed to be used by physicians at the bedside, in the Radiology Department, office, clinic setting, and during rounds. Instead of bogging down readers with physiology, pathology, biology, anatomy, and other disciplines that do not directly affect an initial differential diagnosis, this handy resource contains only the pertinent diagnostic features of both common and uncommon diseases involving the lungs. A, B, Cs Of Radiologic Evaluation
    Abscess Of Lung
    Acid-Base Disorders Respiratory
    Airspace Disease
    Alcohol And Cigarettes Pulmonary Manifestations
    Alveolar Hemorraghe Syndromes
    Alveolar Proteinosis
    Arteriovenous Fistulas Pulmonary (Pavf)
    Aspiration Injuries
    Asthma
    Atelectasis
    Axillosubclavian Vein Thrombosis
    Azygous Shadows
    Biopsy Of Granulomas
    Biopsy Of Lymphocytes Typical/Atypical
    Breast And Genital Tract Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Bronchiectasis Etiologic Investigations
    Bronchiolitis Diagnosis And Differential
    Broncholithiasis
    Bronchopulmonary Sequestration (Bps)
    Calcifications
    Cardiac Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Chest Wall Disorders
    Chylothorax
    Collagen Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Copd
    Cough
    Cyanosis
    Cystic Cavitary Disease
    Cystic Fibrosis (Cf) Diagnostic Features
    Diaphragm
    Drug-Induced Lung Disease
    Dyspnea Normal Chest X-Ray
    Embolic Diseases
    Empyema
    Endocrine Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Eosinophilic Granuloma Vs Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
    Eosinophilic Lung Disease
    Gastrointestinal Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Head And Neck Cancer - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Hematologic Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Hemoptysis Nyd
    Hilar Shadows
    Hiv Pulmonary Disease
    Hyperlucent Lung
    Hypoxemia
    Infiltrates
    Inhalational Diseases
    Interstitial Lung Disease
    Lung Resection Complications
    Masses Nodules Opacities
    Mediastinum
    Neoplasms
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Pleura - Mass, Thickening, Effusion
    Pleuritic Chest Pain R/O Pulmonary Embolus
    Pneumonia
    Pneumonias (Specific)
    Pneumothorax
    Pregnancy Related
    Pulmonary Edema
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Pulmonary Renal Syndromes - Goodpasture`S
    Radiation-Induced Lung Disease
    Renal Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Sarcoid
    Skin Disorders - Pulmonary Manifestations
    Sleep Related Breathing Disorders
    Small Hemithorax
    Systemic Blood Supply To Lung
    Thoracoscopy (Medical)
    Tracheobronchial Disease Chronic
    Transplants Lung/Heart-Lung
    Trauma Non-Surgical
    Tuberculosis And Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
    Upper Airways Obstruction
    Vasculitis
    Vocal Cord Dysfunction (Vsd) By HaroldZackon  Out of print 896 pages Paperback
    0-7020-2577-1 999999

    697217 BK ISBN/0721649467 Physical Therapy
    Athletic Injuries and Rehabilitation
    First Edition 1996
    SAUNDERS Over eighty world-renowned physical therapists, physicians and athletic trainers take a comprehensive, step-by-step, multidisciplinary approach to sports injury management--from evaluation through rehabilitation. This text not only provides a solid foundation in basic and applied science, it also serves as a superb study source for sports certification exams and provides practical therapeutic advice. By JamesZachazewski,  DavidMagee,  WilliamQuillen  Out of print 1051 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-4946-7 999999

    502483 BK Out of print Earth-Surface Processes, Geomorphology, Soil Biology
    Soil Erosion
    1982
    ELSEVIER By D.Zachar DSSDevelopments in Soil Science10  Out of print 548 pages Hardbound
    0-444-99725-3 070704

    502120 BK Out of print Functional Analysis
    Riesz Spaces II
    1983
    NORTH-HOLLAND While Volume I (by W.A.J. Luxemburg and A.C. Zaanen, NHML Volume 1, 1971) is devoted to the algebraic aspects of the theory, this volume emphasizes the analytical theory of Riesz spaces and operators between these spaces. Though the numbering of chapters continues on from the first volume, this does not imply that everything covered in Volume I is required for this volume, however the two volumes are to some extent complementary. 11. Prime Ideal Extension. 12. Order Bounded Operators. 13. Kernel Operators. 14. Normed Riesz Spaces. 15. Order Continuous Norms. 16. Embedding in Biduals. 17. Abstract Lp Spaces. 18. Compact Operators. 19. Orlicz Spaces and Irreducible Operators. 20. Orthomorphisms and f-Algebras. Bibliography. Subject Index. By A.C.Zaanen NHMLNorth-Holland Mathematical Library30  Out of print xii + 720 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86626-4 050500

    523951 BK Out of print Internal Medicine, Biochemistry / Biophysics, Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Neurology, Oncology, Pharmacology
    Cytoprotection and Cytobiology
    Proceedings of the Ninth Symposium on Cytoprotection, Kyoto, Japan, 2 March 1991 1992
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Biological homeostasis is maintained by protective mechanisms, involving local reactions in the injured tissue and whole body reactions. Overexpression of the protective mechanisms is, however, sometimes injurious to the organism. The Symposia on Cytoprotection are held annually to discuss cytoprotective mechanisms from both basic and clinical viewpoints. The topics of the presentations vary widely, from gastrointestinal mucosal disturbances, liver and pancreatic dysfunctions, cerebral ischemia, endothelial cell function to biochemical characteristics of cancer cells, and tissue damage produced by excessive production of superoxides and free radicals and protective procedures for such damage.

    In one of the two Special Lectures, Professor Kyoko Hotta reviewed recent results of biochemical studies of mucus glycoprotein and the relations between the protective functions and the structural properties of mucus. Professor Shin-ichi Akiyama reported that multi-drug resistance is due to drug efflux resulting from a 170 kD membrane glycoprotein (P glycoprotein) and that agents that reverse multidrug resistance do so by competing with cytotoxic drugs for a binding site on P glycoprotein, the drug efflux pump.

    The concept of cytoprotection should be applied to protective mechanisms against various stresses in organisms. The results reported in this Proceedings will contribute to the further development of biochemical physiological research. Original reports are published as full papers. Papers that have appeared or will appear in other publications are published here as summaries. Preface. I. Special lectures. Mucus and mucin: Fundamental aspects (Kyoko Hotta). The expression of P-glycoprotein in human tumors and mechanisms to overcome multidrug resistance (Shin-ichi Akiyama). II. Gastrointestinal mucosal injury (I). Chairman's remarks (Yukio Nagamachi). 7 papers. III. Gastrointestinal mucosal injury (II). Chairman's remarks (Norio Nakamura). 8 papers. IV. Liver and pancreas. Chairman's remarks (Takayoshi Tobe). 4 papers. V. Brain. Chairman's remarks (Hideo Mabe). 8 papers. VI. Metabolism in endothelial cells, connective tissue, and others. Chairman's remarks (Ikuro Maruyama). 6 papers. VII. Cancer cells and others. Chairman's remarks (Masaki Kitajima). 6 papers. VIII. Free radicals (I). Chairman's remarks (Masaharu Tsuchiya). 6 papers. IX. Free radicals (II). Chairman's remarks (Keiichi Kawai). 6 papers. Author index. Edited by K.Yunoki CCPCurrent Clinical Practice62  Out of print xiv + 300 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89429-2 096965

    502279 BK Out of print Processor Architectures, Computer Systems Organization (General), Special-Purpose and Application-Based Systems
    New Generation Computing
    Recent Research 1990
    NORTH-HOLLAND New Generation Computing and Supercomputing have attracted a large amount of research effort throughout the world. This book introduces some of the recent research carried out in China. It consists of forty-two papers covering five main areas: logic-based inference machines from sequential to parallel; knowledge-based systems; heuristic search in AI; dataflow computer architecture; and optimization techniques for supercomputing. Introduction. Logic Programming. Knowledge-Based Systems. Dataflow Computation. Problem Solving and Search. Supercomputing. Sequential Prolog Systems. On Some Issues in Implementation of Prolog. Extending the WAM with Execution Mechanisms for Non-Logical Components of Prolog. Implementation and Management of Prolog Code Databases. Implementation and Management of Prolog Source Databases. Implementation of Prolog Builtins in the WAM-PLUS. Designing the Architecture of a Prolog Machine Based on the WAM-PLUS. An Integrated Implementation of Database Operations. Clause Representations. An Efficient Type System for Prolog. listof: A Pragmatic Consideration on setof. Partial Solution, An Incomplete Inference Way to Approximate to the Solution of Negated Goal. Parallel Processing of Logic Programs. The OR-Forest Description. The PSOF Process Model. Parallel Execution of Negative Goals. Automatic Partition of Subgoals. Compile-Time Detection of AND-Parallelisms. An Environment Sharing Scheme. An Algorithm for Environment Reduction. An OR-Forest-Based Parallel Abstract Machine. Knowledge-Based Systems. Foundations for Knowledge Systems. On Knowledge Base System Architecture. The Knowledge Base System KBS-1. Design and Implementation of a Relational Knowledge Base Prototype Machine. Performance Evaluation of the Relational Knowledge Base Prototype Machine. A Tool for Building Second Generation Expert System. Improving Expert System Behavior. Knowledge Acquisition Mechanism. Attribute Theory in Learning System. Dataflow Computation and Architecture. A Performance Evaluation Model for Static Dataflow Computers. An Ordered Model Combining Dataflow with Control Flow. Architecture of a Synchronous Dataflow System. A Multi-Microcomputer System for Simulating SDS-1. Macro-Dataflow Computational Model and Its Simulation. Heuristic Search and Statistical Inference. Statistical Inference Method in Heuristic Search Techniques. The Computational Complexity. The Extraction of Global Information. The Comparison Between the Statistical Heuristic Search and A*. Hierarchy and Heuristic Search. Issues of Supercomputing. Parallel Execution of Non-DO Loops. Optimization for the Parallel Execution of Non-DO Loops under the LIM. Speedup Studies of the LIM for Non-DO Loops in Comparison with the SIM. Processor Self-Scheduling for Parallel Loops in Preemptive Environments. Approaches to Decentralized Control of Job Scheduling for Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Parallel Computer Systems. References. Index. Edited byYungui Ci, Chengxi Zhang, Chengzheng Sun  Out of print xvi + 348 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88730-X 050502

    692539 BK ISBN/0443088926 Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
    MRI of Head and Neck Anatomy
    First Edition 1994
    CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE By WilliamYuh,  E. TurgutTali,  AdelAfifii,  KayihanSahinoglu,  FengGao,  RonaldBergman  Out of print 384 pages Hardbound
    0-443-08892-6 999999

    505377 BK Out of print Civil Engineering (General), Transportation Engineering
    Transportation Engineering
    1982
    ELSEVIER This important text and reference reflects the recent dramatic growth in the field of transportation engineering and serves as a comprehensive introduction to both the theoretical and practical aspects of the field. It covers the six major families of transportation systems: highway, urban mass transit, air, rail, water, and pipeline. By J.C.Yu  Out of print xiv + 462 pages Hardbound
    0-444-00564-1 060600

    523741 BK Out of print Neuroscience, Neurochemistry, Neuropharmacology
    Neuronal-Astrocytic Interactions
    Implications for Normal and Pathological CNS Function 1992
    ELSEVIER Neurons and astrocytes have an intimate anatomic and functional realtionship and are heavily dependent on each other. This intensive relationship is virtually important not only in normal CNS function, but also in disease states. Research to better define and underatand this relationship will lay the foundation for rational new therapies for disorders of the CNS.

    The chapters in this volume have been written by scientists and physicians from around the world. To have optimum diversity of approach, the volume discusses basic research as well as clinical experience regarding the interactions of neurons and astrocytes in both normal and pathological conditions. 1. A century of neuronal and neuroglial interactions, and their pathological implications; an overview. 2. The brain as a chemical machine. Ion Homeostasis 3. Intracellular pH regulation in mammalian astrocytes. 4. Role of astrocytes in ionic and volume homeostasis in spinal cord during development and injury. 5. Functional consequences of astrocytic swelling. 6. Swelling of C6 glioma cells and astrocytes from glutamate, high K+concentrations, or acidosis. 7. Pharmacological regulation of astrocytic ion channels: Implications for the treatment of seizure disorders. 8. The expression of sodium channels in astrocytes in situ and in vitro. 9. Ion involvement in memory formation: the potential role of astrocytes. Calcium, Signalling and Gene Expression 10. Do astrocytes process informations? 11. Distribution of calcium in ischemic brain of gerbils. 12. Signalling by extracellular ATP: physiological and pathological considerations in neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 13. The role of polyphosphoinositides in agonist-evoked release of vasoactive factors from astrocytes. 14. Isolation of transcriptionally regulated sequences associated with neuronal and non-neuronal cell interactions. 15. Early response gene induction in astrocytes as a mechanism for encoding and integrating neuronal signals. 16. c-Fos induction occurs in cultured cortical neurons and astrocytes via multiple signalling pathways Glutamate: Metabolism and Toxicity 17. Regulatory role of astrocytes for neuronal biosynthesis and homeostasis of glutamate and GABA. 18. Nitrogen metabolism: neuronal-astroglial relationships. 19. Ultrastructural immunocytochemical observations on the localization, metabolism, and transport of glutamate in normal and ischemic brain tissue. 20. Release of exogenous and endogenous neurotransmitter amino acids from cultured astrocytes. 21. Glutamate as an energy substrate for neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 22. Hepatic encephalopathy: a disorder in glial-neuronal communication. 23. Kainic acid induced excitotoxicity in neurons and glial cells Catecholamines, Peptides and Acetylcholine 24. Effects of monoamine transmitters on neurons and astrocytes: correlation between energy metabolism and intracellular messengers. 25. Cellular localization of responses to catecholamines in brain tissue. 26. Neuronal and astroglial monoamines oxidase: Pharmacological implications of specific MAO-B inhibitors. 27. Peptidergic and cholinergic receptors on cultured astrocytes of different regions of the rat CNS Gangliosides 28. Gangliosides and neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 29. An in vitro study on increased neuronal and astrocytic vulnerability to neurotoxic injury after in utero cocaine exposure: the reversal effects of GM 1 treatment Astrogliosis, Injury and Ischemia 30. Astrocytic response to injury. 31. CNS glial scar tissue: a source of molecules which inhibit central neurite outgrowth. 32. Regional heterogeneity of reactive astrocytosis following cerebral ischemia Aging and Degenerative Diseases 33. Role of astrocytes in aging: late passage primary mouse brain astrocytes and C-6 glial cells as model. 34. Association between cell-mediated demyelination and astrocyte stimulation. 35. Oligodendroglial and neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions in multisystem atrophy. 36. Astrocytes and Parkinson's disease. 37. PrPSc causes nerve cell death and stimulates astrocyte proliferation: a paradox. 38. The involvement of astrocytes and a brain acute phase response in amyloid deposition on Alzheimer's disease. 39. S-100B and serotonin: a possible astrocytic-neuronal link to neuropathology of Alzheimer's disease. 40. Astrocytic gliosis in the amygdala in Down's syndrome and Alzheimer's disease. Subject index. Edited by A.C.H.Yu,  L.Hertz,  M.D.Norenberg,  E.Syková,  S.G.Waxman PBRProgress in Brain Research94  Out of print xvi + 494 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89537-X 090910

    525432 BK Out of print Neuroscience, Molecular Neuroscience, Neuroscience Methodology
    Gene Expression in the Central Nervous System
    1995
    ELSEVIER Gene expression is an active ongoing process that maintains a functional CNS, as proteins are being made on a continual basis. Processes such as learning and memory, nerve cell repair and regeneration and its response to stress are critically dependent on gene expression. This volume highlights the role of gene expression in normal CNS function, and presents many research methods at the cutting edge of neuroscience, which will provide insight into therapeutic approaches through which the control of gene expression may be used in the treatment of many nervous system diseases. List of contributors. Preface. Section I - Techniques in Analysis of Gene Expression. 1. The gene knockout technology for the analysis of learning and memory, and neural development. 2. Molecular biology of transmissible spongiform encephalopathies. 3. Molecular genetic analysis of myelin deficiency and cerebellar ataxia. 4. Gene expression of serotonergic neurons in the central nervous system: molecular and developmental analysis. Section II - Signal Transduction and Gene Expression. 5. The involvement of PKC and multifunctional CaM kinase II of post-synaptic neuron in induction and maintenance of long-term potentiation (T.P. Feng). 6. Neuronal calcium channels encoded by the alpha1A subunit and their contribution to excitatory synaptic transmission in the CNS. 7. Synaptic vesicle proteins and regulated exocytosis. 8. The molecular organization of voltage-dependent K+ channels in vivo. 9. Decoding Ca2+ signals to the nucleus by multifunctional CaM kinase. 10. Kainate-induced changes in gene expression in the rat hippocampus. 11. Mechanisms of neuronal plasticity as analyzed at the single cell level. Section III - Development, Differentiation, and Aging. 12. Plasticity and commitment in the developing cerebral cortex. 13. Growth factors in the CNS and their effects on oligodendroglia. 14. Social control of cell size: males and females are different. 15. The differentiation and function of the touch receptor neurons of Caenorhabditis elegans. 16. Functions of the L2/HNK-1 carbohydrate in the nervous system. 17. Neurotrophic factors and their receptors. 18. Induction of non-catalytic TrkB neurotrophin receptors during lesion-induced synaptic rearrangement in the adult rat hippocampus. 19. Plasticity of developing neuromuscular synapses. 20. A RT-PCR study of gene expression in a mechanical injury model. 21. Stimulation of phospholipase A2 expression in rat cultured astrocytes by LPS, TNFalpha and IL-1beta 22. Correlation between proto-oncogene, fibroblast growth factor and adaptive response in brain infarct. 23. Gene expression in astrocytes during and after ischemia. 24. Gene expression of neurotropic retrovirus in the CNS. 25. Cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8): a negative feedback control mechanism for opioid analgesia. 26. The transport of neurotransmitters into synaptic vesicles. 27. Preliminary molecular neurobiology study on the pathogenesis of primary epilepsy. 28. Expression of immune-related molecules in a murine genetic demyelinating disease. 29. Expression of myelin proteolipid protein in oligodendrocytes and transfected cells. 30. Glial fibrillary acidic protein mRNA and the development of gliosis in mice with chronic relapsing experimental allergic encephalomyelitis. 31. Structure and function of peripheral nerve myelin proteins. 32. The molecular basis of the neuropathies of mouse and human. 33. Expression of the neurofibromatosis type 1 (NF1) gene during mouse embryonic development. Subject index. Edited by A.C.H.Yu,  L.F.Eng,  U.J.McMahan,  H.Schulman,  E.M.Shooter,  A.Stadlin PBRProgress in Brain Research105  Out of print 358 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81852-9 090910

    504742 BK Control Systems, Control Applications, Electronic Devices and Materials, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, Metrology, Robotics, Robotics and Industrial Automation
    Variable Structure Control for Robotics and Aerospace Applications
    1993
    ELSEVIER A broad perspective of the many potential applications of variable structure control (VSC) are presented in this volume. Numerous interesting practical industrial application problems in a multitude of engineering fields are reviewed. The application studies featured are primarily in the areas of robotics and aerospace systems. Sliding mode which is currently experiencing a wide multidisciplinary appeal in other areas of control engineering is also discussed. Three basic categories of material are analysed: The first group of chapters analyse the basic design principles and future directions for engineering applications. The second group focuses on robotics applications. The third group is devoted to aerospace, and more specifically spacecraft control design problems. The number of researchers participating in this field has increased exponentially worldwide. Breakthroughs in the theoretical domain, and more fascinating industrial control applications are just around the corner. The papers in this volume will help to further inspire practicing control engineers in examining and evaluating the merits of variable structure control (VSC) and sliding mode from their own respective domains of applications. 1. Introduction (K-K.D. Young). 2. Variable structure systems and sliding mode - State-of-the-art assessment (V.I. Utkin). 3. Nonlinear pulse width modulation controller design (H. Sira-Ramirez). 4. Variable structure control and observation of nonlinear/uncertain systems (S.H. Zak et al.). 5. Decentralized and adaptive variable structure control for robotic systems (Ü. Özgüner, H. Chan). 6. Variable structure control of AC electric drives (H.G. Kwatny). 7. Adaptive sliding mode control of a magnetic suspension system (J.K. Hedrick, W.H. Yao). 8. Sliding mode for constrained robot motion control (K-K.D. Young). 9. Variable structure control of redundant mechanisms (K-K.D. Young et al.). 10. Robust control of robot arm with sliding mode: Engineering design considerations (H. Hashimoto). 11. Variable structure control and learning controls for robotic manipulators (R. Shoureshi). 12. Variable structure control of flexible manipulators (K-K.D. Young et al.). 13. Bandwidth-limited robust sliding control of multi axial spacecraft pointing and tracking maneuvers (T.A.W. Dwyers III, J. Kim). Edited by K.-K.D.Young SIACStudies in Automation and Control10  Out of print x + 316 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87446-1 060605

    503747 BK Out of print Telecommunications, Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, Electric Power, Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications
    Signal Processing III
    Theories and Applications Proceedings of EUSIPCO-86, 3rd European Signal Processing Conference, The Hague, The Netherlands, 2-5 Sept. 1986 1986
    NORTH-HOLLAND The diversity of topics presented in this volume attests to the vitality of the field as a whole - a field in which work is taking place at an extraordinary tempo. All aspects of signal processing theory and practice are covered in this book, providing the reader with a comprehensive picture of a vast variety of current developments. In addition to more than 300 papers, two tutorials by experts are included, on the subjects of ``Compiling Silicon'' and ``Spectral Estimation''. One-Dimensional Signal Theory (23 papers). One-Dimensional Signal Processing (9 papers). One-Dimensional Filtering (31 papers). Spectral Analysis (25 papers). Speech and Sound (9 papers). Audio and Speech Processing (7 papers). Speech Coding (23 papers). Speech Analysis and Recognition (25 papers). Applications (17 papers). Two-Dimensional Signal Processing (17 papers). Image Processing (23 papers). Digital Video (9 papers). Image Analysis (23 papers). Detection and Estimation (36 papers). Communications (19 papers). Radar (10 papers). Geophysics (4 papers). Chips (8 papers). Implementations (24 papers). Biomedical Applications (20 papers). Author Index. Edited by I.T.Young,  R.P.W.Duin,  J.Biemond,  J.J.Gerbrands  Out of print lii + 1436 pages (in 2 vols.) Hardbound
    0-444-70085-4 060601

    16782 BK Out of print Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Oxides of Nitrogen
    1981
    PERGAMON Scientists in many fields are interested in the oxides of nitrogen, which surround us both in the atmosphere and in the many fluids we encounter daily. This volume comprises experimental solubility data of gaseous nitrous oxide and nitric oxide in all liquids as reported in the scientific literature; tables of smoothed mole fraction solubility values for systems which have been studied over a range of temperatures; and critical evaluations of the experimental data (partial) Foreword

    Preface

    Introduction

    Nitrous oxide

    Water

    Seawater

    Electrolyte solutions (aqueous)

    Weak electrolyte and non-electrolyte solutions (aqueous)

    Colloids (aqueous)

    Organic compounds

    Biological fluids

    Miscellaneous fluids

    Nitric Oxide

    Water

    Salt solutions

    Ferrous salts (aqueous)

    Ferrous salts (non-aqueous)

    Ferric salts

    Copper salts (aqueous)

    Copper salts (non-aqueous)

    Other salt solutions

    Organic compounds

    Inorganic compounds

    System index

    Registry number index

    Author index Edited by C. L.Young SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series8  Out of print 384 pages Hardbound
    0-08-023924-2 030300

    697212 BK ISBN/0721618103 Nursing: Leadership and Management
    Nursing Administration
    From Concepts to Practice First Edition 1988
    SAUNDERS This advanced text and reference for graduate nursing administration courses and practicing administrators balances management concepts with practical examples from the "real world". Especially interesting chapters include "Games and Playing Strategies" and "Risk Management". By LauraYoung  Out of print 456 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-1810-3 999999

    704442 BK ISBN/1416024611 Medical Assisting and Transcription
    Medical Assisting Online to Accompany Kinn's The Medical Assistant (Text, User Guide and Access Code)
    First Edition 2005
    SAUNDERS By AlexandraYoung,  DeborahProctor  Out of print Network Version
    1-4160-2461-1 999999

    504864 BK Out of print Mathematics History and Biography
    Mathematicians and Their Times
    1981
    NORTH-HOLLAND By L.Young NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies48  Out of print Hardbound
    0-444-86135-1 050500

    29591 RJ Out of print Physics (General)
    Life Sciences and Space Research XXIV (1)
    Gravitational Biology Proceedings of Symposia 10 & 13 and the Topical Meeting of the COSPAR Interdisciplinary Scientific Commission F (Meetings F1 & F2) of the COSPAR Twenty-eighth Plenary Meeting held in The Hague, The Netherlands, June 1990 Previously published as Advances in Space Research, Volume 12, Number 1 and supplied to subscribers as part of their subscription but available for separate purchase 1992
    PERGAMON With the development of space flight, the new environmental parameter "weightlessness" or "microgravity" has become a powerful tool to biologists. Manipulating the g factor from its norm of 1 down to nearly zero offers the opportunity of studying the mechanisms of biological response to the gravity stimulus. The relationships of gravity, and its absence, to structure, function and evolution of living cells, organs or organisms were extensively dealt with during the symposium on "Biological Response to Gravity". Commencing with theoretical considerations, the symposium explored results on adaptation processes of subcellular and cellular structures, developmental biology, polarity and graviresponses in plants, and musculoskeletal and cardiovascular phenomena in mammals, including humans. Human expeditions to Mars have been considered as an ideal candidate for international cooperation in space enterprises for the next century. To this end, discussions took place regarding the problems arising during long-term human stay in space and potential concepts to counteract physiological and psychological stress were submitted, incorporating both habitability and architecture considerations. Section headings and selected papers: Biological Response to Gravity. Theories and models of biological response to gravity - an introduction, A Cogoli. Possible actions of gravity on the cellular machinery, D A M Mesland. Physical effects at the cellular level under altered gravity conditions, P Todd. Synaptic plasticity and gravity; ultrastructural, biochemical and physico-chemical fundamentals, H Rahmann et al. The function of calcium in plant graviperception, N A Belyavskaya. Peculiarities of the submicroscopic organization of chlorella cells cultivated on a solid medium in microgravity, K M Sytnik et al. Developmental biology on unmanned space craft, G A Ubbels. Microcomputer-based monitoring of cardiovascular functions in simulated microgravity, K Tahvanainen et al. Circadian rhythms in a long-term duration space-flight, A M Alpatov. Human Factors with Respect to Manned Missions to Mars. Human factor in manned Mars mission, E A Ilyin et al. An attempt to determine the ideal psychological profiles for crews of long-term space missions, H Ursin et al. Human Performance in Space. Summing-up cosmonaut participation in long-term space flights, A I Grigoriev. Some medical aspects of an 8-month's space flight, O Yu Atkov. Development of life support requirements for long-term space flight, J D Rummel. Gravitational Effects in Bio-Processing and Bio-Separation. Influence of buoyancy-driven convection on protein separation by free-flow electrophoresis, M J Clifton et al. Protein crystal growth aboard the US space shuttle flights STS-31 and STS-32, L J DeLucas et al. Author Index. Edited by R.S.Young,  A.Cogoli,  H.Planel,  G.A.Ubbels,  A.Sievers ASRAdvances in Space Research12/1  Out of print 416 pages Paperback
    0-08-041843-0 050505

    702976 BK ISBN/1416001174 Medical Assisting and Transcription
    Kinn's The Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package (Revised Reprint)
    Ninth Edition 2004
    SAUNDERS New edition! This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It includes Kinn's The Medical Assistant, 9th Edition Textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product, please click on the link provided below. By AlexandraYoung  Out of print .
    1-4160-0117-4 999999

    697474 BK ISBN/0721601332 Medical Assisting and Transcription
    Kinn's The Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package
    Ninth Edition 2003
    SAUNDERS This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It includes The Medical Assistant textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product, please click on the link provided below. By AlexandraYoung  Out of print .
    0-7216-0133-2 999999

    501342 BK Out of print Neuroscience and Physiological Psychology (General), Clinical Neuropsychology
    Handbook of Research on Face Processing
    1989
    NORTH-HOLLAND The high degree of scientific interest in face processing is readily understandable, since people's faces provide such a wealth of social information. Moreover, investigations have produced evidence of highly precocious face processing abilities in infants, and of neural mechanisms in adults that seem to be differentially involved in face perception. Such findings demonstrate that, as one might expect, the psychological importance of the face has clear biological underpinnings. There are also urgent practical reasons for wanting to understand face processing. The most extensively investigated of these involve forensic issues. Other applications include the development of automated recognition systems for security and other purposes, and understanding and rehabilitating disorders and impairments linked to brain injuries and psychiatric conditions. Current studies of face processing are grouped in the volume into eleven topic areas. For each area, the editors approached an acknowledged authority and commissioned a review chapter summarising the findings that have been made. These chapters were then circulated to other experts who were asked to write brief commentaries that developed theoretical or empirical points of importance to each area. In this way, a balanced coverage of each topic is achieved. The book begins with a section examining the evidence suggesting that there may be something `special' about face processing. This is followed by consideration of the face as a visual pattern. Then there are four sections dealing with major uses of facial information, followed by sections discussing the development of face processing abilities and the neural mechanisms involved. The last three sections of the book deal with topics for which there are important practical applications for the studies reported. Specificity. Papers by: H.D. Ellis, A.W. Young; E. de Renzi; S.C. Levine; J. Morton, M. Johnson. Structural Processing. Papers by: J. Sergent; J.L. Bradshaw; V. Bruce. Expressions. Papers by: H. Oster, L. Daily, P. Goldenthal; R.D. Phillips, C.E. Izard; T. Pitcairn; E.A. Salzen. Lipreading. Papers by: R. Campbell; A.W. Ellis; M. Studdert-Kennedy; Q. Summerfield et al. Semantic Processing. Papers by: A.W. Young, H.D. Ellis; J.C. Bartlett; P.H.K. Seymour; G. Tiberghien. Social Attribution. Papers by: J. Shepherd; J.C. Brigham; B.A. Shapiro, M. Eppler. Development. Papers by: R. Flin, S. Dziurawiec; S. de Schonen; D.M. Thomson; G. Turkewitz. Neural Mechanisms. Papers by: A.R. Damasio; B. Kolb; C.A. Marzi. Disorders. Papers by: R. Bruyer; E.H.F. de Haan; P. Zoccolotti, L. Pizzamiglio. Computer Recognition. Papers by: V. Bruce, M. Burton; R.J. Baron; W.A. Phillips, L.S. Smith. Forensic Issues. Papers by: K.R. Laughery, M.S. Wogalter; G.M. Davies; K.A. Deffenbacher; J. Goodman, E.F. Loftus. Indexes. Edited by A.W.Young,  H.D.Ellis  Out of print xiv + 606 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87143-8 050504

    692534 BK ISBN/0721654479 Clinical Neurology
    Diagnosis and Management of Disorders of the Spinal Cord
    First Edition 1996
    SAUNDERS A comprehensive source of information about the spinal cord and its disorders, particularly as related to the management of clinical problems frequently encountered in patients with myelopathies. The text begins with basic material and then continues on to present a scheme for analysis and interpretation of the signs and symptoms of spinal cord disease. In addition, the many spinal cord disorders are reviewed to present concepts regarding their etiology, clinical features and treatment possibilities. By RobertYoung,  RobertWoolsey  Out of print 500 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-5447-9 999999

    30158 BK Out of print Analytical Chemistry, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Cumulative Index Volumes 40-52
    Volume 53 of the IUPAC Solubility Data Series 1993
    PERGAMON This Cumulative Index covers Volumes 40 to 52 inclusive of the IUPAC Solubility Data Series. The first cumulative index, Volume 19, covered the first eighteen volumes and the second cumulative index covered Volumes 20 to 38 inclusive. These indices have been produced in the hope that it will enable workers to locate data for a system of interest together with data on closely related systems without the necessity of consulting several indices of the individual volumes. The index consists of three sections: a System Index, a Chemical Abstracts Registry Number Index and an Author Index. Foreword. Preface. System Index. Registry Number Index. Author Index. Solubility Data Series: Published Volumes. Edited by C.L.Young SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series53  Out of print 190 pages Hardbound
    0-08-042255-1 030300

    27346 BK Out of print Analytical Chemistry, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Cumulative Index Volumes 20-38
    1989
    PERGAMON This Cumulative Index covers Volumes 20 to 38 of the Solubility Data Series. The first cumulative index, Volume 19, published in 1985, covered the first eighteen volumes of the series. Both indexes have been produced to enable workers to locate data both for the system of interest and closely related systems without the necessity of consulting the indexes of individual volumes. The index consists of three sections: a System Index, an Author Index and a Chemical Contracts Registry Number Index. Section headings: System Index. Registry Number Index. Author Index. Edited by C.L.Young SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series39  Out of print 382 pages Hardbound
    0-08-037205-8 030300

    22101 BK Out of print Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Cumulative Index
    1985
    PERGAMON The first 18 volumes in the Solubility Data Series were published between 1979 and 1984 and encompass a wide range of systems for which reported solubility data have been compiled and critically evaluated. This volume contains three comprehensive cumulative indexes (chemical system, author and Chemical Abstracts Registry Number), enabling workers to locate data for a system of interest and alerting them to the fact that data for closely related systems may also be available, without the necessity of checking the several individual indexes in each published volume. Foreword. Preface. System index. Registry Number index. Author index. Edited by C.L.Young SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series19  Out of print 310 pages Hardbound
    0-08-032495-9 030300

    500671 BK Out of print Fuzzy Sets and Systems, Marketing, Marketing Research
    Cost Allocation
    Methods, Principles and Applications 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND Cost Allocation is concerned with the problem of how to share the common costs of an enterprise fairly among its beneficiaries. This important issue has, until recently, received relatively little attention in the economics and accounting literature. This book fills that gap by giving an in-depth treatment of recent theoretical advances. A series of case studies cover a broad range of practical problems, including telecommunication pricing, airport landing fees, and multipurpose reservoir charges. It also considers the broader fairness issues inherent in the pricing of public services. This volume will appeal to practitioners interested in how the available methods work, and to theorists concerned with the axiomatic foundations of allocation methods. I. Theory. Methods and Principles of Cost Allocation (H.P. Young). Common Cost Allocation in the Firm (G.C. Biddle and R. Steinberg). On the Use of Game-Theoretic Concepts in Cost Accounting (L.J. Mirman, Y. Tauman and I. Zang). The Cooperative Form, the Value, and the Allocation of Joint Costs and Benefits (M. Shubik). The Impossibility of Incentive-Compatible and Efficient Full Cost Allocation Schemes (T. Groves). Bargaining and Fair Allocation (T. Lensberg). II. Applications. Perceived Economic Justice: The Example of Public Utility Regulation (E.E. Zajac). Economic and Game-Theoretic Issues Associated with Cost Allocation in a Telecommunications Network (W.W. Sharkey). Cost Allocation and Pricing Policy: The Case of French Telecommunications (N. Curien). Auctioning Landing Rights at Congested Airports (M.L. Balinski and F.M. Sand). Cost Allocation in Multipurpose Reservoir Development: The Japanese Experience (N. Okada). Edited by H.P.Young  Out of print xvi + 206 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87863-7 080853

    31088 CD atlowcdrom Atmospheric Science, Climatology, Extractive Metallurgy, Marine Science and Technology, Meteorology, Ocean and Coastal Engineering
    Atlas of the Oceans: Wind and Wave Climate, CD-ROM
    1996
    PERGAMON The Atlas of the Oceans: Wind and Wave Climate is the first CD-ROM in this field to offer integrated dynamic access to spatially-consistent data, abstracts, video, graphics and full electronic text in a cross-platform multimedia environment. The CD-ROM provides a complete information resource for all those interested in global wind and wave regimes. No need for complicated user manuals - just install and go! The user-friendly interface provides intuitive access to:

  • a ready-to-use interactive database on global wind and wave parameters

  • data for every month of the year

  • searchable electronic reference source

  • video clips of Beaufort Sea States
    Exclusively for this product, the raw GEOSAT data has been processed to eliminate errors and to calibrate measurements with in situ readings. The data is further manipulated to provide a unique dataset of monthly-mean values for wind and wave parameters:

  • wind speed

  • wind speed exceedence

  • wind direction

  • wave height

  • wave height exceedence
    The parameters are displayed as colour contour Charts or as Graphs along any user-selected route.

    Charts

  • Interactive global ocean coverage

  • Zoom function for regional studies

  • Ability to overlay with wind direction and/or grids of latitude and longitude

  • Smoothing facility to show clearly defined contours

  • User can select colour scheme

    Graphs

  • Plot wind and wave parameters along any chosen route

  • Great circle or user-defined path

  • Wave height or wind speed can be plotted with wind direction

  • Ideal for ship-route planning

    Searchable Ilustrated Text Includes:

  • an introduction to global meteorology and ocean wind waves

  • information on preparation of GEOSAT data

  • a bibliography of over 600 abstracts

  • hyperlinks to related charts, graphs, and abstracts
    This unique combination of text, calibrated data, and video makes the Atlas of the Oceans: Wind and Wave Climate an essential tool for:
  • shipping operators

  • coastal, offshore and ocean engineers

  • researchers

  • tour operators

  • educators

    The atlas is the first CD-ROM title in the Ocean Science Interactive Series. It is also available packaged with an illustrated hardbound book of the same title. By I.Young,  G.Holland  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-08-042434-1 070703

    692498 BK ISBN/0721637027 Hematology
    Aplastic Anemia
    Acquired and Inherited First Edition 1994
    SAUNDERS A complete review of aplastic anemia. Disease descriptions are provided, along with information on physical and laboratory manifestations, pathophysiology, treatment and outcome. Routine clinical and specialized research evaluations are described in detail. Everything that is needed to workup, treat and determine the prognosis of a patient with bone marrow failure, pancytopenia and single cytopenia is included. By NealYoung,  BlancheAlter  Out of print 438 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-3702-7 999999

    18091 BK Out of print Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Ammonia, Amines, Phosphine & Arsine
    Ammonia, Amines, Phosphine and Arsine in Organic Solvents Proceedings of the 2nd IFAC Workshop, Indiana, USA, 11-14 October 1982 1985
    PERGAMON This volume presents a comprehensive collection and critical evaluation of solubility data published prior to June 1983 for the compounds of the title. A variety of techniques were used in the original determinations; the merits of these have been considered in the evaluation of the data. Emerging patterns of solubility behaviour for comparable systems are indicated. The editors believe that the book will both draw attention to areas where good data are lacking and stimulate further experimental work. (partial) Foreword. Preface. The solubility of gases in liquids. Ammonia solubilities. Critical evaluation of data on amine solubilities. Methanamine solubilities. N-Methylmethanamine solubilities. N,N-Dimethylmethanamine. Solubilities of deuterated amines. Solubilities of other amines. Phosphine solubilities. Arsine solubilities. Stibine solubilities. Solubilities of silane, germane and stannane. System index. Chemical Abstracts registry number index. Author index. Edited by C. L.Young, Edited by P. G. T.Fogg SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series21  Out of print 360 pages Hardbound
    0-08-026177-9 030300

    524457 BK Out of print Toxicology
    Agent Orange and its Associated Dioxin: Assessment of a Controversy
    1988
    ELSEVIER Agent Orange was a mixture of chemicals that have confronted and still challenge the scientific community to develop new chemical, analytical, biochemical, toxicological and clinical tools. The widespread appearance of the Agent Orange associated dioxin has proven to be of outstanding importance for the scientific world as well as for politicians, health authorities and environmentalists. This book explores the numerous facets of the controversy as well as the dioxin related problems accounted for by military men, doctors, scientists and lawyers. Preface. List of contributors. Introduction (A.L. Young, G.M. Reggiani). The military use of herbicides in Vietnam (A.L. Young). Historical overview of the controversy surrounding Agent Orange (G.M. Reggiani). Assessment of the animal toxicologic data for TCDD (G. Lumb). The epidemiology of Agent Orange and its associated dioxin (G.D. Lathrop). The risk of soft tissue sarcoma in veterans of the Vietnam conflict (B.M. Shepard et al.). Soft tissue sarcoma: law, science and logic, an Australian perspective (B. O'Keefe). A legal assessment of the Agent Orange controversy (A. Maskin). The political assessment: a congressional view (M. Gough). Social assessment of the Agent Orange controversy (A.L. Young). Case studies: The Missouri dioxin episode (A.F. Yanders). The Seveso, Italy, episode - July 10, 1976. (G.M. Reggiani). The Michigan dioxin episode (R.W. Leader, M.A. Kamrin). The Agent Orange phenomenon: the report of the Australian Royal Commission (J. Coombs). Conclusions and implications for the future (A.L. Young, G.M. Reggiani). Index. Edited by A.L.Young,  G.M.Reggiani  Out of print 346 pages Hardbound
    0-444-80980-5 095952

    697432 BK ISBN/0721601340 Medical Assisting and Transcription
    The Administrative Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package
    An Applied Learning Approach Fifth Edition 2003
    SAUNDERS This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It includes the Administrative Medical Assistant textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product, please click on the links provided below. By AlexandraYoung,  DeborahProctor  Out of print .
    0-7216-0134-0 999999

    692496 BK ISBN/0721651410 Neurosurgery
    Neurological Surgery
    A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems Fourth Edition 1996
    SAUNDERS The 4th edition of this comprehensive text contains over 40 chapters with contributions from many new leading experts. Section editors lend their own expertise and experience to their individual topics. Each of the five volumes is individually indexed to provide for easy reference. Includes material on the neurological examination of infants and children, pulmonary care and complications, shunt infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk disease, tumors, ethics in neurosurgery, and much more. By JulianYoumans  Out of print 4242 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-5141-0 999999

    692495 BK ISBN/0721668445 Neurosurgery
    CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
    A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems Fourth Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS Access Youmans: NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY, 4th Edition with all the speed, power, and convenience of CD-ROM (multi-user version). A simple search command brings you information on the neurological examination of infants and children, pumonary care and comlications, shunt infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk disease, tumors, ethics in neurosurgery, and much more! By JulianYoumans  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-7216-6844-5 999999

    692494 BK ISBN/0721668402 Neurosurgery
    CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
    A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurological Problems Fourth Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS Access Youmans: NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY, 4th Edition with all the speed, power, and convenience of CD-ROM (single-user version). A simple search command brings you information on the neurological examination of infants and children, pumonary care and comlications, shunt infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk disease, tumors, ethics in neurosurgery, and much more! Also features abstracts attatched to the references. By JulianYoumans  Out of print CD-ROM
    0-7216-6840-2 999999

    697181 BK ISBN/0721668461 Neurosurgery
    Book and CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
    A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems Fourth Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS By JulianYoumans  Out of print .
    0-7216-6846-1 999999

    692493 BK ISBN/0721668453 Neurosurgery
    Book and CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
    A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems Fourth Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS By JulianYoumans  Out of print .
    0-7216-6845-3 999999

    24997 BK Out of print Control Systems
    Automation in Mining, Mineral & Metal Processing 1986
    Selected Papers from the 5th IFAC Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 24-29\August 1986 1987
    PERGAMON This volume discusses the developments and automation in mining and in mineral and metal processing industries. Topics covered include the use of robot controlled tunnelling machines; mineral separation and processing techniques; gridding systems, and the design of plants to give an overview of these industries today. (partial) Recent developments in automation of steel rolling, M Oshima. The power of model based control strategies for mineral processing operations, J Herbst. A design method for the control of coal clearance system, G A Evans & J B Edwards. Design of automated jumbo drilling robot manipulator, C Y Ho & Yao Jianchi. Wireless control system for mining machine, V Antipov & V Kononov. Process control for mineral processing plants, W J Whiten. Blast furnace system identification by a Maximum Likelihood Method, T N Chang et al. Edited by Y.Yoshitani IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8710  Out of print 538 pages Hardbound
    0-08-034069-5 060600

    523200 BK Out of print Neuroscience, Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Neuroendocrinology, Neuroimmunology, Neuropathology, Neurophysiology, Pharmacology
    New Trends in Autonomic Nervous System Research
    Basic and Clinical Integration Selected Proceedings of the 20th International Congress of Neurovegetative Research, Tokyo, Japan, 10-14 September 1990 1991
    EXCERPTA MEDICA The autonomic nervous system innervates every organ of the body and plays a vital role in "Supporting Life and Health". This main theme of the 20th International Congress of Neurovegetative Research reflects the enormous scope and importance of medical research relating to the autonomic nervous system. The field of neurovegetative research is attracting interdisciplinary interest from both basic medical research scientists and clinicians. This volume covers recent advances and introduces new insight into the autonomic nervous system, notably the interaction between autonomic nervous system and immune processes, biorhythm and psychosomatic processes, occurring in the body and mind. Its content was extracted from 10 special lectures, 13 symposia and many free papers and contributes to a growing body of research stemming from the most innovative methodologies and broad-based approaches. As interdisciplinary links grow stronger, neurovegetative research will ultimately play a direct role in finding cures for disease and developing medical treatments. Preface. Lectures (9 papers). Autonomic nervous system and immune disorders (5 papers). Temperature regulation and its dysfunction - Contribution of humoral factors (5 papers). Thermal regulation (14 papers). Autonomic nerve innervation of pupil and accommodation (5 papers). Pupil (7 papers). Diabetes mellitus and autonomic nerve: Heart, sensory nerve, pupil and others (4 papers). Neural control and dysfunction of gastrointestinal tract (4 papers). Clinical autonomic function testing: Reappraisal and new technologies (3 papers). Clinical evaluation of autonomic functions (16 papers). Recent advances in the treatment of autonomic disorders (4 papers). Gastrointestinal tract (30 papers). Autonomic control and dysfunction of circulation and respiration (4 papers). Circulation and respiration I ( 16 papers). Circulation and respiration II (19 papers). Somatosensory regulation of autonomic and endocrine functions (4 papers). Somatosensory regulation (7 papers). Transmitters and receptors I (3 papers). Transmitters and receptors II (9 papers). Autonomic nervous regulation of metabolic activities (8 papers). Sexual function and the autonomic nervous system (5 papers). Sexual and urinary functions and disorders (6 papers). Multiple system atrophy with autonomic failure (4 papers). Autonomic dysfunction (15 papers). Chronobiology and chronomedicine (6 papers). Autonomic interactions and acupuncture (6 papers). Autonomic nervous centers (9 papers). Index of Authors. Edited by M.Yoshikawa,  M.Uono,  H.Tanabe,  S.Ishikawa ICSInternational Congress Series951  Out of print xxviii + 624 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81407-8 096965

    502119 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE
    New Technologies for Production Management Systems
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Working Conference, Tokyo, Japan, 1-3 October 1986 1987
    NORTH-HOLLAND This book gives valuable insight into the differences in the approach to Production Management between Japan and the West. The invited paper by O. Kimura of Toyota, scientific papers by K. Ando et al. and H. Onari et al., The Round Table on ``Japanese Way of Production Management'', and the discussion after many of the papers, all help towards a better understanding of the difference between the two approaches. Invited Paper: The Toyota Production System: Today and Tomorrow (O. Kimura). Principles of Production Management. Reconsidering Ten Conventions of Production Management (E. Eloranta, J. Räisänen). A Multi-Dimensional Approach to Incorporating Production Management Systems in Integrated Manufacturing (J.O. Riis). Dynamic Analysis as Part of Technological Planning - A Tool for Designing Future-Oriented Production Management Systems (H. Hübner). Impacts and Consequences of New Technologies on Production Management Systems (S. Augustin, R. Gündling, H. Hübner). Integration and Decentralization in an Assemble-to-Order Company (J.C. Wortmann, J.P.J. Timmer). Computer-Aided Design of Production Systems. Computer Aided Design for Advanced Manufacturing Systems (G. Doumeingts, E. Poumeyrol). Two-Stage Decision-Making for Feasible and Efficient FMS Management (L. Pun). Towards Integration. The Automated Manufacturing Research Facility at the National Bureau of Standards (C.R. McLean, P.F. Brown). CAD/CAM Integration for Production Management (K. Ando, H. Yoshikawa). Knowledge Engineering. Application of Knowledge Engineering in Production Management: A Case Study on Aggregate Planning (J. Hynynen). A Data-Driven Simulator (P. Falster). Design of Information Systems. Hierarchical Control Structure of FMS - Petri Net Method (J. Favrel et al.). Intelligent Mail - Tool for Decentralisation of Production Management (H. Hämmäinen, E. Eloranta, A.-M. Milin). A New Method for On-Line Storage, Access and Update of Engineering Documents in a Manufacturing Industry (D. Krishnamurthy et al.). Production Control Command System (H. Onari et al.). Throughput Time and Profitability (J.L. Burbidge). Round Table. The Japanese Way of Production Management. Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  J.L.Burbidge  Out of print x + 380 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70250-4 050504

    521379 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE, Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems, CIM / CAM, Manufacturing Logistics, Robotics
    Intelligent CAD, III
    Selected and Reviewed Papers and Reports from the IFIP TC5/WG5.2 Third International Workshop on Computer Aided Design, Osaka, Japan, 26-29 September 1989 1991
    NORTH-HOLLAND Design is at least as much a process of discovery as it is a purposeful manipulation of facts into a contemplated solution. Although the aspect of design which involves discovery can perhaps never be fully automated, we can expect to build systems to aid or to automate various problem solving aspects of design. The concept of an intelligent CAD system as the computer side of an effective human-computer team working on a design problem is by now well established. Such a team should relieve human designers from the routine and more mundane tasks encountered in the course of a design, allowing them to concentrate on more creative aspects. A conventional CAD system merely documents the outcome of a design, while an intelligent CAD system makes a meaningful contribution to the actual progress of a design.

    This volume contains the results of the IFIP workshop on intelligent CAD. Included are reports from the chairpersons of the three subgroups and plenary sessions, invited papers, and papers selected from contributions. The selected papers were first reviewed by the program committee and chairpersons and then revised based on their comments. Together with the proceedings from the previous two workshops, this volume contains an exhaustive documentation of the development of intelligent CAD. Invited Paper. Possible Contributions of Information Processing Technology to CAD (M. Nagao). Chairpersons' Reports. The 1989 IFIP Intelligent CAD Workshop: Introduction to Sub-Group Discussions (T. Holden). Emergent Themes in Intelligent CAD (D.C. Brown). General Discussion 3 (A. Bijl). Design Object Representation (F. Arbab). Architecture and Implementation Subgroup (F. Kimura). Design Processes and Intelligent Computer-Aided Design (M.B. Waldron). Selected Papers. Relations, Functions and Constraints without Prescriptions (A. Bijl). Compilation: The Hidden Dimension of Design Systems (D.C. Brown). Implementing the Design Methodology (H. Grabowski, T. Benz). A Transformational Programming Architecture (I. Green, T. Holden). A Truth Maintenance System for Assisting Prototype Based Machine Design (M. Inui, F. Kimura). An Architecture to Model Design Intelligence for Creative Conceptual Design (Y. Kishi). WAYT: Towards a Modeling Environment for Assembled Products (M. Mäntylä). Hypermedia Integration into Intelligent CAD Environments (J.A. McCullough). A Constraint-Based Hybrid Engineering Design System (N. Murtagh, M. Shimura). On the Role of Delegation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Database Systems (D.B.M. Otten, P.J.W. ten Hagen). Learning in Engineering Design (A. Persidis, A. Duffy). The Generation of Design Solutions Using Metric Space Methods (T. Taura, H. Yoshikawa). Improving Design Knowledge by Learning (J. Váncza). Observations and Conclusions from Industrial Use of a Prototype Intelligent CAD System (J.D. Wilker, S.A. Conradson). A Philosophical Basis for Support Systems for Evolutionary Design (D.O. Williams). Participants List. Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  F.Arbab  Out of print xii + 350 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89172-2 050503

    504635 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE, Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems, CIM / CAM, Manufacturing Logistics, Robotics
    Intelligent CAD, II
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Second Workshop, Cambridge, UK, 19-22 September 1988 1990
    NORTH-HOLLAND CAD systems are able to manipulate geometrical shapes but some would say that ``Computer-Aided Design'' is a misnomer, that current CAD systems help with drawing rather than designing. This book presents the latest research regarding the concept of intelligent CAD systems that assist designers throughout the design process, are capable of dealing with any object, and may be connected with any other information processing system (i.e. CAM). Preface (H. Yoshikawa, T. Holden). Invited Papers: Mental Models (P.N. Johnson-Laird). The Boundaries and Internals of Expert Systems in Engineering Design (S.A. Gregory). Chairperson's Report. Papers from Participants: Reasoning about Geometric Constraints (F. Arbab, B. Wang). A Methodology and Languages for Design Knowledge Acquisition (J.-M. Boyle). Exploiting Knowledge in a CAD/CAM System Architecture (U. Cugini, B. Falcidieno, P. Mussio). Qualitative Kinematics and Computer-Aided Design (B. Faltings). An Intelligent Assistant for the Interactive Design of Complex VLSI Systems (T. Holden). Representation and Manipulation of Product Modeling Process by Using Data Dependency (M. Inui, F. Kimura). Functional Modelling: A New Development in Computer-Aided Design (A.L. Johnson). An Intelligent Mixed Symbolic/Numerical System for the Design of Mechanical Linkages (G.A. Kramer, H.G. Barrow). Position Paper on Intelligent CAD Issues (J. McCullough). Conceptual Combination in CAD (R. Murphy). Design Objects and their Representation for Buildings and Structures (D.R. Rigopoulos, I.J. Oppenheim). GRAFLOG: A Notion of Design for Intelligent CAD (L.A. Pineda, J. Lee, A. Bijl). IBDE, VIKA, ARCHPLAN: Architecture for Design Knowledge Representation, Acquisition, and Application (G. Schmitt). Synthesizing Product's Shapes with Geometric Design Constraints and Reasoning (H. Suzuki, H. Ando, F. Kimura). Logical Formalization of Design Processes for Intelligent CAD Systems (H. Takeda, T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). Geometric Search Spaces in Design (R. Woodbury, C. Carlson, J. Heisserman). An Architecture of Intelligent CAD Having Natural Language Interface (M. Yukishita, Y. Nakamura, Y. Ishikawa). Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  T.Holden  Out of print xiv + 380 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88850-0 050503

    502172 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE, Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems, CIM / CAM, Manufacturing Logistics, Robotics
    Intelligent CAD, I
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Workshop, Boston, MA, USA, 6-8 October 1987 1989
    NORTH-HOLLAND Current CAD (Computer-Aided Design) systems, as used in many industries, are able to manipulate geometrical shapes very successfully. However, some would say that CAD means ``Computer-Aided Drawing'', i.e. CAD is only a very sophisticated drawing board, never intended to assist the thought processes of the designer. Automated design systems do exist, but these are limited to specific products with only a few varying parameters. This book deals with ``Intelligent CAD'', the concept of a system that could assist designers throughout the design process, deal with any object, and be connected to any other information processing system, such as CAM. The research papers collected here are from designers, and from researchers in Artificial Intelligence and Computer Science. Part I: Reports. Design Object Modeling (F. Arbab). Modeling of the Design Process (M.B. Waldron). Architecture of Intelligent CAD Systems (F. Kimura). Intelligent CAD Research Issues (K.J. MacCallum). Report on the Closing Session (D.C. Gossard). Part II: Invited Papers. General Design Theory as a Formal Theory of Design (H. Yoshikawa). Part III: Selected Papers. The Third Meaning of a Logical Formula (T. Yagiu). Multiple Worlds in an Intelligent CAD System (P.J. Veerkamp). A Consideration of Intelligent CAD Systems (S. Ohsuga). A Discussion of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning in ``Intelligent'' CAD (H. Schmekel, L. Wingard, T. Kjellberg). A Framework on Formalization of Design Object for Intelligent CAD (M. Onosato, H. Yoshikawa). Research in Designing with Features (J.R. Dixon, J.J. Cunningham, M.K. Simmons). An Approach to Geometric Reasoning (R.F. Woodbury, I.J. Oppenheim). Design-Diagnosis Using Feature Description (T. Murakami, N. Nakajima). Making Design Routine (D.C. Brown). Design Knowledge Capture and Causal Simulation (P. Pu, N.I. Badler). Achieving Multiple Goals in Conceptual Design (K.T. Ulrich, W.P. Seering). Design in a Distributed Blackboard Framework (C. Kitzmiller, V. Jagannathan). Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  D.Gossard  Out of print xii + 242 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87474-7 050503

    524872 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE, Applications (General), Information Systems Applications, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, Physical Sciences and Engineering, Software Engineering
    Information Infrastructure Systems for Manufacturing
    Proceedings of the JSPE/IFIP TC5/WG5.3 Workshop, DIISM '93, Tokyo, Japan, 8-10 November 1993 1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND The possible benefits, the external characteristics, and the broad-range requirements of information infrastructure systems for intelligent manufacturing systems are widely known. However, it is recognized that various problems are impeding achievement in this area, including the lack of understanding and agreement about techniques and methods for coordinating and systematizing the broad-range information processing requirements, and for synthesizing these requirements into deeply structured, easily adaptable and comprehensive conceptual models. This hampers the development of information infrastructures amalgamating the conceptual models and computing/communication/storage technologies, and the development of intelligent manufacturing systems amalgamating the information infrastructures with advanced machine tools and skillful people.

    This publication elaborates on these issues and affords a greater understanding of, and agreement about, methods, techniques and tools for solving related problems. To ensure an in-depth coverage of the wide problem domain, contributions, sourced from reknowned experts, are focused on some of the most relevant research and development issues. The book will provide a useful foundation of information for further research and development on information infrastructure systems for manufacturing. Preface. Program Committee. Organizing Committee. Sponsors. Table of Contents. Keynote Papers. Architectures for integrating manufacturing activities and enterprises (T.J. Williams, P. Bernus, J. Brosvic, D. Chen, G. Doumeingts, L. Nemes, J.L. Nevins, B. Vallespir, J. Vlietstra, D. Zoetekouw). Intelligent manufacturing systems: technical cooperation that transcends cultural differences (H. Yoshikawa). Enterprise Modelling Frameworks. Invited paper: The Purdue Enterprise Reference Architecture (T.J. Williams). Invited paper: CIMOSA: enterprise modelling and enterprise integration using a process-based approach (F. Vernadat). Invited paper: Architecture of integrated information systems (ARIS) (A.-W. Scheer). GIM (GRAI Integrated Methodology) and its evolutions - a methodology to design and specify advanced manufacturing systems (G. Doumeingts, D. Chen, B. Vallespir, P. Fénié, F. Marcotte). Modelling Tools & Concepts. Invited paper: Enterprise formulae and information infrastructures for manufacturing (J. Goossenaerts). Towards a formal agent-oriented requirements definition of manufacturing systems (M. Derroitte, E. Dubois, P. Du Bois, M. Petit, J.-P. Michel). Enterprise process integration model and infrastructure (C. Bussler). A social human activity model as an information infrastructure system (R. Atsumi). An enterprise model as a design tool for information infrastructure (U. Graefe, W. Chan). Requirements and Case Studies. Invited paper: The role of information systems infrastructure in production management (K. Inagaki). Invited paper: Information infrastructure requirements for preserving flexibility of flexible manufacturing systems (H. van Brussel, P. Valckenaers). CIMOSA pilot implementation for technology transfer (B.R. Katzy, W. Eversheim, M. Dobberstein, K. Feuerborn, J. Friedrich, O. Krah, G. Mueller, F.-J. Stepprath). The use of design management frameworks to support an information infrastructure for CIM (D.C.H. Sng, T.K. Wang, R.K.L. Gay). A framework of intellectual infrastructure for complex product realization (Y. Shibata, T. Sumita). Conflicts in manufacturing systems - a problem setting (M. Horváth, A. Márkus, J. Váncza). Intelligent assembly system in distributed production environment (E. Arai, N. Uchiyama, K. Iwata). NORMAN/DEBORA: a powerful CAD-integrating automatic sequencing system including advanced DOE/RSM techniques for various engineering optimization problems (R. Cartuyvels, L.H. Dupas). Optimized information structure for design and scheduling (R. Rentsch). A product assembly and restoration planning system for ecologically conscious factories (S. Wong, J.C. Fu, C.A. Troy). Man-machine cooperation in real-time control: two case studies for future control systems (X. Gandibleux, I. Crévits, P. Millot). Information & Communication Technology. Invited paper: A computer-supported framework for concurrent engineering - an approach based on virtual manufacturing (F. Kimura). Invited paper: Time critical communication architecture in factory automation (N. Nakano).Invited paper: Architectures for real-time intelligent control systems (M.G. Rodd, J. Holt, A.V. Jones). Engineering office systems for concurrent engineering (H. Masui, A. Tanaka, K. Miyoshi). Cooperation issues in holonic manufacturing systems (S.M. Deen). Transaction model of automated guided vehicles (S. Hamada, M. Takizawa). Participants & Authors. Participants' list. Index of authors. Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  J.Goossenaerts IFIPTBIFIP Transactions B: Computer Applications in TechnologyB-14  Out of print 444 pages Paperback
    0-444-81681-X 050504

    502118 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE
    Design Theory for CAD
    Proceedings of the IFIP WG5.2 Working Conference, Tokyo, Japan, 1-3 October 1985 1987
    NORTH-HOLLAND Since the process of design is determined by the amount and type of knowledge available to the designer, it may be treated as a problem of information processing. This book aims at establishing a paradigm of design theory through scientific discussion - essential to the continued development of computer-aided design. The contributions are drawn from many fields of technology: mechanical, electrical, architectural, naval architectural, and computer software. This broad base allows an accurate presentation of the state-of-the-art in the research and development of intelligent CAD, and an assessment of practical problems such as the selection of CAD tools. The conclusions drawn will be of importance to those involved in both basic and applied research, and in design. 1. An Approach to Design Theory (A. Bijl). Structures as Models in the Design and Development of a System (W.E. Eder). 2. Representing and Reasoning about Designs (G.A. Kramer). Extended General Design Theory (T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). Invited paper: An Attempt at a Holistic View of Design (J. Hatvany). 3. Geometric Reasoning: A New Paradigm for Processing Geometric Information (F. Arbab, J.M. Wing). CONMOTO: A Machine Part Description System Based on Designer's Mental Processes (M. Ito, M. Kono and K. Hayashi). 4. Knowledge-Based Mathematical Programming: A Hybrid Approach for Decision Making in Design (F. Mistree, H. Karandikar and S. Kamal). Activities in CAD System Research (G. Spur, F.-L. Krause). Models and Methods for the Implementation of Decision Support Systems Aiming at the Evaluation and Selection of CAD-Systems (J.L. Encarnacao, L.A. Messina and Z. Markov). 5. An Intelligent Concept Design Assistant (K.J. MacCallum, A. Duffy and S. Green). Theoretical Framework for Computer Aided Innovative Design (T. Takala). Knowledge-Based Planning as a Design Paradigm (J.S. Gero, R.D. Coyne). 6. Invited paper: A Specific Problem and Design Theory (E. Warman). The Arcade and OSA Contribution to the Theory of Integrated CAD Systems (G. Marechal). Edited by H.Yoshikawa,  E.A.Warman  Out of print x + 464 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70151-6 050503

    504802 BK Out of print Theory and Mathematics (General)
    Design and Synthesis
    Proceedings of the International Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 11-13 July 1984 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by H.Yoshikawa  Out of print Hardbound
    0-444-87705-3 050504

    500921 BK Out of print Chemical Health and Safety, Chemical Engineering, Ecotoxicology, Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes, Industrial Chemistry
    Safety of Reactive Chemicals
    1987
    ELSEVIER Accidents involving reactive chemicals can often be prevented, or their effects alleviated, if those handling them have a sound knowledge both of their hazardous properties and of appropriate handling methods. This book provides the necessary information. It opens with a description of some typical case histories of accidents involving reactive chemicals. Evaluation methods of energy hazard without computation and testing are then given (useful for preliminary hazard assessment), followed by two practical methods for predicting energy hazard by computation. All the data necessary for calculation are given so that the reader may easily apply these methods to his own problems. In the next three chapters, the testing methods are introduced in detail and examples of results of each test and comprehensive evaluations are given. The final three chapters deal in turn with activities of safety organizations in different countries, emergency response systems, and countermeasures to be adopted for the storage and handling of reactive chemicals in areas where earthquakes may occur. There are few books available on this subject and none which covers it so comprehensively. The contents are both comprehensive and new; each of the methods described is practical, effective and of low cost; and many of the application results are from the author's own laboratory. The book will be useful to those in public and industrial safety laboratories, R & D chemical laboratories, Fire Departments, explosives manufacturers, and those responsible for the transportation of hazardous materials. 1. Fire and Explosion Hazards of Reactive Chemicals. 2. Evaluation of Energy Hazard. 3. Calculations to Predict Heat of Reaction, Explosion, Deflagration and Exothermic Decomposition. 4. Standard Tests for Reactive Substances. 5. Screening Tests. 6. Comprehensive Evaluation. 7. Activities of Safety Organizations in Different Countries. 8. Emergency Response Systems for Hazardous Goods. 9. Countermeasures in Earthquakes for Reactive Chemicals. Subject Index. By T.Yoshida ISSIndustrial Safety Series1  Out of print 420 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42748-1 030305

    504058 BK Out of print Clinical Endocrinology
    Recent Progress in Posterior Pituitary Hormones 1988
    Proceedings of the Satellite Symposium on Posterior Pituitary Hormones, Hakone, Japan, 14-16 July 1988. 1988
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Due to the rapid progress and expansion during the past decade in both clinical and basic research regarding the specialized field of posterior pituitary hormones it was considered appropriate to organize a satellite symposium of the 8th International Congress of Endocrinology in order to clarify the status of the present knowledge available. Held in Hakone, Japan, July 14-16, 1988, the recent progress in research was presented in 49 lectures and 76 posters, and was discussed by nearly 150 scientists from 17 countries. This volume contains the proceedings of the lectures given during this symposium. The various aspects of posterior pituitary hormones and related fields were covered, leaving the impression that greater insight into this specialized endocrine system would lead to a significant unravelling of many of the as yet unanswered questions in neurobiology a well as in clinical medicine. Researchers and students who are interested in the field of neuroendocrinology and female reproductive endocrinology along with physicians who are interested in the field of water and electrolyte metabolism will find this volume interesting and informative. I. CNS Control of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (14 papers). II. The Role of Posterior Pituitary Hormones on Behaviour (3 papers). III. Pharmacological Use of Vasopressin and Oxytocin Analogues (5 papers). IV. Biosyntheses and Release of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (10 papers). V. Distribution of Posterior Pituitary Hormones and their Physiological Significance in the Body (4 papers). VI. Mechanism of Action of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (3 papers). VII. Interaction of Vasopressin and Oxytocin with Other Hormones (4 papers). VIII. Posterior Pituitary Function in Clinical Disorders (6 papers). Author index. Edited by S.Yoshida,  L.Share ICSInternational Congress Series797  Out of print xii + 428 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81045-5 096965

    500229 BK Out of print Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
    New Synthetic Methodology and Functionally Interesting Compounds
    Proceedings of the 3rd International Kyoto Conference on New Aspects of Organic Chemistry, Kyoto, Japan, 18-22 Nov. 1985 1986
    ELSEVIER The creation of organic compounds with novel functions is a relatively new field and one with a remarkably bright future. There are many problems to explore, and new concepts are required for interpreting discoveries - concepts which, in turn, will lead to further discoveries. The internationally known experts, whose plenary and invited lectures appear in this book, covered the following topics: new methodology and strategy in organic synthesis; functionally interesting (i.e. biochemically interesting) compounds or systems; and photochemically, electrically and magnetically interesting organic compounds. Chemical developments aimed at creating organic compounds with novel functions have the potential to make important contributions to the biosciences, physical sciences, and materials science. This volume will therefore provide much to interest a wide-ranging readership. I. New Synthetic Methodology. The invention of new organic reactions (D.H.R. Barton, S.Z. Zard). Carbene-metal complexes: new processes and applications in organic synthesis (M.F. Semmelhack et al.). Organic synthesis with the use of silica gel as an effective catalyst (M. Hojo). Ortho-exclusive Friedel-Crafts reaction of anilines and its use in drug synthesis (T. Sugasawa). An introduction of chiral centers into acyclic systems based on stereoselective ketone reduction. A total synthesis of (+)-pederin (T. Oishi). Applications of amides to organic synthesis (L. Ghosez). Aldol reactions directed to synthetic control (T. Mukaiyama). II. Biologically Interesting Compounds. Synthesis of physiologically active steroidal natural products (T. Kametani). Tumor promotion: pharmacological and synthetic studies (P.A. Wender et al.). Total synthesis of the latrunculins: architecturally novel marine natural products (A.B. Smith III et al.). Recent progress towards the total synthesis of the antitumor agent vinblastine (P. Magnus et al.). Synthetic studies on microbial metabolites (Ch. Tamm). Syntheses of complex oligosaccharide chains of glycoconjugates (H. Paulsen). Structural studies on bio-active molecules (D.H. Williams). Recent advances in the chemistry of cypridina bioluminescence (T. Goto). Design of sequence specific DNA binding molecules: bis(distamycin) phenoxazone (P.B. Dervan, J.P. Sluka). III. Photochemically, Electrically or Magnetically Interesting Compounds. A novel type of organic semiconductors: molecular fastener (H. Inokuchi). Structurally new electron donors designed for development of organic conductors (I. Murata, K. Nakasuji). Synthesis of electrically conducting compounds in a polymeric matrix (J. Bargon). Functional aspect of organic compounds related to the storage of photoenergy (K. Itch, K. Honda). Synthesis of organic metals: highly functionalized molecules (F. Wudl, K.A. Williams). One-two- and three-dimensional approaches to conducting and superconducting molecular solids (K. Bechgaard et al.). ``Superparamagnetic'' polycabenes (H. Iwamura). IV. Biomimetic Systems. Directed catalytic functionalization reactions (R. Breslow). Index. Edited by Z.-I.Yoshida SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry25  Out of print xiv + 442 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98996-X 030302

    524512 BK Out of print Neuroscience, Molecular Biology, Neurochemistry
    Neurotransmitter Receptors and Intracellular Signaling
    Proceedings of the Ninth Workshop on Neurotransmitters and Diseases, Yokohama, June 13, 1992 1993
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Recently, reports on how information is transmitted to the cell following the activation of transmitter receptors by transmitters themselves have accumulated rapidly; thus research in this area has made remarkable progress. This volume presents current developments in the field of signal transduction, covering such topics as: membrane receptors with internal ion channels receiving extracellular signals delivered to the cell by neurotransmitters; GTP-binding proteins functioning as signal transducers in membranes; phospholipase C as one of the effectors responsible for the intracellular (or second) messenger generation; and mobilization of intracellular Ca2+ by the representative second messenger, inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate.

    The new findings presented during this workshop are of great significance, and will contribute to further advances by providing exciting scientific stimuli to scientists in this field of research. Preface. Introduction. Session I. Molecular diversity of the glutamate receptor channel (M. Mishina et al..) Discussion. Modulation of GABAA response by intracellular ATP in rat CNS neurons (N. Akaike). Discussion. Activation of GTP-binding proteins and bacterial toxin-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation (T. Katada et al.). Discussion. Role of phospholipase C in signal transduction (T. Takenawa, Y. Homma, K. Matuoka). Discussion. Session II. Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor (K. Mikoshiba et al.). Discussion. Signal transduction pathways from bradykinin receptors (H. Higashida et al.). Discussion. Protein kinase C family in neurons (N. Saito et al.). Discussion. General Discussion. Author Index. Edited by H.Yoshida,  M.Ui ICSInternational Congress Series1027  Out of print 104 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89954-5 096965

    523497 BK Out of print Genetics, Cellular Immunology
    Molecular Approaches to the Study and Treatment of Human Diseases
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Genetic Intervention in Diseases with Unknown Etiology, Tokyo, Japan, 30 November - 1 December 1990 1992
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Enormous technical advances in the field of eukaryotic genetics have provided the opportunity to study human biology as intensively as previous studies of prokaryotic biology. However, despite spectacular progress in our understanding of the molecular basis of human genetic diseases, they usually remain difficult to cure, and often fatal in the pediatric age group. This volume is timely in addressing new genetic approaches to studying and treating intractable diseases with known and unknown etiology.

    A first step in many experiments is the isolation of genes responsible for disease. The function and regulation of these genes can then be studied in vivo using the powerful techniques of mouse genetics described here so eloquently. Mouse models are invaluable in the study of immunological disorders, neuropathy, enzyme deficiency and metabolic diseases. Technology used for developing animal models of human diseases has tremendous potential for the definition of gene function and the study of developmental processes. This volume addresses possible clinical applications of gene manipulation at present and in the future. Ultimately these studies aim to increase understanding of the disease process and lead to more rational approaches to drug therapy, and secondly to refine therapies based on somatic gene transfer. Molecular Regulation in Health and Disease. Disease Genes in Humans (14 papers). Immunology (9 papers). Cell and Gene Regulation (10 papers). Animal Models. Disease Genes in Animals (9 papers). Gene Targeting (4 papers). Transgenic Mice (4 papers). New Therapies (3 papers). Summary Statement (J.M. Wilson). Index of Authors. Edited by T.O.Yoshida,  J.M.Wilson ICSInternational Congress Series966  Out of print xvi + 456 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81455-8 096965

    503927 BK Out of print Clinical Immunology, Cellular Biology, Genetics
    Basic Mechanisms of Granulomatous Inflammation
    Proceedings of the International Symposium, Fukuoka, Japan, 28-29 November 1988 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Recombinant cytokines have recently become available for the treatment of cancer, and the study of granuloma formation should provide an excellent opportunity for analysing the underlying mechanisms of cytokine functions in vivo. An investigation of granulomas will also advance understanding of macrophage differentiation in vivo. Research into macrophage differentiation is one of the key issues in immunobiology. However, an examination of macrophage-like cell lines to establish processes of macrophage differentiation has only achieved limited results due to the abnormal distinction of cell lines from tissue macrophages. Studies of granuloma formation would facilitate research and offer a more in-depth understanding of the exact mechanism of macrophage differentiation in vivo. Research progress has been somewhat gradual, but with the recent advent of biological and molecular technologies, more rapid advances are on the horizon. (Section headings only: please contact Publisher for full content listings). Preface. Acknowledgements. List of Participants. SECTION I: Induction and Triggering Mechanisms (4 papers). SECTION II: Genetic Controls (2 papers). SECTION III: Cellular and Molecular Dynamics-1 (4 papers). SECTION IV: Cellular and Molecular Dynamics-2 (3 papers). SECTION V: Mechanisms of Granulomatous Diseases (4 papers). Exerpta Medica Imprint Edited by T.Yoshida,  M.Torisu ICSInternational Congress Series851  Out of print 346 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81349-7 096965

    500297 BK Out of print Agricultural Engineering and Technology, Civil Engineering (General), Mechanical Engineering, Soil and Rock Mechanics, Transportation Engineering
    Vehicle Traction Mechanics
    1984
    ELSEVIER The fundamental problem in the study of vehicle mobility is the development of traction between the vehicle and the supporting terrain. The mechanics of energy transfer will essentially control the final performance of the surficial machine. Determining and predicting the capability of a particular piece of machinery to traverse successfully a specific piece of terrain is very complex, particularly as the characteristics and properties of different types of terrain cover vary considerably, as do the many types of vehicle and their running gear. The material that forms the basis of this book has been gathered over many years of study both in the laboratory and in the field. It studies vehicle traction mechanics from the viewpoint of the interaction between the vehicle and the ground surface. The types of machines covered include earth-moving, forestry, agricultural, and construction machines. In addition, the mechanisms involved in the development of traction and the working of the terrain through cultivation, construction and surface disturbances are examined. The book also addresses the problems of off-road mobility and terrain trafficability, especially from the terrain-support and terrain interaction points of view. It is the authors' aim that the book will provide the reader with the ability to both analyze and predict the traction capability of his proposed machinery, and also to anticipate the kinds of reactions that will occur in the ground and at the ground surface. 1. Introduction. 2. Terrain Material and Interface Reaction. 3. Mobility Elements and Requirements. 4. Analytical Methods. 5. Mechanics of Energy Transfer. 6. Finite Element Modelling. 7. Application of Finite Modelling. 8. Compaction. 9. Trafficability. Author Index. Subject Index. By R.N.Yong,  E.A.Fattah,  N.Skiadas DAEDevelopments in Agricultural Engineering3  Out of print xii + 308 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42378-8 070707

    524132 BK Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology, Chemical Kinetics, Environmental Bioscience and Technology, Environmental Geology, Geochemistry and Petrology, Hydrology, Soil Biology
    Principles of Contaminant Transport in Soils
    1992
    ELSEVIER In landfilling technology, it is accepted that the soil substrate underlying the landfill can be used as a physical and chemical buffer (i.e. to accumulate and attenuate contaminant leachates emanating from the waste pile). This places a great responsiblity on the landfill constructor to determine correctly the capability of the soil substrate to perform its buffering funtions. This book covers the physico-chemical processes which control the transport of aqueous and nonaqueous phase liquids in soils, and aims to provide a viable and reliable transport model for accurate forecasting of transport performance of contaminant plume for the time period of concern. Preface. 1. Waste Generation and Disposal. Waste and waste management. Hazardous waste classification. Waste, and its lethality. Regulated, non-regulated waste and 4 R's. Requirements and problems in land disposal. Concluding remarks. 2. Soil Composition. Soil material. Soil surfaces. Electric charge. Soil organics. Concluding remarks. 3. Wastes and Contaminants. Introduction. Hazardous wastes and toxic substances. Sources of wastes. Chemically reactive groups. Contaminant characteristics and properties. Some typical wastes. Concluding remarks. 4. Soil-Water Interaction and Relations. Introduction. Interaction with water. Energies of interaction. Bonding and interactions. Soil-water potential. Water movement in clay soils. Summary and general observations. 5. Contaminant-Soil Interaction. Introduction. Interaction by chemically reactive groups. Contaminant-soil interaction mechanisms. Sorption of contaminants. Sorption by soil constituents. Soil interaction with organic chemicals. Concluding remarks. 6. Soil Permeability: Characteristics and Laboratory Measurements. Introduction. Laboratory methods for permeability testing. Clay soil permeability. Influence of contaminants on clay permeability. Summary and concluding remarks. 7. Evaluation of Adsorption and Diffusion. Introduction. Batch equilibrium and column leaching tests. Selective sequential extraction. Estimation of transport parameters. Field evaluation. Concluding remarks. 8. Contaminant Transport Modelling: Solute Transport. Nature of the problem. Contaminant transport models. Modelling for physico-chemical forces. Calibration and validation of models. Concluding remarks. 9. Contaminant Transport Modelling: Transport of Non-Aqueous Phase Liquids. Introduction. NAPL pathways in substrate soil. NAPL fate and transport. Model development. Concluding remarks. References and Suggested Reading. Index. By R.N.Yong,  A.M.O.Mohamed,  B.P.Warkentin DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering73  Out of print xiv + 328 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88293-6 070706

    699435 BK ISBN/1556644019 Nursing: Leadership and Management
    Leading and Managing in Nursing
    Second Edition 1999
    MOSBY LEADING AND MANAGING IN NURSING offers comprehensive coverage of nursing leadership and management concepts. This second edition helps students learn more successfully and ensures a smooth transition to practice by portraying contemporary, real-world examples throughout the text. New and expanded content addresses delegation, communication and collaboration, budgeting, and staff development. Includes a full-color design and more than 100 illustrations to hold students' interest. PART I: MANAGING AND LEADING: THE CONCEPTS · Managing and Leading · Role Development · Legal and Ethical Issues · Strategic Planning, Goal Setting, and Marketing · Leading Change · Problem Solving and Decision Making · PART II: MANAGING THE ORGANIZATION · Healthcare Organizations · Cultural Diversity in Healthcare · Understanding and Designing Organizational Structures · Collective Action · PART III: MANAGING RESOURCES · Managing Quality and Risk · Managing Time and Stress · Managing Information and Technology: Caring and Communicating with Computers · Managing Costs and Budgets · PART IV: LEADING AND MANAGING PEOPLE · Communicating and Partnership · Selecting, Developing, and Evaluating Staff · Team Building: Creating Effective Work Groups · Delegating: An Art of Professional Practice · Conflict: The Cutting Edge of Change · Managing Personal and Personnel Problems · PART V: MANAGING CONSUMER CARE · Consumer Relationships · Care Delivery Systems · Patient Classification, Staffing, and Scheduling · PART VI: MANAGING PERSONAL RESOURCES · Role Transition · Power, Politics, and Influence · Career Management: Putting Yourself in Charge · Epilogue: Thriving in the Future · Workbook Section · Glossary By PatriciaYoder-Wise  Out of print 768 pages Paperback
    1-55664-401-9 999999

    692463 BK ISBN/0815197780 Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
    Imaging of CNS Disease: A CT and MRI Teaching File
    Current Therapy Series Second Edition 1991
    MOSBY By DouglasYock  Out of print 526 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-9778-0 999999

    521538 BK Out of print Information Systems (General)
    Can Information Technology Result in Benevolent Bureaucracies?
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC9 Working Conference, Namur, Belgium, 3-6 January 1985 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by L.Yngström,  R.Sizer,  J.Berleur,  R.Laufer  Out of print x + 238 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87873-4 050503

    692479 BK ISBN/0750697210 Speech and Hearing
    Community Re-Entry-Head-Injured Adults
    First Edition 1987
    BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN By MarkYlvisaker  Out of print Paperback
    0-7506-9721-0 999999

    31067 RJ Out of print Urban and Regional Planning (General), Cultural Geography, Development, Political Sociology, Public Policy
    Planning as Control: Policy and Resistance in a Deeply Divided Society
    1995
    PERGAMON This paper focuses on the links between planning policy and the problems of ethnic minorities, by examining in detail the planning and development of Majd el Krum - an urbanizing Arab village in Israel's Galilee region. It proposes a theoretical framework to analyse the way in which spatial planning can be used as a tool for controlling disadvantaged groups, primarily for the purpose of advancing majority interests and preserving a hierarchical social and political order. It then traces the use of planning in Israel to control the growth and development of a typical large (and urbanizing) Arab village. The analysis demonstrates in detail how planning policies, which were conceived by the early founders of planning as tools for reform and modernization, can be systematically used for the opposite purpose of controlling a minority population. The paper then examines the consequences of Israel's control policies in the village, focusing on Arab protest, electoral behaviour and extra-parliamentary activity. The evidence shows that state policies of control have spawned Arab resistance which has fluctuated broadly in accordance with the level of control embedded in Israel's policies. The role of spatial (planning) policies in triggering resistance has been significant. Finally, the implications of the findings to planning theory and policy are discussed. Abstract. Acknowledgements. Introduction. Aims and rationale. Structure. Methodology and data. Definitions. Planning and the Control of Minorities: Some Theoretical Observations. Planning as reform. Planning in deeply divided societies. The three dimensions of planning control. The territorial dimension. The procedural dimension. The socioeconomic dimension. Background: Arabs in Israel, the Planning System and the Case Study. Arabs in the Galilee region and in Israel. Israel's planning system. Majd el Krum: historical context. Majd el Krum: planning context. The Planning of Majd el Krum: the Practice of Control. Territorial policies. Land seizure by the state. Land exchange. Jewish settlement programmes. Administative boundaries and building lines. Procedural policies. The formal planning process. Informal influences on planning divisions. Socioeconomic policies. The Consequences of Planning Control: Popular Resistance. Protest. Voting. Expressions of regime illegitimacy. Resistance and policy change. Territorial policies. Procedural policies. Socioeconomic policies. Conclusions and Implications. Arab-Jewish relations in Israel. Planning theory and future research. Appendix. Bibliography. By O.Yiftachel PRPLProgress in Planning44/2  Out of print 186 pages Paperback
    0-08-042656-5 080801

    500999 BK Out of print Catalysis, Industrial Chemistry, Surfaces-Interfaces-Colloids
    Catalysis by Supported Complexes
    1981
    ELSEVIER By Y.I.Yermakov,  B.N.Kuznetsov,  V.A.Zakharov SSCStudies in Surface Science and Catalysis8  Out of print xx + 522 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42014-2 030304

    521854 BK Out of print Telecommunications, Optics and Lasers
    Communication Systems: Towards Global Integration
    Proceedings of the ICCS '90 Conference, Singapore, 5-9 November 1990 1990
    ELSEVIER Consisting of a total of 290 technical papers from 32 countries, the present two volumes record the recent proceedings of the second conference in the series, Singapore ICCS '90. There is a deliberate blend of diversity in the material covered - ranging from the practical implementation aspects of Telecommunication Networks to the abstruse mathematical manipulations of Adaptive Signal Processing, as well as spanning national boundaries to examine common communication problems encountered in far-flung countries like Brazil and New Zealand. The proceedings will prove to be a useful reference source for communication engineers, be they in research or in design, in management or in practice. Volume 1. Sessions: Metropolitan area networks. OSI Conformance testing. Distributed systems. Satellite packet radio. Coding 1. Optical fibre communications. Computer communication protocols. ISDN. Packet radio. Image processing I. Next generation switching & networks. Osi protocols. Speech processing. Mobile communication systems. Spread spectrum I. Satellite communications. Volume 2. Telecommunication networks. Adaptive signal processing. Fading channels. Coding II. Voice/data integration. Signal processing I. Optical components & devices. Radar. Spread spectrum II. Local area networks. Signal processing II. Modulation. Antennas and propagation. Image processing II. Edited by S.PYeo  Out of print xliv + 1352 pages (in 2 vols.) Hardbound
    0-444-88953-1 060601

    692461 BK ISBN/0750632496 Anesthesiology
    Anaesthesia and Intensive Care A-Z
    Second Edition 2000
    BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN The book is intended to be a standard text for those preparing for examinations, as well as an essential purchase for the practising anaesthetist who wants a quick reference to current knowledge. The previous Anaesthesia A-Z proved to fill a niche in the available literature and this new edition has built on that success. Entries arranged alphabetically, with some related subjects grouped together to make coverage of these easier. By StevenYentis,  NicholasHirsch,  GarySmith  Out of print 592 pages Paperback
    0-7506-3249-6 999999

    697155 BK ISBN/0721668976 Reproductive Medicine
    Reproductive Endocrinology
    Physiology, Pathophysiology, and Clinical Management Fourth Edition 1999
    SAUNDERS This updated and revised edition offers the latest information and many new tables and illustrations. Now includes information on endocrinology of the breast, infertility and new technology in the field of endocrinology from over 25 leading contributors. Part I: Endocrine Regulation of the Reproductive System
    Chapter 1 Molecular Biology in Reproductive Endocrinology
    Chapter 2 The Hypothalamic Control of Pituitary Hormone Secretion
    Chapter 3 Gonadotropic Hormones: Biosynthesis, Secretion, Receptors, And Actions
    Chapter 4 Steroid Hormones: Metabolism and Mechanism of Action
    Chapter 5 Prostaglandins and Prostaglandin-Like Products in Reproduction: Elcosanoids, Peroxides, And Oxygen Radicals
    Chapter 6 The Ovarian Cycle
    Chapter 7 The Human Menstrual Cycle: Neuroendocrine Regulation
    Chapter 8 The Endometrium and Myometrium: Regulation and Dysfunction
    Chapter 9 Prolactin in Human Reproduction
    Chapter 10 The Breast
    Chapter 11 Menopause and Aging

    Part Two: Pathophysiology
    Chapter 12 Cytogenetics in Reproduction
    Chapter 13 Reproductive Immunology and Its Disorders
    Chapter 14 Disorders of Sexual Development
    Chapter 15 Disorders of Puberty
    Chapter 16 The Thyroid Gland and Reproduction
    Chapter 17 Hyperandrogenic Chronic Anovulation (Polycystic Ovary Syndrome)
    Chapter 18 Chronic Anovulation Caused By Peripheral Endocrine Disorders
    Chapter 19 Chronic Anovulation Due to Hypothalamic-Pituitary Dysfunction
    Chapter 20 Infertility
    Chapter 21 Assisted Reproductive Technology
    Chapter 22 Male Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal Axis
    Chapter 23 The Testis: Function and Dysfunction
    Chapter 24 Inhibin, Activin and Neoplasia
    Chapter 25 Contraception
    Chapter 26 Practical Evaluation of Hormonal Status (Common Procedure Vs Uncommon)

    Part Three: Endocrinology of Pregnancy
    Chapter 27 Neuroendocrine-Metabolic Regulation of Pregnancy
    Chapter 28 Endocrine Disorders During Pregnancy

    Index By SamuelYen,  RobertJaffe,  RobertBarbieri  Out of print 851 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-6897-6 999999

    502487 BK Out of print Petroleum Geology and Engineering, Mining Geology and Engineering, Petroleum and Fuel Technology
    Oil Shale
    1976
    ELSEVIER Edited by T.F.Yen,  G.V.Chilingarian DPSDevelopments in Petroleum Science5  Out of print xii + 292 pages Hardbound
    0-444-41408-8 070705

    503902 BK Out of print Ceramics, General Materials Science, Materials Analysis and Characterization, Materials Physics, Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology
    Microstructure and Properties of Ceramic Materials
    Proceedings of the 1st China-US Bilateral Seminar on Inorganic Materials Research, Shanghai, China, 17-21 May 1983 1985
    NORTH-HOLLAND Opening welcome. Introduction and overview of ceramic science and engineering. An overview of chinese research on processing, microstructure and properties of new ceramic materials (T.S. Yen). Ceramic materials: processing - character - properties (J.A. Pask). Sections: Processing science and technology. Mechanical properties. Electrical properties. Poster session. Edited by T.S.Yen,  J.A.Pask  Out of print viii + 525 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86930-1 060657

    680062 BK ISBN/0884151905 Chemistry - General, Chemical Engineering, Mathematics (General)
    Handbook of Vapor Pressure: Volume 2:
    Organic Compounds C5 to C7 1993
    GULF PROFESSIONAL PUBLISHING This series provides engineers with vapor pressure data for process design, production, and environmental applications. By Carl L.Yaws  Out of print 348 pages Hardbound
    0-88415-190-5 999999

    26429 BK Out of print Mathematics (General)
    Pursuit-Evasion Differential Games
    I.S. in Modern Applied Mathematics and Computer Science. Previously published in Computers and Mathematics with Applications, Volume 13 Numbers 1-3 1987
    PERGAMON Twenty papers are devoted to the treatment of a wide spectrum of problems in the theory and applications of dynamic games with the emphasis on pursuit-evasion differential games. The problem of capturability is thoroughly investigated, also the problem of noise-corrupted (state) measurements. Attention is given to aerial combat problems and their attendant modelling issues, such as variable speed of the combatants, the three-dimensionality of physical space, and the combat problem, i.e. problems related to 'role determination'. Adaptive Control for avoidance or evasion in an uncertain environment, M Corless et al. The geometric approach to the construction of the barrier surface in differential games, M Pachter & T Miloh. An approach to three-dimensional aircraft pursuit-evasion, M D Ardema & N Rajan. Stochastic guidance laws in satellite pursuit-evasion, A W Merz. On closed-loop controls in pursuit-evasion, B Jarmark. Partially observable linear-quadratic stochastic pursuit-evasion games, W L Chan & S K Ng. Edited by Y.Yavin,  M.Pachter MMCSInternational Series in Modern Applied Mathematics and Computer Science14  Out of print 250 pages Hardbound
    0-08-034862-9 050500

    524459 BK Out of print Clinical Biochemistry, Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine, Diabetes, Lipids and Lipid Metabolism, Molecular Immunology, Neurochemistry, Nutrition, Oncology
    Advances in Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid Research
    Proceedings of the 5th Scientific Meeting of the Society for Research on Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids (PUFA), Tokyo, 11-14 November 1992 1993
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This volume contains the proceedings of the Fifth Scientific Meeting of the Society for Research on Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids, held in Tokyo in November 1992. The meeting integrated current knowledge from both fundamental research, and studies in humans.

    The chapters in this volume are organised around 11 sessions: Lectures; PUFA metabolism; Cancer; Inflammation/Immune System; Lipid Peroxidation; Hyperlipidemia/Lipoproteins; Cardiovascular diseases, Hypertension; Diabetes Mellitus; Nutrition, and Central Nervous System. It is believed that this publication on PUFA and related compounds will serve as a reference work for medical researchers and clinicians. Owing to a limitation of space, a number of papers have been omitted from the contents list. LECTURES Gamma-linolenic acid in human diabetic neuropathy and cancer (D.F. Horrobin). Mammalian lipoxygenases with special reference to arachidonate 12-lipoxygenase (S. Yamamoto et al.). Measurement of eicosanoids: An overview (E. Granström)

    PUFA METABOLISM

    The regulation of 20- and 22-carbon polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis (H. Sprecher). Possible participation of type II phospholipase A2 in arachidonate metabolism (I. Kudo et al.). Bifunctional roles of leukotriene A4 hydrolase (T. Shimizu et al.). The capability of the microsomal synthesis of docosahexaenoic acid in livers and brains of suckling and weaning rats (A. Kanazawa, K. Fujimoto). Effect of sesamin and curcumin on 5-desaturation of n-6 and n-3 fatty acids in rat primary cultured hepatocytes (Y. Fujiwara, R. Umeda, O. Igarashi). Properties of HODE generation in mouse epidermis (T. Hidaka, T. Inokuchi).

    CANCER

    Polyunsaturated fatty acids of human hepatocellular carcinoma tissues (E. Araki et al.). Effects of methyl deficient diets on the fatty acid compositions, lipid peroxidation, and glutathione S-transferase activities of murine hepatocellular carcinogenesis (H. Kim et al.). Dietary factors and colon cancer (B.S. Reddy). 7-PGA1 lipidmicrospheres - Pharmaceutical properties and preclinical evaluations (S. Fukushima et al.).

    INFLAMMATION/IMMUNE SYSTEM

    Regulation of immune system functions by dietary essential fatty acid balance (H. Okuyama et al.). Regulation by dietary essential fatty acid balance of tumor necrosis factor production in mouse macrophages (S. Watanabe et al.). Multiple effects of eicosapentaenoic acid on the arachidonic acid metabolism in human platelets (M. Katori, M. Kawamura). Anti-inflammatory effect of eicosapentaenoic acid - Treatment of psoriasis by EPA (T. Terano et al.). Anti-inflammatory effect of eicosapentaenoic acid on the skin (K. Ikai et al.).

    LIPID PEROXIDATION

    Lipid peroxidation and benzo(a)pyrene cooxygenation (J.Z. Byczkowski). Effects of leukotriene and PAF inhibitors on hyperbaric oxygen toxicity (Y. Lin, D. Jamieson). Thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (TBARS) level in healthy mice and B16 melanoma-bearing mice (Z. Zbytniewski, B. Wozniak, G. Drewa). Effect of the type of dietary fats on lipid peroxidation status in N-methyl-N'-nitrosoguanidine(MNNG)- treated rats (J. Song, E.S. Seo, H.S. Park).

    HYPERLIPIDEMIA/LIPOPROTEINS

    Serum fatty acid composition in hyperlipidemic females (M. Tsushima et al.). Interaction between LDL and vascular endothelial cells. Reciprocal regulation of EDRF release and lysolecithin acyltransferase activity by LDL in thrombin-stimulated endothelial cells (T. Tomita et al.). The effect of dietary n-3 fatty acids on the atherogenic properties of low density lipoproteins (LDL) and atherosclerosis in nonhuman primates (J.S. Parks).

    CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE

    Fish oil supplements for prevention of restenosis after coronary angioplasty (U. Kaul et al.). Fish and fish oils in the prevention of restenosis after coronary angioplasty (F. Meyer). Protective effect of purified eicosapentaeonic acid ethyl ester on acute myocardial ischemia in rats (K. Satoh et al.).

    HYPERTENSION

    Biological role of hydroxylated fatty acids in platelet and vascular smooth muscle function (J.W. Karanian, N. Salem, Jr.). Influence of eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid loading in stroke-prone spontaneously hypertensive rats (E. Saito et al.). Effects of docosahexaenoic acid on blood pressure, fatty acid composition of kidney and renal prostaglandins in Dahl salt sensitive rats (M. Matsuoka et al.).

    DIABETES MELLITUS

    Effect of dietary polyunsaturated fat on gene expression in liver (S.K. Cheema, M.T. Clandinin). Dietary modulation of membrane content of very long chain fatty acids (VLCFA Cg) in photoreceptors of normal and diabetic rats (M. Suh, A.A. Wierzbicki, M.T. Clandinin). Fatty acid composition of adipose tissue in Korean diabetics (B.S. Tchai, H.K. Lee). Effects of eicosapentaenoic acid on diabetic complications - Basic (I) and clinical (II) study (Y. Okuda et al.).

    NUTRITION

    Effect of maternal dietary fats on fatty acid compositions in brain and liver glycerophospholipids of lactating mice and their suckling pups (Y.-S. Huang, P.E. Wainwright). The effect of dietary habits of mothers on the fatty acid compositions of breast milks from Japanese lactating mothers (F. Tanaka et al.). Effect of polyunsaturated fatty acid on absorption and micellar solubility of cholesterol (Y. Yamane et al.). Study on the metabolism of à-linolenic acid in humans (M. Sekine et al.). Metabolism of a n-3 PUFAs of a long term TPN patient (N. Tsuboyama et al.). Improvement of polyunsaturated fatty acid deficiency in decompensated cirrhotic patients by arachidonic acid-rich oil capsules (M. Okita et al.). Effects of dietary oil and fat on gluconeogenic enzyme activities of exercised rat livers (Y. Katayama, G. Tanaka). Peroxisome proliferation effect of heated n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid esters on mouse liver (S. Mineo et al.). Effect of eicosanoids of lipoxygenase pathway on testicular androgenesis (G.P.R. Reddy et al.).

    CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM

    Effects of n-3 fatty acid deficiency during pregnancy and lactation on learning ability of rats (K. Fujimoto et al.). Ultrastructural study of hippocampus synapse in perilla and safflower oil-fed rats (S. Yoshida et al.). Plasma phospholipid eicosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acid concentrations are divergently associated with plasma lipids in adults as well as with mental development in preterm infants (K.S. Bjerve). Dietary w3/w6 fatty acids and neurotransmitters in rat brain (E.J. Chung et al.). Membrane status and antiperoxidative defense in the brain correlate with the extent of iron-induced CNS hyperexcitability (P.S. Alov, D.S. Rangelova). Multiple sclerosis (MS); A target for elimination? (E.J. Field, G. Joyce). Edited by T.Yasugi,  H.Nakamura,  M.Soma ICSInternational Congress Series1025  Out of print 308 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89898-0 096965

    523706 BK Out of print Electric Power, Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications, Standardization and Verification, Telecommunications
    Signal Processing of HDTV III
    Proceedings of the Fourth International Workshop on HDTV and beyond, Turin, Italy, 4-6 September 1991 1992
    ELSEVIER The HDTV workshops were established with the aim of aiding definition and fostering the introduction of HDTV. Their fundamental principle is the separation of the standardisation process from the technological development, with the workshops concentrating mainly on the latter. Over the past few years important steps towards actual implementation of HDTV have been made in the major countries. HDTV is now considered to be a strategic piece of applied research in virtually all countries of the world and in many environments there is mounting pressure to start up service and equipment manufacturing. The papers presented in this volume constitute a key contribution to the establishment of this giant step towards a fully fledged information society. Due to the extensive length of the contents, only the number of papers presented per session is listed below. Opening remarks (L. Chiariglione). Invited Papers (F. Fedi): Media and system conversion - The key to HDTV (K. Barratt). Development in multichannel sound for HDTV (D.J. Meares). B-ISDN standardisation progress report (A. Day). Recording (D. Westerkamp). Coding Trends (K. Davies). VLSI 1 (T. Nishitani). Subband coding 1 (M. Annegarn). VLSI 2 (J. Chatel). Subband coding 2 (D. Anastassiou). Motion Compensation & Estimation 1 (M. Annegarn). Hardware (H. Yasuda). Beyond HDTV (A. Day). Motion Compensation & Estimation 2 (D. Nasse). Coding 1 (H. Gaggioni). Broadcasting (Y. Ninomiya). Coding 2 (L. Stenger). System Experiments (T. Aoyama). Program Production (Y. Hashimoto). Coding 3 (M. Barbero). System Concept (M.C. Kennedy). Processing (R. Poluzzi). Panel discussion on "The multipurpose HDTV system - Requirements from across the industry". Moderator (J.A.Bellisio). Panelists: The present situation for HDTV in North America (M. Artiglas, K. Davies). The Role of HDTV in Computational Fluid Dynamics (B. Haskell, M. Nagasawa). Present Status of the Multipurpose Use of HDTV in Japan (M. Vakalopoulou, Y. Sugiura). A universal approach to digital television (C. Sandbank). Edited by H.Yasuda,  L.Chiariglione  Out of print xx + 662 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89491-8 060601

    500710 BK Out of print Decision Sciences and Computers
    Operations Research in Agriculture and Water Resources
    Proceedings of the ORAGWA International Conference, Jerusalem, Israel, 25-29 November 1979 1980
    NORTH-HOLLAND Edited by D.Yaron,  C.S.Tapiero  Out of print xviii + 586 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86044-4 080851

    524465 BK Out of print Oncology
    Molecular Biology for Oncologists
    1993
    ELSEVIER Molecular Biology for Oncologists introduces clinicians to the extraordinary power and importance of molecular biology in the research and treatment of cancer. It explains how new techniques involving the manipulation of genetic material in cells and organisms provide dramatic insight into how cell behaviour is subverted in common human cancers. The book shows how techniques of cell and molecular biology improve the understanding and effectiveness of radiation and drug actions, and leads to the development of gene therapy. Ultimately, techniques of molecular biology will help to identify the specific genetic and environmental factors predisposing to cancer, offering the means of cancer prevention.

    About half of the authors are scientists established in their fields. The other half are practising oncologists applying the techniques of molecular biology to their own research. They have all been asked to provide a teaching document rather than a detailed review with emphasis on clear explanations and clinical relevance. A separate section is included which specifically describes the most common and important techniques in molecular biology. Also a glossary of terms and a comprehensive index are also provided. The book will be of value to all medical, radiation and surgical oncologists whether in practice, training or research. It will also be useful for university-based courses for specialists, particularly those who recognise the need to develop the interface between the clinic and the laboratory. Section I: Oncogenes. 1. What are cancer genes and how do they upset cell behaviour? (J. Yarnold). 2. Mechanisms of activation and inactivation of dominant oncogenes and tumour suppressor genes (M. Stratton). 3. Approaches to proto-oncogene and tumour suppressor gene identification (H. Patterson). 4. Transgenic modelling of dominant and recessive oncogene function (F.S. Pardo, E.V. Schmidt). 5. The BCL-2 gene in clinical oncology (M. Brada, M. Dyer). 6. Identification and significance of EGFR and erbB2 overexpression (D.P. Hollywood, W.J. Gullick). 7. GTP-binding proteins and cancer (J. Downward). 8. The p53 gene in human cancer (M. Stratton). 9. Inherited predispositions to cancer: applications of molecular biology (V.A. Murday). 10. Multistage carcinogenesis (A.H. Wyllie). 11. Human papillomavirus and cervical cancer (R.C. Davies, K.H. Vousden). 12. Cell cycle control and cancer (A.M. Carr). 13. Differentiation and cancer (M.D. Mason). Section II: Therapeutics. 14. Molecular aspects of radiation sensitivity (C. Mort, T.J. McMillan). 15. Cells differ in their susceptibility to DNA damage induction and in their ability to repair it (S.J. Whitaker). 16. How do cells repair DNA damage? (G. Ross). 17. The isolation of DNA repair genes (R. Cartwright, T.J. McMillan). 18. Radiation-induced cytokines and growth factors: cellular and molecular basis of the modification of radiation damage (R. Weichselbaum et al.). 19. Chemotherapeutic drug-induced DNA damage and repair (R. Brown, D. Bisset). 20. The molecular biology of drug resistance (D. Hochhauser). 21. Antibody technology is being transformed (R.E. Hawkins, S.J. Russell). 22. Prospects for gene therapy of cancer (J.D. Harris, K. Sikora). Section III: Gene Structure and Techniques. 23. Introduction to gene structure and techniques (R. Wooster). 24. Chromatin structure and nuclear function (A.B. Hassan, D.A. Jackson). 25. The PCR revolution (R.A. Eeles, W. Warren, A. Stamps). 26. Techniques of molecular biology (P.J. Rocques). Glossary. Index. Edited by J.Yarnold,  M.Stratton,  T.McMillan  Out of print 364 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81507-4 096965

    524300 BK Electric Power, Microelectronics
    Self-Testing VLSI Design
    1993
    ELSEVIER A distinctive feature of modern computer equipment development is the continuous increase in functionality and complexity of computer components. As a result of these advances, very large-scale integration (VLSI) circuits have found extensive application in the manufacture of computer products, personal computers included. Among a variety of recently evolved VLSI design technologies, the self-test VLSI design has gained particular prominence.

    The present study provides a current review on the problems of self-test VLSI design. A summary is given on self-test VLSI design results that have been obtained by scientists in leading scientific centres for computer integrated circuits. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical fundamentals of designing self-test VLSI building blocks such as built-in test generators and output response analyzers. Particular attention is paid to: Structural design of self-test VLSI circuits; design of universal modules for self-test VLSI circuits; and examination of the VLSI circuits for signature testability. It has been clearly demonstrated that the design-for-testability techniques employed by this method provide ideal conditions for the straightforward implementation of self-test concepts. The work will prove essential reading for all those interested in both the basic facts and current research in this field. (Abbreviated) 1. VLSI Design. Achievements in microelectronics. VLSI design procedure. Self-testing VLSI chips. 2. VLSI Testability Design Approaches.VLSI testability design feature. Storage element state scan technique. Level sensitive scan design (LSSD). Random access scan technique. VLSI design by boundary scan technique. 3. Self-Testing VLSI Structured Design. Self-testing VLSI using scan path. Ring VLSI self-test. Use of general-purpose modules for self-test VLSI design. Self-testing microcomputers. 4. Pseudorandom Test Pattern Generators. Pseudorandom sequences. Generators of uniformly distributed pseudorandom test sequences. Pseudorandom test pattern generators. 5. Pseudorandom and Related Sequence Generators. Design of pseudorandom test sequence generator. 6. Random Testing. Probabilistic analysis techniques for digital circuits. Test sequence length calculation. Automatic search for optimum probability. 7. Pseudorandom Testing. Pseudorandom sequences as the test sequences of the circuit. Structured VLSI design with built-in random and pseudorandom tests. 8. Exhaustive Testing. Complexity of exhaustive test sequence generator design. Iterative algorithm for exhaustive test generation. 9. Signature Analysis. Signature analysis as a binary polynomial division algorithm. Multifunctional signature analyzer. 10. Signature Analysis Efficiency. Estimation of signature analysis efficiency. 11. Evaluation Techniques for Regular Binary Sequence Signatures. Evaluation of regular sequence signatures. A technique for calculating periodic sequence signatures. 12. Multi-Line Compression Schemes. Design of parallel signature analyzers. State count testing. 13. Analysis of Bilbo-PSA Efficiency. Equivalent PSA circuits with internal and external XOR gates. PSA efficiency testing by software simulation. 14. PSA Design for VLSI Self Test. An efficient parallel signature analyzer. Two-stage PSA design. 15. PSA with T-flip-flops Design and Analysis. Parallel signature analyzer with T-flip-flops as storage elements. 16. Signature Testability. Signature as a function of multiple variables. Generalized condition for signature testability. 17. Evaluation of Signatures. Analytical evaluation of Boolean function signatures. Finding signatures for reciprocal polynomials. 18. Signature Testability of VLSI Chips. Signature testability of faults at primary nodes of combinational circuit. Analytic approach to evaluating signatures and signature testability of faults by PSA. Appendices. References. Index.  V.N.Yarmolik,  I.V.Kachan  Out of print xii + 346 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89640-6 060601

    504238 BK Out of print Orthopedics and Biomechanics, Internal Medicine, Surgery
    Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction: Orthopedic and Plastic Surgical Management
    1989
    ELSEVIER Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction provides a step-by-step description of the surgical care of lower extremity injuries, from emergency evaluation to rehabilitation. This outstanding volume is the product of experience from the Maryland Institute for Emergency Medical Services Systems Shock Trauma Center in Baltimore, Maryland - where over 2,500 trauma victims are treated each year, and describes a protocol that delivers both viable and functional lower extremities. Inherent to this protocol is early intervention by plastic surgeons working in conjunction with orthopedic surgeons, particularly for the extensive soft-tissue/bony damage combinations found in open fractures. Featuring over 375 illustrations, (55 of them in two-colours), including original line drawings, sequential clinical photographs, correlated anatomic illustrations and photographs, and tables, Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction is dedicated to defining the new teamwork role of orthopedic and plastic surgeons during both acute and reconstructive stages of injury. Philosophy and Concepts Perspectives; The Shock Trauma Center: Experience and Policy; Orthopedic Resuscitation; Conclusions/Summary; References Anatomy of the Leg The Bones; The Muscles; Vasculature of the Leg; Nerve Supply; Cross-Sectional Anatomy; Conclusions/Summary; References Emergency Evaluation Stage 1: Preliminary Observation, History, and Physical Examination; Stage 2: Intermediate Observation and Physical Examination; Stage 3: Definitive Observation and Inspection; Injury Classification; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary; References Special Injuries Avulsion Injuries; Gunshot Injuries; Vascular Injuries; Nerve Injuries; Amputation; References Compartment Syndrome Diagnosis; Treatment; Conclusion/Summary; References Wound Debridement Preparation; Debridement; Postdebridement; Conclusion/Summary; References Fracture Fixation Traction; Casting-Splinting; Intramedullary Rodding; Internal Fixation (Plates and Screws); External Fixation; Conclusion/Summary; References Concepts in Soft-Tissue Management Wound Healing; Reconstructive Alternatives; Conclusions/Summary; References Skin Grafting Recipient Site; Harvesting the Graft; Graft Application and Immobilization, Donor Site Management; Conclusions/Summary; References Local and Free Flap Donor Sites for Lower-Extremity Reconstruction Local Flaps; Cross-Leg Flaps; Free Flaps; Conclusion/Summary; References Flap Reconstruction of the Open Tibial Fracture Wound Definition and Surgical Options; Surgical Technique of Muscle Flap Coverage; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary; References Flap Reconstruction of the Foot Local Flap Reconstruction; Skin-grafted Free Muscle Flaps; Conclusions/Summary; References Bone Grafting Assessment; Preoperative Planning; Operative Technique; Results; Conclusions/Summary; References Vascularized Bone Transfers History; Reconstructive Alternatives; The Fibula; Conclusions/Summary; References Posttraumatic Chronic Osteomyelitis Management Protocol; Surgical Therapy; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary; References Orthopedic Follow-up Ankle Motion; Weight-Bearing; Radiographic Follow-up; External Fixator Removal; Repeat Bone Grafting; Conclusions/Summary; References Index Edited by M.J.Yaremchuk,  A.R.Burgess,  R.J.Brumback  Out of print 242 pages Hardbound
    0-444-01333-4 096965

    692457 BK ISBN/0721644295 Vascular Surgery
    Technologies in Vascular Surgery
    First Edition 1992
    SAUNDERS Provides comprehensive coverage of both diagnostic and therapeutic vascular surgery methods. The textual material is organized into six sections, covering molecular biology, radiologic techniques, noninvasive tests, intravascular devices, interventional technology, and thrombolytic therapy. A team of 105 experts contributed to this volume. Edited By JamesYao,  WilliamPearce  Out of print 547 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-4429-5 999999

    692454 BK ISBN/0723425000 Ophthalmology
    Ophthalmology
    First Edition 1998
    MOSBY OPHTHALMOLOGY combines the precise amount and level of practice-oriented information you need with an unrivaled visual source, all in one incredible volume. An esteemed author team and the contributions of hundreds of top-tier practitioners provide trustworthy guidance on practically every ophthalmic condition or procedure. Basic science is integrated with the clinical material for fingertip access to relevant information. You'll find the latest on genetics, diagnostic tips and techniques, proven management strategies, state-of-the-art surgical approaches, new drugs, and more in this custom-built clinical problem solver. Concepts are further illustrated by an impressive collection of 2,500 clinical photos and specially commissioned line drawings. Many photos are from the authors' private collections and most are in brilliant color. Genetics and Ocular Embryology Optics and Refraction Refractive Surgery The Lens Basic Science of the Lens Cataract Lens Replacement Lens Surgery Complications and Outcomes Cornea and External Disease Strabismus Evaluation and Diagnosis Ocular Manifestations Treatment Orbit and Oculoplastics Orbital Anatomy and Imaging Eyelids Orbit and Lacrimal Gland Retina and Vitreous Anatomy and Physiology Basic Principles of Retinal Surgery Ancillary Tests Systrophies Vascular Disorders Macular Disorders Retinal Detachment Trauma Vitreous Intraocular Tumors Introduction Malignant Intraocular Tumors Benign Intraocular Tumors Phakomatoses Uveitis and Other Intraocular Inflammations Basic Principles Anterior Uveitis Intermediate Uveitis Posterior Uveitis Ocular Manifestations of AIDS Masquerade Syndrome Neuro-ophthalmology The Afferent Visual System The Efferent Visual System The Pupils and Accomodation The Brain Glaucoma Specific Types of Glaucoma Therapy By MyronYanoff,  JayDuker  Out of print 1600 pages Hardbound
    0-7234-2500-0 999999

    692477 BK ISBN/0723421994 Ophthalmology
    Ocular Pathology
    Fourth Edition 1996
    MOSBY The book that long has been the choice for residents in ophthalmology and is now the most colorful pathology text on the market. The completely updated fourth edition of this text explores many new concepts, including the role of apoptosis in the genesis of diabetic retinopathy; adds 'new' entities, such as Lyme disease; and enlarges descriptions of AIDS and other entities. By MyronYanoff  Out of print 744 pages Hardbound
    0-7234-2199-4 999999

    692475 BK ISBN/0815134320 Ophthalmology
    The Retina Atlas
    First Edition 1996
    MOSBY By LawrenceYannuzzi,  DavidGuyer,  W.Green  Out of print 800 pages Hardbound
    0-8151-3432-0 999999

    24839 BK Out of print Control Systems
    Control Science & Technology For Development
    Proceedings of the IFAC/IFORS Symposium, Beijing, China, 20-22 August 1985 1986
    PERGAMON Provides a detailed analysis of the recent developments and practical applications of automatic control. Of particular interest are control problems related to power systems, water supply systems, pollution, industrial processes, energy economics and production management systems. Contains over 80 papers. (partial) Systems science and China's economic reforms, Jian Song. New trends in systems approach by the interactive use of microcomputers, Y Sawaragi & K Inoue. Engineering-economic systems: a problem-solving discipline, D G Luenberger. Some common problems in control and signal processing, M Mansour. New trends in identification, P Eykhoff. Invertibility of bilinear discrete-time systems, U Kotta. Microprocessor-based failure detection of heat pumps, R Shoureshi & K McLaughlin. MINTEST - expert system for mineral identification, G L Kovacs. A CAD language for linear control systems, M Jamshidi et al. Computer-aided design of decentralized regulators for industrial processes, G Guardabassi et al. Structural approach applied to power systems analysis, Liu Hsu & E Kaszkurewicz. Hierarchical control for city water supply systems, Wang Qingyu. A stochastic model for monthly forecast of hydroelectric energy resources in Italy, R Anelli et al. Energy models as tools for policy planning in developing countries, J J Luukkanen & U Lehtinen. Dynamic estuary water quality model and its applications, J Sun et al. Edited byYang Jiachi IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8607  Out of print 444 pages Hardbound
    0-08-033473-3 060600

    524867 BK Out of print Transportation Engineering, Heat and Mass Transfer, Machine Tools, Materials Engineering, Metals Processing
    Transport Phenomena in Manufacturing and Materials Processing
    1994
    ELSEVIER Motivated by international competition and an easy access to high-speed computers the manufacturing and materials processing industry has seen many changes in recent times. New techniques are constantly being devloped based on a broad range of basic sciences including physics, chemistry and particularly thermal-fluids sciences and kinetics. In order to produce and treat massive products, the industry is also in need of a very wide range of engineering knowledge and skill for integrating metallurgy, mechanics, electricity, transport phenomena, instrumentation and computer control.

    This monograph covers a part of these demands, namely by presenting the available knowledge on transport phenomena in manufacturing and materials processing. It is divided into four parts. Part I deals with the fundamentals of transport phenomena, including the transfer of momentum, energy, mass, electric and magnetic properties. Parts II and III are concerned with applications of the fundamentals in transport phenomena occurring in manufacturing and materials processing, respectively. Emphasis has been placed on common aspects of both discciplines, such as forming, machining, welding, casting, injection molding, surface processes, heating and cooling, solidification, crystal growth and diffusion. Part IV deals with beam technology and microgravity, two topics of current importance. Preface. Table of Contents. Fundamentals. Flow, heat and mass transfer. Electromagnetism. Dimensional analysis and dimensionless parameters. Transport Phenomena in Manufacturing. Machining and machine tool thermal deformation. Welding. Casting. Injection molding. Surface processes. Transport Phenomena in Materials Processing. Heating and cooling. Melting and solidification. Crystal growth. Diffusion. Special Topics. Beam technology. Microgravity. Nomenclature. Author index. Subject index.  W.-J.Yang,  S.Mochizuki,  N.Nishiwaki TPETransport Processes in Engineering6  Out of print 192 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89358-X 060602

    620024 BK Out of print Plant Science, Agricultural Chemistry, Biochemistry / Biophysics, Carbohydrates, Cellular Biology, Herbs and Spices, Nutraceuticals, Functional and Medical Foods, Organic Chemistry, Phytochemistry, Plant Physiology and Biochemistry, Sugar Technology, Sugar, Syrups and Sweeteners
    Advances in Plant Glycosides, Chemistry and Biology
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Plant Glycosides, Kunming, China, August 12-15, 1997 1999
    ELSEVIER In the plant kingdom a variety of chemical constituents occur in a glycoside form (conjugation with sugar). Glycosides are important, secondary metabolites. The structural diversity is a result of the vast amount of varieties and stereochemical configurations of the sugar component. Aglycones belong to terpenoid, steroid, flavonoid, quinonoid, lignan, other simple phenolics, and isothiocyanate. However, biological activities of glycosides are, in many cases, susceptible to the nature of sugar moieties, even though their aglycone is the same.

    Since the 80s, plant glycosides have been attracting an increasing volume of interest from botanists and phytochemists world-wide for the following reasons:

  • They are difficult to isolate and purify

  • They have a very important biological function in plant life and remarkable biological activities

  • They are a very important resource of natural medicine, health food, cosmetics and food supplements.

    The first International Symposium on Plant Glycosides (ISPG), held in Kunming, China was attended by more than 150 scientists from 17 countries. During the four day meeting, 96 reports on plant glycosides, including structure elucidation, ethnobotany, pharmacology, quantitative evaluation, synthesis, pharmacology and biotechnology were presented. 54 of these papers are given in this volume. All these papers review recent research results on plant glycosides. Selected Papers. Significance of glycosides in food materials (O. Tanaka). Cancer chemopreventive activities of Panax notoginseng and Ginsenoside Rg1 (T. Konoshima). NMR studies on sugar moieties of some new triterpenoid saponins from Aralia spinifolia and Nothopanax davidii (S.-S. Yu et al.). Formation of Ginsenoside-protein conjugates (H. Park et al.). Biological test on Schefflera glycosides and Ginseng glycosides by radio-ligand receptor binding assays (M. Zhu, R.C. Li). Leguminous glycosides effective for hepatitis (T. Nohara, J. Kinjo). Review of studies on biological activities of soyasaponins (Z.-Z. Qian et al.). Synthesis of steroid saponins from Chinese herbs (B. Yu et al.). Rapid determination on plant glycosides by LC/MS and LC/NMR (K. Hostettmann, J.-L. Wolfender). Separation of three major isoflavonoids from the root of Fueraria Lobata by high speed centrifugal partition chromatography (Y.-H. Pei et al.). Structural analyses of glycolipids from edible mushroom by fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry (A. Sawabe et al.). Contributors. Latin Name Index. Edited by Chong-RenYang,  OsamuTanaka SPLSStudies in Plant Science6  Out of print 458 pages Hardbound
    0-444-50180-0 090922

    524838 BK Out of print Microelectronics, Arithmetic and Logic Structures, CAD,CAM,CAE, Control of Electrical Systems, Logic Design, Processor Architectures
    VLSI 93
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC10/WG10.5 International Conference, Grenoble, France, 7-10 September 1993 1994
    NORTH-HOLLAND VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration) results from the optimum integration of a broad range of technologies and disciplines, including architectures, software, circuits and semiconductor physics. VLSI is fundamentally interdisciplinary in nature and this will become increasingly so in the future as the requirements for greater complexity and performance grow. With the general tendency for specialisation of human skills, the goal of encompassing all the knowledge necessary to make such progress is indeed challenging. This volume provides a broad ranging interdisciplinary exploration of VLSI by specialists and aims to stimulate further research in this exciting area. Keynote. The single chip system era (J. Borel, J. Monnier, G. Matheron). Layout Synthesis. Post-placement technology mapping (D. Brasen, A. Ginetti). Optimal layout recycling based on graph theoretic linear programming approach (Y. Shigehiro, T. Nagata, I. Shirakawa, T. Kambe). A family of module generators for the layout synthesis of I/O buffers (K.M. Nguyen, M.C. Lefebvre). A 45° compaction algorithm handling overconstraints (L. Ladage, G. Lodde). Special Purpose Architectures. Invited paper: Personal communicators: a better way to stay in touch (H.M. Hauser). Design of a GaAs redundant divider (I. Moussa, A. Skaf, A. Guyot). An ASIC array architecture for the DITPOS algorithm (P.M.R. Jensen). Performance of object caching for object-oriented systems (J.M. Chang, E.F. Gehringer). A VLSI circuit for on-line polynomial computing: application to exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions (A. Skaf, J.-C. Bajard, A. Guyot, J.-M. Muller). Design for Testability. Self-parity combinational circuits for self-testing, concurrent fault detection and parity scan design (M. Gössel, E.S. Sogomonyan). Partitioning and hierarchical description of self-testable designs (A.P. Stroele). Test of single fault tolerant controllers in VLSI circuits (R. Leveugle). A C-testable parallel multiplier using differential cascode voltage switch (DCVS) logic (W.A. Waller, S.M. Aziz). Image Processing. Invited paper: Opportunities for integrating early-vision computation algorithms and VLSI technology to the development of smart sensors (D. Poussart). Single board image processing unit for vehicle guidance (J. Schönfeld, P. Pirsch). Implementation of the volume rendering algorithm using a low-power design-style (J. Smit, M.J. Bentum, M.M. Samsom). Design of a dedicated neural network on silicon: application to optical character recognition (D. Jacquet, G. Saucier). High Performance Processors. Invited paper: ARM6: processor design for high performance at low power (M. Muller). A new method for retiming multi-functional processing units (A. Van der Werf, E.H.L. Aarts, E.W. Heijnen, J.L. Van Meerbergen, W.F.J. Verhaegh, P.E.R. Lippens). A transformational approach to asynchronous high-level synthesis (G. Gopalakrishnan, V. Akella). A micropipelined ARM (S.B. Furber, P. Day, J.D. Garside, N.C. Paver, J.V. Woods). A high performance RISC microprocessor (F. Poirier, J.C. Heudin, M. Belleville, C. Jaffard). Low Level Models. Probabilistic power consumption estimation in digital circuits (W. Röthig, E. Melcher, M. Dana). Solving the partial differential equations of transmission lines with wave digital filters (M. Erbar, I. Könenkamp, E.-H. Horneber). Parallel harmonic balance (M. Schneider, U. Wever, Q. Zheng). Estimating lower hardware bounds in high-level synthesis (N. Wehn, M. Glesner, C. Vielhauer). Multichip Modules. Invited paper: Ultra high speed CMOS design (C. Svensson, J. Yuan). The implementation of a MCM associative string processor (C.M. Habiger, I.P. Jalowiecki). Superconductive interconnections in multi-chip modules (B. Cabon, T.V. Dinh, J. Chilo). Routing. A multilayer channel router based on optimal multilayer net assignment (M.S. Tanaka, M. Ishikawa). The chaos router chip: design and implementation of an adaptive router (K. Bolding, S.-C. Cheung, S.-E. Choi, C. Ebeling, S. Hassoun, T.A. Ngo, R. Wille). A new performance-driven global routing algorithm for gate array (T. Xue, T. Fujii, E.S. Kuh). Simulation. Circuit simulation for large interconnected IC networks (S. Lin, E.S. Kuh). Bondgraph execution as a new algorithm for circuit simulation (M. Müller). Adaptive checkpoint intervals in an optimistically synchronised parallel digital system simulator (A.C. Palaniswamy, P.A. Wilsey). Edited by T.Yanagawa,  P.A.Ivey IFIPTAIFIP Transactions A: Computer Science and TechnologyA-42  Out of print 374 pages Paperback
    0-444-89911-1 050504

    25808 BK Out of print Materials Engineering
    Mechanical Behaviour of Materials V
    Proceedings of the 5th International Conference, Beijing, China, 3-6 June 1987 1988
    PERGAMON Provides a thorough up-to-date account of the latest developments in materials science and engineering research and applications. The contributed papers cover all aspects of this important field, including material aspects of fracture in engineering practice, fatigue criteria and material characterisation, environmental effects on fracture, high temperature deformation and failure and mechanical properties and engineering applications of composite and non-metallic materials. Contains approximately 200 papers from acknowledged experts. (partial) Mechanistic and continuum aspects of toughness in heterogeneous polymers, A S Argon. Unique contributions to understanding fatigue fracture from studies of cyclic deformation, C Laird & F L Liang. A new concept and energetical model of fracture using acoustic emission, L I Maslov. The behaviour of short fatigue cracks and their initiation, K J Miller. Study of the process zone at the crack tip (behavior of the voids at the crack tip of aluminum alloy specimen), H Miyamoto. Predicting the growth of small and large cracks using a crack-closure model, J C Newman et al. Mechanisms and controlling factors in creep fracture, W D Nix. Fatigue analysis for variable amplitude loading: fundamental aspects and engineering applications, H Nowack & R Marissen. Global and local approaches to creep crack initiation and growth, A Pineau. Crack tip shielding in fracture and fatigue: intrinsic vs. extrinsic toughening, R O Ritchie. Engineering problems and engineering solutions to stress corrosion cracking, M O Spiedel. Quantifying creep-corrosion interactions, D M R Taplin et al. Simplified design of composite materials, S W Tsai et al. Electrochemical reactions and corrosion fatigue crack growth, R P Wei. Elucidation of the mechanism of HIC and SCC with the aid of stress analyses and fracture mechanics, C M Hsiao.

    2000 lit. refs., 1000 illus. Edited by M. G.Yan,  S. H.Zhang,  Z. M.Zheng SFMSInternational Series on the Strength and Fracture of Materials and Structures  Out of print 1505 pages Hardbound
    0-08-034912-9 060600

    504057 BK Out of print Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
    New Horizons in Preventing Cardiovascular Diseases
    Proceedings of the Symposium on New Horizons in Preventing Cardiovascular Diseases - WHO CARDIAC and Related Studies, Kyoto, Japan, 27 May 1988 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA A need to establish dietary goals for health and long life has come to light, using as a basis the recently advanced scientific knowledge concerning diets and cardiovascular diseases which accelerate the pathological ageing process in mankind. The first report of the International Cooperataive Study on Cardiovascular Diseases and Alimentary Comparison (WHO CARDIAC Study) was included in the contributions for the above mentioned symposium. This report is a scientific attempt to analyse dietary conditions and cardiovascular diseases in 40 communities of 20 countries in the world. Together with the other valuable presentations from Kyoto, this proceedings will no doubt contribute to an improved understanding of how cardiovascular diseases can best be prevented, at the same time communicating the main message from this symposium of hope for a healthier long life to mankind. Preface (Y. Yamori and T. Strasser). Section 1. Dietary prevention of cardiovascular diseases - progress in experimental studies (6 papers). Section 2. Dietary prevention of cardiovascular diseases - progress in clinical studies (4 papers). Section 3. Diets and cardiovascular diseases - epidemiological analysis of dietary risk factors and descriptive epidemiology of populations (6 papers). Section 4. Diets and cardiovascular diseases - on-going multicenter studies (2 papers). Section 5. Nonpharmacological intervention - epidemiological and clinical studies (6 papers). Section 6. Progress in pharmacological prevention (3 papers). Section 7. Optimizing intervention (contributions to a panel discussion) (5 papers). Section 8. Community control of cardiovascular diseases (1 paper) Edited by Y.Yamori,  T.Strasser ICSInternational Congress Series815  Out of print x + 300 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81083-8 096965

    524582 BK Out of print Analytical Chemistry, Biochemical Engineering, Biotechnology (General), Chemical Health and Safety, Industrial Chemistry, Materials Analysis and Characterization, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry, Pollution Control, Process Design, Simulation, Control
    Chemical Sensor Technology, Volume 3
    1991
    ELSEVIER The present volume is the third in a series of annual reviews reporting the latest progress being made in research and technology, both basic and applied, in the area of chemical sensors. Chemical sensors continue to grow rapidly in importance encompassing a broad spectrum of technologies covering safety, pollution, fuel economy, medical engineering and industrial processes. Various types of chemical sensors have been devised for detection and monitoring of chemical substances in gases, solutions and organisms, and much work is being done to produce sensitive, selective, reliable and inexpensive sensors.

    The series aims at contributing to the progress of research and development of chemical sensors. Contributors to the individual volumes are carefully selected by an international editorial board. Each article, written by an expert active in the front lines of chemical sensor research, describes a specific topic. Not only the academic or technological essence of the subject is provided, but also the background and philosophy, evaluation and achievements and future problems. In this way, each topic is described in sufficient depth so as to be useful and stimulating to researchers worldwide. Gas-Sensing Characteristics of Oxide Whiskers (M. Egashira and Y. Shimizu). Tin Dioxide Gas Sensor - A New Approach to Odor Sensing (T. Nakahara and H. Koda). Theory and Practice of Dielectric-Supported Thin Film Chemiresistors (E.S. Kolesar, Jr.). Multicomponent Analysis in Chemical Sensing (U. Weimar, S. Vaihinger, K.D. Schierbaum and W. Göpel). Automotive Oxygen Sensors (E.M. Logothetis). Principles and Fabrication Materials of Electrochemical Sensors (T.C. Tan and C.C. Liu). Use of High Temperature Proton Conductor for Gas Sensors (H. Iwahara). Development of an SO2 Sensor Based on Metal Sulfates (G. Adachi and N. Imanaka). Polymer-Based Capacitive Hygrometers (H. Grange and G. Delapierre). Development and Applications of Fiber Optic Sensors (S.M. Angel, T.J. Kulp, M.L. Myrick and K.C. Langry). In-site Fiber Optic Sensing Technique for Chemical Composition and Temperature of Gas at Elevated Temperatures by Infrared Spectroscopy (M. Maeda). The Development and Scope of Ion-Selective Electrodes (J.D.R. Thomas). Microstructured ISFETs (N.F. de Rooij and H.H. van den Vlekkert). Interfacial Electrochemistry of Flavoenzymes and Its Potential Application to the Preparation of a New Enzyme Sensor (I. Taniguchi, H. Eguchi and S. Tomimura). Microvoltammetry and Brain Dialysis (J.B. Justice, Jr. and L.H. Parsons). Ultramicroelectrodes as Sensing Devices for Biological Molecules (T. Matsue and I. Uchida). Recent Development of Immunochemical Sensors and Immunological Assays Using Monoclonal Antibodies Against Small Molecules (T. Uda). Index. Edited by N.Yamazoe CHSTChemical Sensor Technology3  Out of print 320 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98701-0 030303

    521304 BK Out of print Nuclear Physics (General), High Energy Physics (General)
    Perspectives of Meson Science
    1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND Unstable particles such as mesons and muons are now used in various research domains of physics, chemistry, engineering, and life sciences. This book is aimed at summarizing the present exploratory activities and giving future perspectives from a very broad scope. It contains 27 contributions in a wide range of subjects, such as muSR studies of superconductivities, magnetism, muon beam and muSR methodology, theoretical accounts of muon hyperfine interactions, muon catalyzed fusion processes, metastable exotic atoms, medical diagnostics, strangeness nuclear physics, mesons in nuclei, meson-related nuclear reactions and structure, and exotic decays of mesons. Preface. 1. Evolution of meson science in Japan - personal reminiscence of helical movements (T. Yamazaki). 2. Studies of high-Tc superconductor systems by positive and negative muons (N. Nishida). 3. muSR studies on superconductivity: penetration depth and Knight shift (Y.J. Uemura). 4. Progress in experimental studies of muon diffusion (R. Kadono). 5. Quantum diffusion of positive muons in solids (J. Kondo). 6. Hyperfine interactions of mu+, muonium and mu- in solids (H. Akai, K. Terakura and J. Kanamori). 7. Muon spin resonance spectroscopy (K. Nishiyama). 8. Recent results in gas phase muSR and muonium chemistry (at TRIUMF) (D. Fleming and M. Senba). 9. Muon level-crossing resonance (R.F. Kiefl and S.R. Kreitzman). 10. mu+SR in magnetically ordered metals (A. Seeger and L. Schimmele). 11. Experiments on muon catalyzed fusion (K. Nagamine). 12. Coupled-rearrangement-channel calculations of muon catalyzed fusion processes (M. Kamimura). 13. Metastable exotic helium atoms (R.S. Hayano, M. Iwasaki and T. Yamazaki). 14. Towards advanced muon-beam production (K. Nagamine and K. Ishida). 15. Low-energy muon science at the turn of the millenium (J.H. Brewer). 16. New diagnostic methods using muonic X-rays (K. Sakamoto, Y. Hosoi and K. Nagamine). 17. Hypernuclear spectroscopy with stopped K- (R.S. Hayano and T. Yamazaki). 18. Sigma-hypernuclear systems (Y. Akaishi). 19. Future experimental projects with the superconducting kaon spectrometer (O. Hashimoto). 20. Strangeness nuclear physics (H. Bando, T. Motoba and J. Zofka). 21. Nuclei with double strangeness and H dibaryon (K. Imai). 22. Studies of hadron-induced reactions with the FANCY spectrometer (K. Nakai). 23. Pion transfer reactions for the study of deeply bound pionic atoms and deltas in nuclei (H. Toki). 24. Strange meson production in relativistic heavy-ion collisions at the BNL-AGS (S. Nagamiya). 25. Strangeness production in high-energy nuclear collisions (M. Sano and M. Wakai). 26. Quark-meson hybrid model for baryon-baryon interaction (K. Yazaki). 27. Search for exotic phenomena in kaon decay - muon polarization in Kmu2 decay, etc. (J. Imazato). Subject index. Edited by T.Yamazaki,  K.Nakai,  K.Nagamine  Out of print xviii + 844 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89555-8 040401

    524584 BK Out of print Analytical Chemistry, Biochemical Engineering, Biotechnology (General), Chemical Health and Safety, Industrial Chemistry, Materials Analysis and Characterization, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry, Pollution Control, Process Design, Simulation, Control
    Chemical Sensor Technology, Volume 4
    1992
    ELSEVIER This volume is the fourth in a series of annual reviews on progress in the research and technology, both basic and applied, of chemical sensors. New principles, new devices, and the detailed mechanism of various chemical sensors are described. Chemical sensors continue to grow rapidly in importance encompassing a broad spectrum of technologies covering safety, pollution, fuel economy, medical engineering and industrial processes. More than half the papers in this volume are relevant to biosensing, a strategic field for medical and health care equipment, especially in geriatric medicine. Frequent health checks at home will be increasingly necessary as the proportion of the aged in the population steadily grows. In some cases health conditions will have to be monitored constantly to give warnings or provide emergency assistance at the right time. Because biochemical substances play major roles in physiological processes such as metabolism, excitation and contraction of skeletal muscle and neurotransmission, chemical sensing of the related biochemical substances will eventually become indispensable.

    Each chapter is written by an expert active in the front lines of chemical sensor research. Not only is the technological essence of the subject provided, but also the background and philosophy, an evaluation of achievements to date and problems to be dealt with. Each topic is described in sufficient depth to be useful to researchers worldwide. Development of the TGS Gas Sensor (A. Chiba). Invention of the Gas Sensor. Establishment of Figaro Engineering Inc. Some Basic Aspects of Semiconductor Gas Sensors (N. Yamazoe and N. Miura). Microstructure of SnO2 Particles. Influence of Microstructure on Gas Sensitivity. Modifications of SnO2 Surface. Concluding Remarks. Silicon Technologies for Sensor Fabrication (W. Mokwa). Basic Processing Steps. Silicon on Insulator Technology. Silicon Micromechanics. Thin Film Chemical Sensors on Silicon Substrates. Chemical Sensors Based on Silicon Devices. Micromachined Chemical Sensors. Conclusion. Characterization of Oxygen Adsorbates on Semiconductive Oxides (M. Iwamoto). Oxygen Species Adsorbed on Oxides. Adsorption States of Oxygen Species on Oxides. Reactivity of Oxygen Species Adsorbed on Metal Oxides. Conclusions. Miniaturization of Catalytic Combustion Sensors (H. Futata). Conventional Catalytic Combustion Sensors. Improvement for Selective CO Detection. Development of Low-power Sensors. Conclusion. Solid Electrolyte Potentiometric Oxygen Gas Sensors (C.M. Mari and G.B. Barbi). Operating Principles. Precision of Oxygen Partial Pressure Determination. Accuracy and Reliability. Response Time. Materials. Conclusions. NASICON: a Sensitive Membrane for Ion Analysis (P. Fabry and E. Siebert). Structure and Properties of NASICON. NASICON Preparation Processes. ISE Improvements with NASICON. Conclusion. Characterization of Poly(dimethyldiallylammonium chloride) and its Application to Electrochemical Sensors (R.S. Tieman, K.L. Rauen, W.R. Heineman and E.W. Huber). NMR Studies of Irradiated DMDAAC. Electrochemistry of Poly(DMDAAC) Networks on Platinum and Graphite. Solid-state Electrochemical Measurements Using Poly(DMDAAC). Humidity Sensor. Conclusions. Biosensors with Microvolume Reaction Chambers (L. Bousse, J.C. Owicki and J.W. Parce). LAPS Devices. Kinetics of pH Change in Microvolumes. Application to Enzyme-linked Immunoassays. The Measurement of the Metabolism of Living Cells. Conclusion. Enzyme Sensor Utilizing an Immobilized Mediator (F. Mizutani and S. Yabuki). The Use of Conducting Support. The Use of Water-soluble Macromolecular Mediators. Future Prospects. Piezoelectric Biosensors (G.J. Bastiaans). Principles of Piezoelectric Acoustic Sensors. Bioactive Surfaces. Experimental Piezoelectric Biosensors. Future Trends. Sensitization of Dielectric Surfaces by Chemical Grafting Application to ISFETs and ENFETs (P. Clechet, N.J. Renault and C. Martelet). Chemical Sensitization of ISFETs. Surface Silanization of Silica Thin Layer. Conclusion. High Sensitive Immunosensor Employing Surface Photovoltage Technique (T. Katsube and H. Uchida). Surface Photovoltage (SPV) Technique. Experimental Details. Experimental Results. Discussion. Conclusion. Non-invasive Monitoring of Glucose in Blood (J. Kimura, T. Kuriyama, M. Kikuchi and T. Arai). Suction Effusion Fluid as a Bio-chemical Constituent Sensing Sample. ISFET Biosensor for Body Fluid. Feasibility Study by Animal Experiments. SEF Technology Applied to Humans. Conclusion. Biosensing System for Odor Compounds Using Plants (H. Matsuoka). Biosensor and Biosensing. Strategy for the Development of an Odor-sensing System Using Plants. Response Properties of Plant Leaf to CO2 Gas. Mechanism and Significance of Leaf Responsiveness to High Concentrations of CO2 Gas. Responsive Properties of Plant Leaf to Odor Compounds. Quantitative Experiments on Odor Compounds. Concluding Remarks. Index. Edited by S.Yamauchi CHSTChemical Sensor Technology4  Out of print 288 pages Hardbound
    0-444-98680-4 030303

    525608 BK Out of print Gastroenterology and Hepatology
    Progress in Hepatology Volume 1
    Cellular and Molecular Biology Proceedings of the Takahashi Memorial Forum, Tokyo, Japan, 5 November 1994 1995
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This volume, entitled Progress in Hepatology, is a reflection upon the most recent experiences in Japanese research. Most of the work was presented at a meeting, held in Tokyo, in memory of Tadao Takahashi M.D., Professor Emeritus of the Jikei University School of Medicine and a founder of the Japanese Association for the Study of the Liver.

    This book is intended to cover recent advances of hepatology in Japan. Other volumes, focusing on different subject areas in hepatology, particularly in Japan are expected to be published on an annual basis. Molecular structure and pathophysiological roles of interceullular junctions in the liver (M. Mori et al.). Transport in the liver and its abnormalities (H. Takikawa and M. Yamanaka). Hepatocyte growth factor: Pleiotrophic roles for liver regeneration and possible clinical applications (H. Amaike et al.). Acute liver failure. Possible mechanisms of massive hepatic necrosis and impaired liver regeneration (K. Fujiwara et al.). The effect of HGF on coagulation and fibrinolysis in dimethylnitrosoamine-induced liver injury (K. Okabe et al.). Mechanism of liver cell injury induced by hepatitis C virus (N. Hayashi et al.). Molecular mechanisms of persistent infection and interferon resistance of hepatitis C virus (N. Enomoto et al.). The present status of autoimmune hepatitis and its heterogeneity (M. Zeniya et al.). Risk factors for development of alcoholic liver cirrhosis (M. Yamauchi et al.). Molecular pathogenesis of hepatocellular carcinoma in hepatitis B virus infection (K. Koike et al.). Index of authors. Keyword index. Edited by M.Y.Yamanaka,  K.Okabe,  G.Toda ICSInternational Congress Series1086  Out of print 154 pages Hardbound
    0-444-82099-X 096965

    504056 BK Out of print Cellular Biology, Oncology
    Molecular and Cellular Networks for Cancer Therapy
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Molecular and Cellular Networks for Cancer Therapy, May 20, 1988, Osaka, Japan 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA The symposium on which this book is based summarized the experimental and clinical results accumulated in the past decade on the effect of immunostimulants and cytokines as cancer therapy. The scientific committee consisting of Drs Y. Yamamura, I. Azuma, T. Ogura and F. Takaku organised the symposium, which took place on May 20, 1988 with 250 delegates. Ten speakers, including 5 from overseas, reviewed their special areas of experience in immunostimulants and cytokines as cancer therapy. This volume has been specially edited to reflect the discussions which took place, as well as the reviews presented. It is also intended to provide a better understanding of the knowledge obtained in recent years and future research prospects in this area. Preface. SECTION 1: CYTOKINES AND THEIR ROLE IN CANCER THERAPY. Pleiotropisms and pleiomorphisms of cytokines - Immunostimulated and endogenous ways of hematopoiesis? (F. Melchers). Hemopoietic regulators in the treatment of cancer and myeloid leukemia (D. Metcalf). Effectiveness of cytokines in cancer therapy (F. Takaku). Regulation of immune and inflammatory responses by T cell-derived lymphokines (K. Hatake, A. Miyajima, K. Arai). Biomolecular mechanisms of macrophage activation for tumor cell killing (S.W. Russell). Successful therapy of melanoma with a regimen of low-dose cyclophosphamide and interleukin 2 (M.S. Mitchell, R.A. Kempf, W. Harel et al.). Immunomodulation by tumor necrosis factor (K. Hori, M.J. Ehrke, E. Mihich). SECTION 2: NOCARDIA RUBRA CELL WALL SKELETON AND ITS CLINICAL APPLICATION. Immunologic and biochemical properties of bacterial fractions and related compounds with special reference to BCG cell wall skeleton and Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (I. Azuma). Molecular and cellular multihit attack against tumor cells with immunostimulants (T.O. Yoshida, S. Haraguchi, T. Matsuo). Chemical structure of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (S. Koda, M. Fujioka, Y. Morimoto). Activation of cellular networks and cytokine cascade with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (H. Aoki). Immunopharmacological effect of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton on host defense against cancer in an experimental system (T. Masuno). Experimental immunotherapy with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton in tumor-bearing animals (I. Kawase). Prevention of carcinogenesis with BCG cell wall skeleton and Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton in experimental models (T. Yoshimoto, M. Namba, F. Hirao). Immunological rationale for immunotherapy of lung cancer and clinical effect of surgical adjuvant immunotherapy with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (K. Yasumoto, H. Nakahashi). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton in inoperable lung cancers (T. Ogura, M. Sakatani). Long-term results of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton immunotherapy in gastric cancer patients (T. Ochiai, K. Isono). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for immunotherapy of gastric carcinoma based on the function of effector T cells against tumors (S. Koyama, T. Ebihara). Randomized controlled study of chemoimmunotherapy for acute myelogenous leukemia with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton and irradiated allogeneic leukemic cells (H. Nakamura, R. Ohno, K. Yamada et al.). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for acute nonlymphatic leukemia (S. Kishimoto, K. Yunoki, T. Yamaguchi et al.). Adjuvant immunotherapy by Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for head and neck malignancies: a randomized, controlled study (S. Sakai). Preliminary results of a trial with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for the prevention of respiratory tract cancer in a high-risk group (Y. Nishimoto, M. Yamakido, S. Ishioka). Author index. Subject index. Edited by Y.Yamamura,  I.Azuma ICSInternational Congress Series857  Out of print x + 270 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81076-5 096965

    504055 BK Out of print Dentistry and Oral Surgery
    Lasers in Dentistry
    Proceedings of the International Congress, Tokyo, Japan, 5-6 August 1988 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA The International Congress of Laser in Dentistry was held in Tokyo, Japan on August 5th and 6th, 1988, hosted by Professor Hajime Yamamoto. There were 400 participants, including 60 foreign attendants. The main theme of the Congress was "Application of laser to oral and maxillofacial region". The scientific program consisted of 4 special lectures, 1 symposium, 3 workshops and 44 free papers. This volume includes the most important papers of those presented at the Congress, and will provide clinicians and researchers with the opportunity to learn much about the extensive, up-to-date information on several new therapeutic and diagnostic strategies in laser dentistry. LECTURES (4 papers). SYMPOSIUM (6 papers). BASIC RESEARCH (5 papers). INSTRUMENTATION (5 papers). MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSIS (4 papers). ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY (9 papers). DENTAL CARIES AND DENTAL PULP (5 papers). PERIODONTOLOGY (1 paper). ANALGESIC EFFECT (3 papers). TREATMENT OF MALIGNANT TUMOR (3 papers). Author index. Edited by H.Yamamoto,  K.Atsumi,  H.Kusakari ICSInternational Congress Series850  Out of print xii + 304 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81092-7 096965

    503745 BK Out of print Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications, Electric Power, Magnetic Properties and Materials, Waveguides and Antennas
    Electromagnetomechanical Interactions in Deformable Solids and Structures
    Proceedings of the IUTAM Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 12-17 Oct. 1986 1987
    NORTH-HOLLAND The basic aim of the symposium was to stimulate the exchange of creative ideas and to promote advanced investigations of the electromagnetomechnical interaction phenomena. The importance of research in this field has been well recognized due to the rapid developments which have recently been made. These developments are particularly evident in both nuclear fusion reactor technology and electroacoustic device technology in the light of electromagnetoelasticity. A wide range of theoretical, experimental and numerical research was reported on and discussed. The new and up-to-date information presented here should help contribute to the progress of the related subjects. Electromagnetic Buckling and Stability (6 papers). Deformation and Vibrations due to an Electromagnetic Force (11 papers). Electromagnetic Fracture and Stress Analysis of Magnets (5 papers). Eddy Current Analysis (11 papers). Magnetic Field Analysis (3 papers). Electromagnetomechanical Interaction (6 papers). Electromagnetoelastic Wave (11 papers). Electromagnetic Material (10 papers) Invited Papers: Chaotic Dynamics in Magnetic and Magneto-Mechanical Systems (F.C. Moon and G.-X. Li). The Bending and Vibration of Piezoelectric Ceramic Plates (S.A. Ambartsumian and M.V. Belubekian). Recent Developments in the Computation of Eddy Current Effects (C.W. Trowbridge and C. Emson). Eddy Current Methods of Flaw Detection and Their Modeling (W. Lord). Coupled Magnetomechanical Hysteresis Effects: Application to Non-Destructive Testing (G.A. Maugin, M. Sabir and P. Chambon). Multipole Electrodynamics of Deformable Solids (R.K.T. Hsieh). Edited by Y.Yamamoto,  K.Miya  Out of print xvi + 434 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70231-8 060601

    523494 BK Out of print Numerical Analysis, Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages, Physical Sciences and Engineering, Simulation and Modeling
    Advances in Computational Mathematics
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Computational Mathematics, Matsuyama, Japan, 30 August-4 September 1990 Reprinted from the Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics 1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND This is a book edition of the symposium proceedings previously published in the Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics. Twenty-one invited and 11 contributed talks given by such authors as E.L. Allgower, O. Axelesson, C. Brezinski, H.W. Engl, C.W. Gear, J.W. Jerome, D.K. Kahaner and B.N. Parlett are included. Contributions cover a wide variety of current topics in computational mathematics including: numerical linear algebra, nonlinear equations and optimization, numerical approximation and integration, ill-posed problems, numerical solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, numerical solution of algebraic equations, and computation with validation. Preface (T. Yamamoto). Conjugate gradient methods for continuation problems (E.L. Allgower, C.-S. Chien, K. Georg and C.-F. Wang). Volume integrals for boundary element methods (E.L. Allgower, K. Georg and R. Widmann). The method of diagonal compensation of reduced matrix entries and multilevel iteration (O. Axelsson). Optimal linear contractive sequence transformations (C. Brezinski and S. Paszkowski). PCG methods applied to a system of nonlinear equations (X. Chen and T. Yamamoto). A bidimensional stability result for aluminium electrolytic cells (J. Descloux, Y. Jaccard and M.V. Romerio). Uniform convergence of regularization methods for linear ill-posed problems (H.W. Engl and G. Hodina). Generalized nonlinear diagonal dominance and applications to asynchronous iterative methods (A. Frommer). Performance of hyperplane ordering on vector computers (S. Fujino, M. Mori and T. Takeuchi). Waveform methods for space and time parallelism (C.W. Gear). A simple numerical model for nonlinear warming of a slab (C.W. Groetsch). Application of a modified FFT to product type integration (T. Hasegawa and T. Torii). Computing zeros and orders of Bessel functions (Y. Ikebe, Y. Kikuchi and I. Fujishiro). Projected successive overrelaxation method for finite-element solutions to the Dirichlet problem for a system of nonlinear elliptic equations (K. Ishihara). On the stability of the boundary element collocation method applied to the linear heat equation (Y. Iso and K. Onishi). Numerical approximation of PDE system fixed-point maps via Newton's method (J.W. Jerome). Experiments with an ordinary differential equation solver in the parallel solution of method of lines problems on a shared-memory parallel computer (D.K. Kahaner, E.Ng, W.E. Schiesser and S. Thompson). On counting functions of self-similar sequences (Y. Kametaka). Asymptotic stability of the fundamental solution method (T. Kitagawa). On bivariate osculatory interpolation (X.-Z. Liang and L.-Q. Li). Multilevel adaptive methods for incompressible flow in grooved channels (C. Liu, Z. Liu and S. McCormick). Trencs in systolic and cellular computation (G. Miel). Solving nonlinear parabolic problems with result verification. Part I: One-space dimensional case (M.T. Nakao). Approximate GCD and its application to ill-conditioned algebraic equations (M.-T. Noda and T. Sasaki). The double exponential formula for oscillatory functions over the half infinite interval (T. Ooura and M. Mori). Acceleration methods for vector sequences (N. Osada). Symmetric matrix pencils (B.N. Parlett). A high-order iterative formula for simultaneous determination of zeros of a polynomial (T. Sakurai, T. Torii and H. Sugiura). A method for constructing generalized Runge-Kutta methods (H. Sugiura and T. Torii). Finite-element analysis of high Reynolds number flows past a circular cylinder (M. Tabata and S. Fujima). Computational aspect of linear water wave problem (T. Ushijima). On the determination of the safe initial approximation for the Durand-Kerner algorithm (D. Wang and F. Zhao). Ball algorithms for constructing solutions of nonlinear operator equations (Z. You and Z. Xu). Edited by T.Yamamoto  Out of print viii + 478 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89421-7 050502

    503744 BK Out of print Solid Mechanics, Elasticity, Mechanical Engineering, Structural Engineering, Structural Mechanics
    Elastic Stability of Circular Cylindrical Shells
    1984
    NORTH-HOLLAND The object of this book is to clarify the whole aspect of the basic problems concerning the elastic stability of of circular cylindrical shells under typical loading conditions. The book deals with buckling, postbuckling and initial postbuckling problems under one of the three fundamental loads, that is, torsion, pressure and compression. The emphases are placed on the accurate analysis and comprehensive numeral results for the buckling problem, experimental verification of the theoretical analysis for the postbuckling problem and clarification of the range of applicability of the perturbation method for the analysis of initial postbuckling behaviors and imperfection sensitivity. The problems under typical combined loads as well as the influence of the contained liquid are also clarified. Introduction. Preface. 1. Nonlinear Theory of Circular Cylindrical Shells. 2. Buckling of Circular Shells Under Fundamental Loads. 3. Postbuckling Behavior of Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Fundamental Loads. 4. Initial Postbuckling and Imperfection Sensitivity Under Fundamental Loads. 5. Buckling and Postbuckling of Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Combined Loads. 6. Buckling and Postbuckling of Partially Liquid-Filled Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Fundamental Loads. References. By N.Yamaki NHAMNorth-Holland Series in Applied Mathematics and Mechanics27  Out of print xiv + 558 pages Hardbound
    0-444-86857-7 040402

    600007 BK Out of print Materials Mechanics, Corrosion of Metals, Transportation Engineering
    Recent Advances in Coated Steels Used for Automobile
    1996
    ELSEVIER In recent years, the demand for steel sheets with higher corrosion resistance has increased dramatically, and the Japanese steel and car industries have been cooperating to develop new coated steel to be used for the body of automobiles. The papers in this volume highlight the recent developments of Japanese studies such as:

  • New precoated steel sheets used for automobiles from the viewpoints of corrosion resistance and workability such as press formability and spot-weldability;

  • New corrosion test containing wet and dry processes which has the possibility to divert to other materials;

  • Al-Mn coated steel sheet which has the corrosion resistance comparable to stainless steel.

    All the articles, which have been contributed by authors from the steel and car industries, provide definitive conclusions and constructive suggestions for this field. Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. Pre-coated steel sheet for automotive body in Japan (A. Shibuya). Application of galvannealed steel sheet (H. Kawaguchi, S. Sudo, A. Tanaka). Zn-Ni alloy plated steel sheet applied to automobile body (T. Sakauchi, H. Itoh). Automotive corrosion prevention and testing (K. Okazaki). Alloying reaction controlin production of galvannealed steel (T. Kanamura, M. Nakayama, T. Fujiwara). Organic composite coated steel sheet (M. Yamashita, T. Kubota). Zinc- and zinc alloy-based dispersion-coated steel sheets (N. Morito). Corrosion resistance of vapor deposited zinc alloy coated steel sheets (J. Katoh, J. Kawafuku). Amorphous Al-Mn alloy pre-coated steel sheet by morten salt electrolytes (J. Uchida et al.). Ceramic coatings on aluminized steel sheets by the sol-gel method (K. Izumi, Y. Uchida). Index. Edited by K.Yamakawa,  H.Fujikawa CJMRCurrent Japanese Materials Research16  Out of print 192 pages Hardbound
    0-444-82513-4 060657

    525037 BK Out of print Numerical Methods in Engineering, Mathematical Methods in Physics, Mechanical Engineering
    Towards the Harnessing of Chaos
    A Collection of Contributions Based on Lectures Presented at the Seventh TOYOTA Conference, Mikkabi, Shizuoka, Japan, 31 October- 3 November 1993 1994
    ELSEVIER Since the findings of R. May in 1974, chaos has become a popular subject of research in many science fields such as mathematics, physics, biology and chemistry. Recently it has been suggested that chaos may provide some applications in engineering fields. The word "harnessing" chosen in the title of this book is meant to suggest the taming of chaos, which seems to act like a living thing. This collection of papers presents a unique up-to-date review of the various applications of chaos in different fields. Preface. Sessions I: Using nonlinear dynamics to make a new world atlas (M.J. Feigenbaum). A theory of computation and complexity over the real numbers (L. Blum). II: Critical computation, phase transitions and hierarchical learning (J.P. Crutchfield). How can chaos be a cognitive processor? (I. Tsuda, G. Barna). Chaos and evolution of cooperative behavior in a host-parasite game (T. Ikegami, E.S. Yoshikawa). III: Some thoughts on chaos in engineering (R.S. MacKay). Chaos in neural response and dynamical neural network models: toward a new generation of analog computing (K. Aihara). Solution of the optimization problem using the neural network model as a globally coupled map (H. Nozawa). IV: Chaos and metapopulation persistence (D.J. Rosko, W.M. Schaffer, J.C. Allen). Mesoscopic modeling of complex dynamics in heart and other excitable media (H. Ito). Entrainment of chaotic systems with resonant driving forces (K. Chang, A. Hübler). V: Controlling transient chaos in dynamical systems (Y. Lai, C. Grebogi, T. Tél). Functional optical chaos (P. Davis). VI: The engineering design of nonlinear dynamical systems (F.A. McRobie). Instability and controllability of quantum systems (P. Gaspard, P. van Ede van der Pals). Complicated behavior of a clarinet artificially blown (T. Idogawa, T. Kobata). VII: Indirect time series analysis of 1-D chaos and its applications to designs of noise generators and to evaluations of randomness of pseudorandom number generator (T. Kohda). Bifurcation equations and standard forms of continuous piecewise-linear vector fields (M. Komuro). VIII: Fractal distribution and Fick's law in a reversible chaotic system (S. Tasaki, P. Gaspard). On the structure of the parameter space of the Hénon map (A. Sannami). IX: Reconstructing chaotic systems in the presence of noise (A.I. Mees). Chaos - the surprises of smooth flows (O.E. Rössler). Poster Session. Papers by: M. Adachi and K. Aihara, K. Aoki, S. Arita and M. Yoneda, L. Chen and K. Aihara, N. Ichinose and K. Aihara, T. Ikeguchi and K. Aihara, T. Ishii and K. Kyuma, M. Kan and H. Taguchi, Y. Kato, S. Nakata, Y. Yonezawa and K. Yoshikawa, S. Kimoto, T. Ikeugchi, T. Matozaki and K. Aihara, H. Mori, T. Nagashima, J. Kawashima and Y. Takahashi, S. Nara and P. Davis, H. Oka, K. Sakai and K. Aihara, M. Sen and H. Chang, A. Shimizu, E. Simiu and M. Frey, K. Tanikawa and Y. Yamaguchi, I. Tokuda, R. Tokunaga and K. Aihara, K. Yagasaki, T. Yamada and K. Aihara, Y. Yonezawa. Author index. Subject index. Edited by M.Yamaguti  Out of print 454 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81934-7 040402

    522471 BK Out of print Control Systems, Mechanical Engineering
    Tribology of Plastic Materials
    Their Characteristics and Applications to Sliding Components 1990
    ELSEVIER This book presents a thorough overview on workable theories and reliable experimental data on the use of plastic materials for sliding parts.

    Divided into four parts. Chapters 1 and 2 deal with current theories of friction and wear, and include discussion of various hypotheses based upon experimental studies. Chapter 3 details experiments designed to improve tribological performance via polymer blending and composite production, whilst Chapter 4 explains how the data obtained from these experiemnts can be applied to sliding machine parts. The work will prove useful in the design of plastic materials and components and will also provide a stepping-stone toward future innovations in this field. 1. Friction. 2. Wear. 3. Improvement of Lubricity. 4. Application to Sliding Machine Parts. (References are included at the end of each chapter.) By Y.Yamaguchi  Out of print xii + 362 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87445-3 060607

    500158 BK Out of print Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, Biochemical Engineering, Carbohydrate Chemistry, Natural Products Chemistry
    Polysaccharides
    Syntheses, Modifications and Structure/Property Relations 1988
    ELSEVIER This book provides the most up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the structures and properties of polysaccharides, methods for their characterization, de novo synthesis, and modification, as well as advances in structure/function correlations. Many of these topics are summarized for the first time. A brief survey of polysaccharide structures is given highlighting the most significant advances in analytical and spectroscopic technology (NMR, MS, etc.). A chapter is devoted to glycan properties, including conformational aspects, rheological and compatibility characteristics, etc. There is a comprehensive overview of the de novo synthesis of carbohydrate polymers, the transformation of glycans into novel types of polymers, and the preparation of linear and branched polysaccharide analogues and conjugates with synthetic polymers via chemical and enzymatic approaches. The book also details the factors controlling the uniformity of substitutions in homogeneous and heterogeneous derivatization processes and the elucidation of the substitution patterns of partially modified polysaccharides, through combined spectroscopic and statistical methods. One of the important developments in the glycan field is based on the increasing demand for greater control of the functional properties of these biopolymers. The book provides a very extensive account of various types of modifications, including selective and non-selective chemical techniques, biological methods that facilitate alterations or specific functional groups and properties through the application of synthetic or degradative enzymes, and mutational or recombinant DNA techniques. The coverage extends to the control of glycan integrity and molecular weight through chemical enzymatic, physical or other methods. Electrochemical modification techniques are also discussed. A particularly up-to-date and comprehensive review is given of polysaccharide structure/property relations. Here, the effects of primary structural parameters (composition, molecular size, branching, polyelectrolyte character and non-carbohydrate substituents) are discussed, as are factors which affect glycan solubility, viscosity and gel-forming capacity. Also included are the phenomena resulting from the interactions of polysaccharides with solvents, salts, polyols, surfactants, synthetic and biological polymers. The impact of glycan structural parameters on various biological activities, such as immunological, anticoagulant, and antitumour properties, is surveyed. The book features a foreword by Dr. R.H. Marchessault, and contains almost 2,000 references to the state-of-the-art in the field, as well as an extensive subject index, over 40 tables, and 130 schemes and illustrations. It provides a wealth of valuable information for specialists in polysaccharides, biochemists, biotechnologists, enzymologists, microbiologists, organic chemists, polymer scientists, and others whose work involves these biopolymers. Chapter 1. Introduction. 2. Structures. 3. General Polysaccharide Methods. 4. Properties. 5. Synthesis of New Carbohydrate Polymers, Polysaccharide Analogues and Conjugates. 6. Substitution Patterns of Polysaccharide Derivatives. 7. Chemical Modifications. 8. Enzymatic Modifications. 9. Alterations of Polysaccharide Integrity and Electrochemical Modifications. 10. Structure/Property Relationships. References. Subject Index. By M.Yalpani SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry36  Out of print xxii + 500 pages Hardbound
    0-444-43022-9 030302

    500043 BK Out of print Biochemical Engineering, Carbohydrate Chemistry, Natural Products Chemistry, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
    Industrial Polysaccharides
    Genetic Engineering, Structure/Property Relations and Applications Proceedings of the Symposium on the Applications and Modifications of Industrial Polysaccharides held during the 193rd American Chemical Society National Meeting, Denver, CO, USA, 5-10 April 1987 1987
    ELSEVIER This volume contains over 30 scientific contributions and several review chapters on important research topics involving carbohydrate polymers. The book is based on recent developments in industrial polysaccharides in such areas as genetic engineering, chemistry, spectroscopy, and industrial applications. A number of significant scientific and technological breakthroughs are included. Extensive coverage is given on various chemical and enzymatic methodologies for systematic structural manipulations of polysaccharides, e.g. controlled manipulation of the biosynthetic pathways of industrial biopolymers such as PMB and xanthan gum, the effects of systematic enzymatic post-modification of galactomannans and molecular conformation studies of glycans. An important part of the volume is devoted to progress in the understanding of the important polysaccharide structure/property relations. Powerful chemical and enzymatic methodologies have advanced the prospects for the design of products with desired properties much closer to realization than ever before. The work also contains a number of contributions on emerging commercial applications ranging from oil field chemicals, to waste treatment, pesticides, cosmetics, foods, controlled drug delivery, wound treatment and other therapeutics. Several reviews on selected topics have been included in order to provide readers unfamiliar to these areas with background information. The volume will be of interest to specialists in polysaccharides, as well as to non-specialists whose work involves these materials. Introduction: Synthesis and Characterization of Polysaccharides (M. Yalpani). Part 1. Genetic Engineering and Enzymatic Modifications. Developments and prospects in enzymatic biopolymer modifications (M. Yalpani, M.J. Desrochers). Genetically engineered polymers: Manipulation of xanthan biosynthesis (M.R. Betlach et al.). Polyhydroxybutyrate (PHB): A model system for biopolymer engineering (O.P. Peoples, A.J. Sinskey). Controlled biosynthesis of yeast glucan particles (S. Jamas et al.). Polysaccharide modification - A physiological approach (I.W. Sutherland). Production and characterization of a thermostable bacterial cyclodextrin glycosyltransferase (H. Aoki et al.). Bacterial degradation of xanthan gum (M.C. Cadmus, M.E. Slodki). Hydrolysis products of Pichia (Hansenula) holstii O-phosphomannan and uses in phosphomannosyl receptor characterization (M.E. Slodki). Part 2. Chemical Modifications. Progress in chemical modifications of polysaccharides (M. Yalpani). Glycol-modified polysaccharides (G.L. Brode et al.). Natural and synthetic derivatives of agarose and their use in biochemical separations (K.B. Guisely). Chemically-modified group B meningococcal polysaccharides as human vaccines (H.J. Jennings et al.). Calcium complexation by oxidized maltodextrins in water (M.S. Nieuwenhuizen et al.). Part 3. Structure/Property Relations. Effect of mono-O-acetyl groups on the conformation and interaction of microbial polysaccharides (E.T. Atkins). Structure/property relations of a family of microbial polysaccharides (R. Moorehouse). The role of structural modification in controlling polysaccharide functionality (I.C.M. Dea). On the properties of polysaccharides: Relation between chemical structure and physical properties (M. Rinaudo, M. Milas). Organoleptic properties of food polysaccharides in thickened systems (E.R. Morris). Part 4. Characterization. Rheological characterization of high viscosity polysaccharides (B.-D. Kwon et al.). Conformations of chitosan, its metal complexes, and acid salts revealed by high-resolution solid-state 13C-NMR (H. Saitô et al.). CP/MAS 13C-NMR studies on aqueous polysaccharide gels (A.J. Stipanovic, P.J. Giammatteo). Polysaccharide structure from circular dichroism (I. Tobias). Part 5. Novel Applications. Commercial polysaccharides: Recent trends and developments (M. Yalpani, P.A. Sandford). Binding of metal cations by chitin derivatives: Improvement of adsorption ability through chemical modifications (K. Kurita). Immunological aspects of chitin derivatives (S. Tokura et al.). Chitosan-A natural, cationic biopolymer: Commercial applications (P.A. Sandford, G.P. Hutchings). Modification of dextran and application in prodrug design (E.H. Schacht). Author Index. Subject Index. Edited by M.Yalpani PBTProgress in Biotechnology3  Out of print xx + 408 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42906-9 070710

    692473 BK ISBN/0801679621 Dentistry
    Pharmacology and Therapeutics for Dentistry
    Fourth Edition 1998
    MOSBY This comprehensive resource covers the entire spectrum of pharmacology for dental students and practitioners from the basic principles of drugs and their actions on the body to detailed clinical applications of drugs in dental treatment. Special attention is given to drugs that are used in dentistry, such as antibiotics for the treatment and prophylaxis of acute infection or treatment of periodontal disease and anesthetic and analgesic agents for the management of pain. Every chapter ends with vital information on "Dental Implications," even for drugs that are not directly dental-related. Section One: Principles Of Pharmacology 1. Pharmacodynamics: mechanisms of drug action 2. Pharmacokinetics: the absorption, distribution and fate of drugs 3. Pharmacotherapeutics: the clinical use of drugs 4. General mechanisms of drug interactions Section Two: Pharmacology Of Specific Drug Groups 5. Introduction to autonomic nervous system drugs 6. Adrenergic drugs 7. Adrenergic blocking drugs 8. Cholinergic drugs 9. Antimuscarinic drugs 10. Agents affecting ganglionic and neuromuscular transmission 11. Introduction to central nervous systems drugs 12. Psychopharmacology: antipsychotics and antidepressants 13. Antianxiety drugs and centrally acting muscle relaxants 14. Sedative-hypnotics and central nervous system stimulants 15. Anticonvulsants 16. Antiparkinson agents 17. Local anesthetics 18. Principles of general anesthesia 19. Agents used in general anesthesia, deep sedation, and conscious sedation 20. Opioid analgesics and antagonists 21. Peripherally acting (nonlipid) analgesics 22. Antiinflammatory drugs 23. Histamine and histamine antagonists 24. Introduction to cardiovascular pharmacology: antiarrhythmic drugs 25. Cardiac glycosides and other drugs used in heart failure 26. Antianginal drugs 27. Diuretic drugs 28. Antihypertensive drugs 29. Lipid-lowering drugs 30. Antianemic drugs 31. Hemostasis, homostatics, and anticoagulants 32. Drugs acting on the respiratory system 33. Drugs acting on the gastrointestinal tract 34. Hormones of hemostasis 35. Hormones of reproduction and sexual development 36. Principles and mechanisms of antibiotic therapy 37. Antibacterial antibiotics 38. Antifungal and antiviral agents 39. Immunotherapy 40. Antineoplastic drugs 41. Aliphatic alcohols 42. Anticaries agents 43. Antiplaque/antigingivitis agents 44. Antiseptics and disinfectants Section Three: Special Subjects In Pharmacology And Therapeutics 45. Management of pain 46. Management of anxiety 47. Antimicrobial agents in the prevention and treatment of infection 48. Treatment of oral complications of cancer therapy 49. Drug abuse 50. Toxicology 51. Geriatric pharmacology 52. Drugs for medical emergencies 53. Prescription writing and drug regulations Appendix I. Drug interactions in clinical dentistry Appendix II. Glossary of abbreviations By JohnYagiela,  EnidNeidle,  FrankDowd  Out of print 752 pages Hardbound
    0-8016-7962-1 999999

    524105 BK Out of print Clinical Biochemistry, Clinical Immunology, Food Biotechnology, Histochemistry, Cytochemistry, Internal Medicine, Lipids and Lipid Metabolism, Molecular Biology, Physiology
    Oxygen Radicals
    Proceedings of the 5th International Congress on Oxygen Radicals: Active Oxygen, Lipid Peroxides and Antioxidants, Kyoto, Japan, 17-21 November 1991 1992
    EXCERPTA MEDICA There is an increasing number of reports that suggest that oxygen radicals play a role in a wide variety of pathological conditions such as atherosclerosis, cancer, ischemia, inflammation, radiation injury, and environmental stress and that they may be important in the aging process.

    This publication comprises of poster presentations given at the 5th International Congress on Oxygen Radicals which was held on November 17-21, in Kyoto, Japan. Contributions to this volume describe the generation and reaction of oxygen radicals and lipid peroxides, and the pathophysiological effects of various radical species. Furthermore, presentations on the effect of antioxidants in preventing free radical injury were given. A summarized version of the contents is provided hereunder. Active oxygens and free radicals: Generation, reaction and detection (57 papers). Lipid peroxides: Generation, reaction and detection (25 papers). Pathological implications (55 papers). Defence systems (61 papers). Food and nutrition (7 papers). Index of authors. Edited by K.Yagi,  M.Kondo,  E.Niki,  T.Yoshikawa ICSInternational Congress Series998  Out of print xx + 846 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89485-3 090900

    25805 TB Out of print Intergroup Relations
    An Arrogant Oppressive Spirit
    Anti-Zionism as Anti-Judaism in Egypt 1989
    PERGAMON A unique contribution to our knowledge of attitudes toward Jews on the part of important individuals and organizations within contemporary Egypt. The author examines the content and ideological context of attitudes toward Jews and explores how these attitudes and value judgements have been combined with European antisemitic concepts into a new mix. Most of the views analyzed are by no means those of right- or left-wing extremists but of people of the center, highlighting the contradiction between the rise of potentially genocidal antisemitism and Egypt's peaceful relations with Israel. In addition, the impact of radical Muslim fundamentalism is explored. This thoroughly researched book is an important contribution to the study of antisemitism and, more generally, to the study of other group hatreds as well. (Section Headings): Introduction: Separating the threads of hostile attitudes. The cultural assault on the Egyptian mind. The Islamic Left: political potential of religious consciousness. "Who will destroy whom?": a Jewish-Arab religious confrontation. Conclusion: Anti-Zionism as anti-Judaism. Index.  RivkaYadlin SIASStudies in Antisemitism Series3  Out of print 145 pages Hardbound
    0-08-034973-0 080809

    503979 BK Out of print Genetics
    The Carcinoembryonic Antigen Gene Family
    Proceedings of the International Conference on the CEA Gene Family, Sapporo, Japan, 15 October 1988 1989
    EXCERPTA MEDICA Since its discovery in 1965, CEA has become the most intensely studied tumor marker for colon cancer. This volume reflects the need to update our current knowledge of the CEA gene family and the explosion of information that has taken place in the last two years. CEA has long been recognised as one member of a gene family consisting of a number of closely related cell surface glycoproteins, although the exact details of their interralationships has been unclear owing to the difficulties in purifying and characterizing these glycoproteins which are usually present in complex mixtures. In the last five years, advances have been made by analysing these antigens with monoclonal antibodies, although structural details remained lacking. This book is a comprehensive collection of the latest findings and updates on protein and carbohydrate structural studies on CEA, together with the latest analysis of its antigenic determinants by synthetic peptide and anti-idiotypic analysis. Perhaps the most exciting finding presented here, is the extent of the CEA gene family and its relationship to the immunoglobulin gene superfamily. Through a combination of new approaches and findings, knowledge of the structure and function of the CEA gene family has grown substantially in the last two years. It is now possible to place this family of glycoproteins within the context of other genes and normal cell functions, which in turn should aid our understanding of the role of CEA in cancer. A valuable resource book and an excellent aid in keeping abreast of the latest developments. Preface. Dr Akira Yachi's Opening Remarks. Preparation of monoclonal antibodies to synthetic CEA peptide (K. Imai, M. Tsujisaki, N. Hishikawa, S. Tokuchi, T. Higashide, J. Itoh, Y. Sato, A. Ono, T. Sugiyama & A. Yachi). Comparative study of the sugar chains of carcinoembryonic antigen and its crossreacting antigen purified from meconium (A. Kobata, K. Totani, T. Endo, M. Kuroki, Y. Matsuoka & K. Yamashita). Structural studies of the carcinoembryonic antigen gene family: sequence analysis and posttranslational modifications (R.J. Paxton, S.A. Hefta, L.J.F. Hefta, Y. Hinoda, T.D. Lee & J.E. Shively). Membrane anchoring of carcinoembryonic antigen and demonstration of its active production in normal colon mucosa (Y. Matsuoka, M. Kuroki, N. Takami & Y. Ikehara). Studies on the function of carcinoembryonic antigen (N. Beauchemin, C. Turbide, J.Q. Huang, S. Benchimol, S. Jothy, K. Shirota, A. Fuks & C.P. Stanners). Structure, expression and evolution of the human and rat carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) gene families (J. Thompson, S. Barnert, B. Berling, S. von Kleist, V. Kodelja, K. Lucas, E.-M. Mauch, F. Rudert, H.J. Schrewe, M. Weiss & W. Zimmermann). Gene and deduced primary structures of pregnancy-specific beta1-glycoproteins, subfamily members within CEA family within immunoglobulin superfamily (H. Nakazato, S. Oikawa, M. Kuroki, Y. Matsuoka & G. Kosaki). Molecular cloning and expression of cDNA for carcinoembryonic antigen-related glycoproteins: the pregnancy-specific beta-glycoprotein/fetal liver NCA subfamily (W.N. Khan, A. Osterman, F. Zoubir & S. Hammarström). Molecular cloning of members of the carcinoembryonic antigen gene family (J.E. Shively, Y. Hinoda, L.J.F. Hefta, M. Neumaier, S.A. Hefta, L. Shively, R.J. Paxton & A.D. Riggs). In situ localization of CEA gene transcripts and products (T. Monden, M. Murotani, M. Higashiyama, Y. Kawasaki, T. Shimano & T. Mori). Idiotype analysis and immune response with use of anti-idiotypic monoclonal antibody to anti-CEA antibody (M. Tsujisaki, K. Imai, S. Tokuchi, A. Ono, Y. Takai, M. Nakata, T. Sugiyama & A. Yachi). Author Index. Subject Index. Edited by A.Yachi,  J.E.Shively  Out of print 136 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81089-7 096965

    524365 BK Structure of Liquids and Solids, Crystallography, Lattice Dynamics and Crystal Statistics
    Crystal-Quasicrystal Transitions
    1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND The discovery of five-fold diffraction symmetry by D. Schechtman in 1985 shocked crystallography to its roots. Incommensurable modulation of a crystal changes former identical unit cells into different ones. This radical revolution has given rise to the study of an entirely new class of matter, the quasicrystalline materials. The study of these quasi-periodic crystals brings a unique elucidation of the fundaments of crystallography and the relationship between lattice structure and macroscopic properties.

    This book covers the transitions between the crystalline and the quasicrystalline state. A thorough understanding of the transition from quasiperiodic to periodic lattices is essential in order to investigate the uniqueness of quasicrystals.

    In this well-written volume, an overview is given of the most important problems in quasicrystallography today. Leading experts provide insight into recent experimental advances achieved by studying the phase transitions between crystalline and quasicrystalline states. In the theoretical chapters one is introduced to the depth of insight into the nature of crystallography which has arisen through a rigorous understanding of the quasicrystal structure.

    This book is an essential source of reference for crystallographers, crystal growers and solid state physicists working in the field. Preface. Continuous transformation of Al-Mn-Si and A1-Cr-Si decagonal quasicrystals to a new approximant (H. Zhang, X.Z. Li, K.H. Kuo). Relation between icosahedral quasicrystal and its (1/1) cubic approximant (F.H. Li). Phason defect and phase transition (Z.-H. Mai and L. Xu). Twinning of quasicrystals and related crystals (S. Ranganathan, A. Singh, R.K. Mandal, S. Lele). The structural relations between amorphous, icosahedral, and crystalline phases (J.C. Holzer, K.F. Kelton). Structural aspects of alloys with quasicrystallines phases (R. Perez, J.A. Juarez-Islas, J. Reyes Gasga, M.J. Yacamán). Transitions between quasiperiodic and periodic phases by one-parameter Schur rotations (M. Baake, D. Joseph, P. Kramer). Quasicrystals and their approximants. A unified view (D. Romeu, J.L. Aragón). Acoustic quasicrystals to analogically study quasicrystal-crystal transitions (M. Torres et al.). Author index. Edited by M.J.Yacamán,  M.Torres NHDSNorth-Holland Delta Series  Out of print x + 238 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89827-1 050509

    522475 BK Out of print Chemical Kinetics, Catalysis, Chemical Physics, Industrial Chemistry, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Kinetic Models of Catalytic Reactions
    1991
    ELSEVIER This book has been written by a group of mathematicians and chemists whose common interest is in the complex dynamics of catalytic reactions. Based on developments in mathematical chemistry, a general theory is described that allows the investigation of the relationships between the kinetic characteristics of complex reactions and their detailed reaction mechanism. Furthermore, a comprehensive analysis is made of some typical mechanism of catalytic reactions, in particular for the oxidation of carbon monoxide on platinum metals.

    In fact, the book presents "three kinetics": (a) detailed, oriented to the elucidation of a detailed reaction mechanism according to its kinetic laws; (b) applied, with the aim of obtaining kinetic relationships for the further design of chemical reactors; and (c) mathematical kinetics whose purpose is the analysis of mathematical models for heterogeneous catalytic reactions taking place under steady- or unsteady-state conditions. 1. Minimum minimorum. 2. The development of basic concepts of chemical kinetics in heterogeneous catalysis. 3. Formalism of chemical kinetics. 4. Graphs in chemical kinetics. 5. Simplest non-linear mechanisms of catalytic reactions producing critical phenomena. 6. Studies of kinetic models for oxidation reactions over metals (exemplified by CO oxidation). 7. Critical retardation effects and slow relaxations. 8. Conclusions. Index. By G.S.Yablonskii,  V.I.Bykov,  V.I.Elokhin,  A.N.Gorban CCKComprehensive Chemical Kinetics32  Out of print xiv + 392 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88802-0 030300

    525760 BK Out of print Obstetrics and Gynecology, Pediatrics, Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
    Increasingly Safe and Successful Pregnancies - Focus: EPH Gestosis
    Proceedings of the 27th International Congress on Pathophysiology of Pregnancy, Manila, Philippines, 5-7 November 1995 1996
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This book is a compilation of the papers presented during the 27th International congress of the Pathophysiology of Pregnancy held in Manila, Philippines, on November 5-7, 1995.

    The aim of the congress was to collate the different points of view of eminent participants coming from different countries. In addition it served as a venue for dissemination of new thinking and approaches to the management of EPH gestosis, geared for all subspecialties involved in managing pregnancies with complication.

    The multidisciplinary consensus appended to these proceedings is a compromise arrived at by Filipino obstetricians, paediatricians, anesthesiologists, cardiologists, neurologists, nephrologists, psychologists, nurses, midwives and nutritionists participating in a workshop.

    This book deals with issues not only on the maternal aspect but includes that of the fetus, the newborn and the child hence not only obstetricians but paediatricians, internists, developmental psychologists, nurses and midwives would be interested. Due to limited space only a number of papers have been listed, full contents list available upon request.

    Nomenclature and classification (E.T. Rippmann). Epidimology. Retrospective study of the arterial hypertension impact on mothers above 40 years in the perinatal period (I. Munteanu, V. Trandafirescu, Gh. Gluhovschi). Epidemology of EPH gestosis in the Philippines (C. Yabes-Almirante). Pathophysiology of EPH gestosis. Cytokines and fibrinolysis in pre-eclampsia (M. Nakabayashi et al.). Receptors in human placenta (B. Patricio, E-R. Patricio, P. Ribeiro). Chemical marker of EPH gestosis. Lipid peroxidation in pre-eclampsia (H. El Zeneiny et al.). Differing approaches in the prevention of EPH gestosis. Prediction and prevention of pregnancy-induced hypertension (S. Dasgupta). Use of aspirin in the prevention of EPH gestosis (B.P. Sachs). Identification of the fetus at risk. Technical advances in the management of EPH-gestosis (J.J. Walker). Color Doppler assessment of the IUGR fetus (A. Kurjak et al.). Management options in EPH gestosis. Outpatient management of EPH gestosis (J.J. Walker). Treatment of IUGR in pre-eclampsia (Y. Takeda). Resuscitation of the infant of the hypertensive mother (A. Coughlan). Outcome of EPH gestosis. Fetal outcome of maternal hypertension (E.M. Ostrea Jr.). Developmental outcome in extremely low birth weight infants in Japan: method of assessing long term prognosis (S. Takada et al.). Concomitant medical problems. Neurological emergencies in hypertensive pregnant patients (A. Aquino). Immunology. Pitfalls in interpreting the relationship between antiphospholipid antibodies and pregnancy (H.J.A. Carp). Intravenous immunoglobin to prevent miscarriage in woman with five or more recurrent abortions (H.J.A. Carp et al.). Strategies. Nursing strategies (L. Layo Danao). The low Cesarean rate in Sweden (N.O. Sjöberg). Index of authors. Keyword index. Edited by C.Yabes-Almirante,  M.B.de Luna ICSInternational Congress Series1107  Out of print 432 pages Hardbound
    0-444-82296-8 096961

    500485 BK Out of print Data Collection and Data Estimation Methodology; Computer Programs, Statistics
    Statistical Analysis for Business and Economics
    1989
    ELSEVIER Designed as an introductory business and economic statistics text for MBAs and MAs in economics, this book shows students the usefulness of statistical methods in economic analysis and in the control function of management. It covers fundamental topics in statistics, including: measuring, collecting and presenting statistical data; arrays and frequency distributions; probability theory; special discrete and continuous probability models; classical theory of estimation; experimental design and analysis of variance; index numbers; time series analysis; Bayesian inferences and design theory; and nonparametric statistics. All concepts and methods are accompanied by numerical illustrations, and require only a fundamental knowledge of mathematics. The Significance and Scope of Statistics. Measuring, Collecting, and Presenting Statistical Data. Arrays and Frequency Distributions. Measures of Central Tendency: Averages. Measures of Dispersion, Skewness, and Kurtosis. Probability Theory. Random Variables and Probability Distributions. Special Discrete Probability Models. Special Continuous Probability Models. Sampling Distributions. Classical Theory of Estimation. Classical Theory of Testing I: The Fixed Sample-Size Case. Classical Theory of Testing. II: The Varying Sample-Size Case. Statistical Quality Control. Inferences with t, x2, and F Distributions. Experimental Design and the Analysis of Variance. Linear Bivariate Analyses. Linear Multivariate Analyses. Further Regression Studies. Index Numbers. The Nature and Trends of Time Series. Measures of Short-Run Fluctuations and Forecasting Techniques. Bayesian Inference. Bayesian Decision Theory: Prior and Posterior Analyses. Bayesian Decision Theory: Preposterior and Sequential Analyses. Nonparametric Statistics. Appendices. ByYa-lun Chou  Out of print xxiv + 1158 pages Hardbound
    0-444-01301-6 080850

    524774 BK Out of print Clinical Immunology, Cellular Biology, Cellular Immunology, Developmental Biology, Hematology, Human Physiology, Infection and Immunity, Molecular Biology, Pediatrics, Physiology
    Neonatal Haematology and Immunology II
    Proceedings of the International Symposium, Göttingen, Germany, 13-15 May 1993 1993
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This book outlines main topics on foetal and neonatal haematology and immunology, based on the most recent knowledge available. According to their most recent research findings the authors propose methods to prevent and treat important neonatal illnesses, like severe infections. This proceedings is an invaluable reference guide for those dealing with haematologic and immunologic deficiencies during the perinatal period. Haematologists, immunologists and neonatologists will find this book an excellent reference for their work, while paediatricians, obstetricians, microbiologists, gastroenterologists, virologists, neurologists and physiologists will also find it of great value. Blood Coagulation in the Pre-Term Infant. Ontogenesis and maturation of blood clotting factors (D. Del Principe, A. Menichelli). Pathogenesis of disordered proteolysis in the neonate (R.P.A. Rivers). Coagulation problems in the very low birth weight infant (F. Schettini et al.). Management and treatment of disseminated intravascular coagulation in premature infants (S. Aronis). Cytokines in Pre-Term and Full-Term Infants and in Breast Milk. Effects of bacterial toxins on cytokine production by mononuclear blood cells from newborns and adults (U. Andersson et al.). Cytokines-interleukins in human milk (A.S. Goldman et al.). Severe congenital neutropenia: Pathophysiology and treatment (K. Welte et al.). Erythropoiesis in the Fetus and Newborn. Ontogeny and regulation of erythropoiesis in the very low birth weight infant (E. Carapella de Luca, R. Pascone). Unique properties of the neonatal red cell (B.H. Lubin et al.). The anemias of prematurity (C.M. Niemeyer). Recombinant human erythropoietin (rhEPO): A therapeutic option in anemia of prematurity (M. Obladen, R.F. Maier). The Development of the Immune System. Special immunologic features in term and pre-term neonates (M. Xanthou). The ontogeny of the pulmonary immune system and pulmonary infections in the pre-term and very low birth weight infant (J.A. Bellanti, B.J. Zeligs). Cell mediated cytotoxicity in the neonate (R. Maccario, A.G. Ugazio). Involvement of the mannose receptor in the phagocytosis and killing of Candida by human neonatal macrophages (L. Maródi et al.). Neonatal Infections. New methods of treating neonatal sepsis (M. Stegagno et al.). Oxygen Radicals. Oxygen radicals: Their effects on immunologic and hematologic factors in the neonatal period (R. Bracci, G. Buoncore). Fetal Hematopoietic Stem Cells. The ontogeny of the hemato-lymphopoietic system including the mucosa associated lymphatic tissues (MALT) in human embryonal development (G. Prindull). Cord blood banking for hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (E. Gluckman). Bone marrow transplantation for correction of immune deficiency and genetic disorders (J. Kapelushnik et al.). Congenital Neoplasms. The embryology of pediatric neoplasms (G. Prindull). Index of authors. Edited by M.Xanthou,  R.Bracci,  G.Prindull ICSInternational Congress Series1038  Out of print 220 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81656-9 096965

    505345 BK Out of print Pediatrics, Basic Immunology, Hematology
    Neonatal Haematology and Immunology
    Proceedings of the International Congress, Siena, Italy, 22-24 April 1990 1990
    EXCERPTA MEDICA This book outlines main topics on foetal and neonatal haematology and immunology, based on the most recent knowledge available. Top-specialists from all around the world describe the ontogeny of haemopoiesis and host-defence mechanisms as well as their development during the neonatal period. According to their most recent research findings the authors propose methods to prevent and treat important neonatal illnesses, like severe infections. This proceedings is an invaluable reference guide for those dealing with haematologic and immunologic deficiences during the perinatal period.

    Extensive photographs, tables and figures are included. Haematologists, immunologists and neonatologists will find this book an excellent reference for their work, while paediatricians, obstetricians, microbiologists, gastroenterologists, virologists, intensivistes neurologists and physiologists will also find it of great value. Neonatal Haematology. (9 papers). Neonatal Immunology. (14 papers). Index of Authors. Edited by M.Xanthou,  R.Bracci ICSInternational Congress Series952  Out of print xiv + 228 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81400-0 096965

    697165 BK ISBN/0815194994 Nursing: Leadership and Management
    Managing Client Care
    Second Edition 1997
    MOSBY MANAGING CLIENT CARE is a practical introductory management text that helps nursing students make the transition from the classroom to clinical nursing practice. Emphasizing essential clinical management concepts and focusing on practical applications, this concise text is organized around the key competencies that entry-level staff nurses need most. It discusses understanding the work environment, working effectively within the organization, managing resources cost effectively, managing time, prioritizing responsibilities, resolving conflicts, delegating client care activities, supervising and evaluating the work of others, receiving and giving change of shift reports, transcribing physician's "orders," conducting client care conferences, and managing one's own career. UNDERSTANDING THE CLIENT CARE ENVIRONMENT * Introduction to Client Care Management * Understanding the Health Care System * Supporting the Organization * Managing Time Purposefully * MANAGING CLIENT CARE * Managing Resources Cost Effectively * Developing Management Skills * Identifying and Resolving Conflicts * Receiving and Giving Change-of-Shift Reports * Transcribing Physician's "Orders" * MANAGING OTHERS * Using Personal Strengths to Manage Others Creatively * Coordinating Care Provided by Interdisciplinary Groups * Supervising and Evaluating the Work of Others * Assigning and Delegating Client Care Activities * Conducting Client Care Conferences * PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT * Addressing Ethical and Legal Issues * Nurturing Professional Integrity * Epilogue: Managing Your Career By ElizabethWywialowski  Out of print 384 pages Paperback
    0-8151-9499-4 999999

    420975 BK Out of print CIM / CAM
    Effective CAD Management
    A Manager's Guide 1986
    ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY By R.L.Wysack  Out of print 350 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70080-3 999999

    505187 BK Out of print Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Polyvinyl Chloride Stabilization
    1986
    ELSEVIER For several decades, the position of PVC has been established in the processing industry and in everyday use. Nonetheless, there are still many difficulties as far as its stability is concerned. The two main aspects of PVC stabilization are a theoretical understanding of the thermal and photolytic processes polymers may undergo, and the technical ability to process polymers economically and efficiently. This monograph summarizes technological achievement in polymer stabilization from the point of view of practical application, although theoretical findings are also included. Stabilizers divided into groups are discussed in separate chapters. These groups include metal soaps, organotins, lead-containing stabilizers, secondary stabilizers, UV absorbers, lubricants, and biological corrosion inhibitors. Such chapters contain a discussion on the mechanisms of their action and a review on industrial products based on data included in appendices giving chemical composition, and UV and IR spectra of stabilizers. A valuable feature of the work is the exhaustive overview on experimental data of over 150 industrial PVC stabilizers. Together with the previous volume by the same author, Polyvinyl Chloride Degradation, a detailed survey is given on PVC stability. The book is aimed at chemists, chemical engineers and materials scientists in industry and universities. Introduction. 1. The Causes of PVC Instability. 2. General Characteristic of Stabilizers. 3. Metal Soap Stabilizers. 4. Organotin Stabilizers. 5. Organic Stabilizers. 6. Lead-Containing Stabilizers. 7. Inhibitors of Photolytic Processes. 8. Lubricants. 9. Biological Corrosion Inhibitors. 10. PVC Processing Methods. 11. PVC Stabilization for Various Processing Methods. 12. Laboratory Tests in PVC Processing Technology. 13. Toxicity in PVC Compounding, Degradation and Stabilization. Appendices: IR Spectra of Some Metal Soaps. Metal Soap Stabilizers. UV and IR Spectra of Some Organotins. Industrial Tin Stabilizers. Some Organic Stabilizers. Index of Industrial Products. Index. By J.Wypych PSLPolymer Science Library4  Out of print x + 416 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42638-8 030302

    500202 BK Out of print Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology, Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Polyvinyl Chloride Degradation
    1985
    ELSEVIER The volume provides a detailed survey of the thermal, photolytic and chemical degradation of PVC together with the analytical methods for studying these problems. The mechanisms of the reactions relevant to the degradative processes are treated and the effect of stabilizers on the kinetics is given. One chapter is devoted to a discussion of diffusion-controlled processes presenting a new approach to PVC degradation studies. The book presents an integrated review of the degradation process in PVC and is aimed at chemists, chemical engineers and materials scientists in industry and universities. 1. The Chemistry and the Structure of the Polymer Chain. 2. The Chemical Aspects of the PVC Thermal Degradation Process. 3. Photolysis, Irradiation and Chemical Degradation. 4. PVC Thermal Stabilization. 5. The Chemistry of State in PVC Degradation and Stabilization. 6. Analytical Methods Used in PVC Degradation Studies. Index. By J.Wypych PSLPolymer Science Library3  Out of print x + 264 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42549-7 030302

    500108 BK Out of print Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
    Aggregation Processes in Solution
    1983
    ELSEVIER Edited by E.Wyn-Jones,  J.Gormally SPTCStudies in Physical and Theoretical Chemistry26  Out of print x + 632 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42187-4 030300

    420685 BK Out of print Paleontology
    The Palaeolithic Sites of East Anglia
    1985
    ELSEVIER By J.Wymer  Out of print x + 450 pages Hardbound
    0-86094-178-7 070700

    502364 BK Out of print Mining Geology and Engineering, Applied Geophysics, Economic Geology, Seismic Exploration
    Nuclear Assaying of Mining Boreholes
    An Introduction 1984
    ELSEVIER By A.W.Wylie MGGMethods in Geochemistry and Geophysics21  Out of print xiv + 344 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42357-5 070705

    692470 BK ISBN/0443059985 Nursing: Maternity and Women's Health
    Essential Anatomy and Physiology for Maternity Care
    First Edition 2001
    CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE This new book fills the urgent need for an anatomy and physiology text relevant to the practice of midwifery. ESSENTIAL ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY FOR MATERNITY CARE is a straightforward, basic anatomy and physiology textbook aimed at midwives. It focuses on systems of the body and refers the reader to other sources for background reading in more specialized areas such as cell biology or genetics. In addition to basic anatomy and physiology, each chapter includes a separate section on associated disorders of pregnancy for that system. THE HUMAN BODY THROUGH THE CHILDBEARING YEAR · Cells and Tissues · The Nervous System · The Endocrine System · The Special Senses · The Integumentary System · The Cardiovascular System · The Lymphatic System · The Respiratory System · The Musculoskeletal System · The Digestive System · The Renal System · REPRODUCTION · The Male Reproductive System · The Female Reproductive System · Fertilisation, the Embryo and the Fetus · The Pregnant Uterus · The Placenta, Cord and Fetal Membranes · The Fetus · The Female Pelvis · The Female Breast · Glossary By LindaWylie  Out of print 256 pages Paperback
    0-443-05998-5 999999

    697163 BK ISBN/0750694165 Neurosurgery
    Surgical Management of Epilepsy
    First Edition 1993
    BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN The Surgical Management of Epilepsy if a 420-page refence on all aspects of epilepsy surgery. The coverage is comprehensive, including epidemiology, neuropathology, neurochemistry, neuroimaging, surgical procedures, and psychiatric assessment. Over the past decade there has been an explosion in interest in epilepsy surgery. Although other books have been published in this area, most have been proceedings of international meetings. This is an edited text providing a detailed approach to the subject by selected experts in the field. '..I would thoroughly recommend this excellent book to those who wish to acquire or re-inforce their knowledge in this rapidly expanding field.' William Harkness, British Journal of Neurosurgery, 1994. - British Journal of Neurosurgery, January 1994 CONCISE CONTENTS: The prognosis of epilepsy; Preoperative evaluation; Surgical procedures; Outcome By AllenWyler,  BruceHermann  Out of print Paperback
    0-7506-9416-5 999999

    697164 BK ISBN/0815192762 Review and Reference, Pathology
    USMLE Step 1 Review, Pathology
    Ace The Boards Series First Edition 1997
    MOSBY An easy-to-use outline format, numerous charts, and lists make the Ace the Boards series an invaluable review tool for students. Each book in the series contains 100-150 clinically oriented review questions and answers. And, an accompanying 3.5" diskette offers hundreds of questions and answers in a self-test. By JohnWurzel,  JamesCaya,  RobertCoupland,  BruceGoldman  Out of print 624 pages Diskette
    0-8151-9276-2 999999

    692469 BK ISBN/0815194285 Pathology
    Ace the Boards
    USMLE Step 1 Review, Pathology, MAC First Edition 1997
    MOSBY By JohnWurzel,  JamesCaya,  RobertCoupland,  BruceGoldman  Out of print Diskette
    0-8151-9428-5 999999

    504468 BK Out of print Neuroscience, Neuroanatomy, Neurophysiology, Ophthalmology
    The Neurobiology of Saccadic Eye Movements
    1989
    ELSEVIER Saccadic eye movements shift the direction of the eye rapidly from one part of the visual field to another. The system within the brain controlling this eye movement is probably the best understood sensory motor system in the brain of primates. The Neurobiology of Saccadic Eye Movements presents a series of state-of-the-art reviews of this system including the behavior, neuronal mechanisms, and systems engineering characterization. The successful interaction of systems modelling with the neurophysiological approaches described in this book provide a potential blueprint for future study of more complicated systems within the brain. Prologue. I. Saccadic Eye Movements as a Control System. I. History and Methodology (G. Westheimer). 2. Metrics (W. Becker). 3. Models (J.A.M. van Gisbergen and J. van Opstal). II. The Neural Structures for Saccadic Eye Movements. 4. Brainstem (K. Hepp, V. Henn, T. Vilis and B. Cohen). 5. Deep Layers of the Superior Colliculus (D.L. Sparks and R. Hartwich-Young). 6. Basal Ganglia (O. Hikosaka and R.H. Wurtz). 7. Visual and Frontal Cortices (M.E. Goldberg and M.A. Segraves). 8. Posterior Parietal Cortex (R.A. Andersen and J.W. Gnadt). 9. Visual Superior Colliculus and Pulvinar (D.L. Robinson and J. W. McClurkin). 10. Central Thalamus (M. Schlag-Rey and J. Schlag). 11. Cerebellum (E.L. Keller). Epilogue. Edited by R.H.Wurtz,  M.E.Goldberg RORReviews of Oculomotor Research3  Out of print 472 pages Hardbound
    0-444-81017-X 091910

    500387 BK Out of print Plant Physiology and Biochemistry, Crop Microbiology, Food Biotechnology, Horticulture, Mycology, Range and Pasture Grasslands
    Cultivating Edible Fungi
    Proceedings of the International Symposium on Scientific and Technical Aspects of Cultivating Edible Fungi IMS '86, Pennsylvania State University, PA, USA, 15-17 July 1986 1987
    ELSEVIER (Abbreviated Titles): Biology & Microbiology. Antitumor activities of edible mushrooms by oral administration. La France disease of Agaricus bisporus. Variability of fluorescent Pseudomonas populations in composts and casing soils for mushroom culture. Influence of microorganisms and fungistasis on sporophore initiation in A. brunnescens. Nutritional influences on Volvariella volvacea growth in Puerto Rico. Kratovirulence determinant of wood-decay fungi in transfer of Mycelia to, and Basidiocarp formation on, wooden raw substrates. Spent compost as a carrier for bacterial inoculant production. Studies on spore germination of Pholiota destruens (Brond) Gillet. Physiology & Nutrition. Effects of growth regulator compounds on yield and size of commercial mushroom, A. bisporus. Indoor static composting for mushroom (A. bisporus Lge Sing) cultivation. Nutrient supplementation for A. bisporus cultivation. Effect of benomyl application and SpawnMate supplementation on yield and size of selected genotypes of Pleurotus spp. Changes in free amino acid content of compost during growth and development of A. bisporus. Preliminary studies on effect of plant extracts on mycelial growth and yield of A. bisporus and fungal flora in compost. Physiological studies on P. destruens: carbon and nitrogen utilization. Genetics & Cytology. The chaetaceous case of the Chaste Champignon. Basidiospore number variation in Agaricus. Nuclear number of heterocaryotic fungal cells. Genetic diversity between isolates of Pleurotus ostreatus as revealed by isozyme analysis. Strategies for conservation of genetic resources. Germplasm preservation of edible fungi in culture through cryogenic storage. Collection and conservation of genes of Lentinus. Evidence for involvement of plasmids in sporophore initiation and development in A. bisporus. Food Science & Mushroom Quality. Evaluation of textural changes related to postharvest quality and shelf life of fresh mushrooms. Influence of reduced cropping temperature and addition of chalk to casing layer on yield, quality and shelf life of fresh mushrooms. Effects of growing temperature on first break mushrooms. Effect of type of peat casing layer and addition of calcium chloride to watering treatments on quality and shelf life of fresh mushrooms. Evaluation of bacterial populations associated with fresh mushrooms A. bisporus. Cultural aspects affecting the consistent production of good quality closed hybrid mushrooms. Mushroom pest complex: effect on yield and quality. Some developments of mushroom processing. Pathology & Entomology. Recent experience in detecting viral double-stranded RNA in commercial mushroom crops and effect on yield. Physiology and morphology of Sepedonium niveum. Assessment of Chinese straw mushroom (Volvariella volvacea) fungal competitors on sugarcane bagasse. Evolution of phytopathological situation in the French caves. Bacterial diseases of edible mushrooms and their control. Computer model to simulate occurrence and increase of insect and mite pests of cultivated mushrooms in Australia. Nematode parasites of mushroom flies. Biology of Phorid fly, Megaselia sandhui Disney (Diptera: Phoridae) on temperate mushroom. Spore germination behaviour of Verticillium fungicola (Preuss) Hassebr. under different environmental conditions. Physiochemical changes in A. bisporus due to infection of V. fungicola. Mushroom Production Systems. Commercial cultivation of Shiitake in sawdust filled plastic bags. Conceptualization and development of an efficient tropical mushroom house. Use of polyethylene film to control the fructification of Pleurotus spp. grown on horizontal trays. Artificial cultivation of Veiled Lady mushroom, Dictyophora indusiata. Cultivation of Oyster Mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) in Italy. Educating mushroom farmers in The Netherlands. Cultivated mushrooms in Japan. Role of the Duna Cooperative in Hungarian mushroom growing. Mushroom growing in Hungary. Mushroom Husbandry. Watering beds with porous tubing. Energy requirements for A. bisporus production in bed culture. Air filled pores. Cultural and environmental factors influencing commercial mushroom production in Pennsylvania. Evaluating strains of Paddy Straw mushroom (Volvariella spp.) in India. Cultivation of Pleurotus mushrooms on aspen wood shavings with cheese whey supplementation. Use of 1 year old canes of deciduous trees for inoculation material of P. ostreatus. Mushroom culture utilizing tobacco waste. Pleurotus mushroom grows well in tobacco medium. Pest Management & Control. Development of pest control programme for Australian mushroom farms. Strategies and realities of pest control at commercial mushroom farms. Control of adult Lycoriella mali and Megaselia halterata. Laboratory and cropping tests with cyromazine for mushroom sciarid control in compost. Location of pest foci in Pennsylvania mushroom houses. Hygiene in mushroom growing. Survey of pesticide usage in the Pennsylvania commercial mushroom industry. Historical perspective on arthropod pest control. Status of pests in the cultivated mushroom in India. Integrated control of pests and diseases in mushroom cultivation. Edited by P.J.Wuest,  D.J.Royse,  R.B.Beelman  Out of print xvi + 678 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42747-3 070707

    523296 BK Out of print Regulation and Industrial Policy, General Economics
    Strategic Aspects of Oligopolistic Vertical Integration
    1992
    NORTH-HOLLAND In this text some fundamental issues concerning the strategic impact of vertical structures of firms are discussed in a successive oligopoly model. Vertical integration strategy has been identified as one of the key strategies which determine the success or failure of enterprises. Many studies on vertical integration are based on business experiences and interviews with managers. However, the extensive application of game theory in business economics allows this study on vertical integration to be based on sound theoretic ground. Moreover, the significance of public enterprises in some Western European economies and the trends of economic transition in Eastern Europe justify the efforts to analyse vertical integration issues in the mixed market, which is created by the participation of a public firm into an industry otherwise characterised as a successive oligopoly. INTRODUCTION. The Subject and Objectives of the Research. Refinement of concepts. The State of the Art. The Research Outline. The Methodology. OLIGOPOLISTIC VERTICAL INTEGRATION WITH SYMMETRIC OBJECTIVES. Vertical Integration in a Successive Duopoly with Fixed Proportions of Inputs. A Basic Successive Duopoly Model. The Analytical Framework. Some Preliminary Results. Vertical Integration in a Cournot Successive Oligopoly. Horizontal Market Structure and Generic Vertical Industrial Structures. The Degree of Vertical Integration and Equilibria in Mixed Integration Games. Profit Incentives and Endogeneity of Vertical Industrial Structure. Vertical Integration in a Differentiated Duopoly. A Model of Successive Cournot Duopoly with Product Differentiation. Equilibrium Analysis. Product Differentiation and Equilibrium Vertical Structure. Vertical Integration in a Successive Oligopoly with Variable Proportions of Intermediate Inputs. A Basic Framework. Equilibrium Analysis. Pre-Integration Vertical Structure and the Consequence of Vertical Integration. OLIGOPOLISTIC VERTICAL INTEGRATION WITH ASYMMETRIC OBJECTIVES. Vertical Integration in a Successive Oligopoly with Asymmetric Objectives. A Model of Mixed Successive Oligopoly. Equilibrium Analysis. Major Findings. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. References. Index. By C.Wu SMMEStudies in Mathematical and Managerial Economics36  Out of print xvi + 228 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89451-9 080850

    692467 BK ISBN/0721666914 Ophthalmology
    Retina
    The Fundamentals First Edition 1995
    SAUNDERS This book is designed to aid the reader in the diagnosis and management of common retinal diseases. It provides succinct, practical coverage of the most frequently encountered problems seen in practice. Topics covered include congenital anomalies, diabetic retinopathy, acquired macular disease, AIDS, tumors and more. By GloriaWu  Out of print 288 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-6691-4 999999

    697161 BK ISBN/0721650783 Family Practice
    Ophthalmology for Primary Care
    First Edition 1998
    SAUNDERS A concise, practical guide to the evaluation and management of eye disorders and injuries as encountered by primary care physicians. Includes specific recommendations regarding when a patient should be referred to an ophthalmic specialist, and when definitive treatment should be administered by the primary care physician. By GloriaWu  Out of print 216 pages Paperback
    0-7216-5078-3 999999

    522169 BK Out of print General Materials Science, Materials Analysis and Characterization, Materials Selection
    Mechanical Properties/Materials Design
    Proceedings of Symposia J: Fatigue and Fracture Behavior in Materials, K: Recent Advances of Tribomaterials, and M: Microstructures and Materials Design of the C-MRS International Conference, Beijing, China, 18-22 June 1990 1991
    NORTH-HOLLAND This volume is one of the five-volume proceedings of the Chinese Materials Research Society International '90 Conference. The five-volume set provides a comprehensive review on the actual trends in basic and applied materials science research in China, as well as its consequences for both industry and society.

    The present work contains contributions presented at Symposia J: on Fatigue and Fracture Behavior in Materials; K: on Recent Advances in Tribomaterials; and M: on Microstructure and Materials Design. The 143 papers, including five invited papers, cover all the topics of current interest in these three closely related fields as well as providing valuable pointers for future research. A selection: I. Fatigue and Fracture Behaviour in Materials. Path and propagation kinetics of branch fractures formed in brittle materials in mode II conditions (M. Barquins, J.P. Petit). A study on the dislocation-free zone ahead of the crack tip in bulk Al single crystals (X. Wang et al.). Cyclic deformation and fracture behaviour in dual-phase steels (Z.G. Wang et al.). Creep crack growth mechanism of alloy 718 (C.D. Liu et al.). Investigations on deformation and fracture at high temperatures by the method of internal friction (Q. Kong et al.). Infrared thermographic technique for monitoring fatigue damage of metals (Y. Huang et al.). The analysis of the toughening mechanism of rubber-toughened epoxy (H. Lu et al.). The effect of overload interval on crack growth of a 537 cl.1 steel in 3.5% sodium chloride (Q. Zang et al.). Fatigue crack propagation behaviour of CMSX-2 single crystal superalloy (S. Ai et al.). Fatigue crack propagation behaviours of aircraft materials under variable amplitude loading (M.G. Yan et al.). The effects of dynamic precipitation on the high temperature embrittlement of hot work tool steels (X. Qiao et al.). A new material parameter of malleable iron tearing modulus (X.S. Guo, Z. Su). Study of static and cyclic fatigue behaviour of a polycrystalline alumina (T. Qiu). Fracture of solids with layered structure (C. Feng, T. Decheng). II. Recent Advances of Tribomaterials. Influence of composition and structures on wear resistance of high chromium cast irons (Q.C. Rao, Q.D. Zhou). Fatigue mechanism in abrasive wear (N.P. Chen et al.). Wear transition phenomenon in alumina during sliding (S.J. Cho et al.). Fretting fatigue of some high strength aluminium alloys and steels (Y. Deng et al.). The abrasive-corrosive wear of high chromium cast iron and carbon steel (X.G. Ruan, A. Luo). A study on the property of brush electroplated amorphous alloy coating (W.G. Jin et al.). Friction and wear of plasma sprayed oxide coatings (C. ding et al.). Tribological characteristics of boron-containing compounds (Q. Xue, W. Liu). Study on the wear process for boride layers (Z. Maoren, S. Xitai). Study on mechanism of thermal expansion of polymer friction materials (F. Lu et al.). Study on non-abrasive lubricant oil for gear running-in (W. Yang et al.). Laser remelting of thermal sprayed coatings (Y.M. Zhu et al.) III. Micro-Structures and Materials Design. The formation mechanism, atomic and molecular design of diamond film (Q. Gou et al.). Magnetoexcitons in quantum wells (J.J. Xiong et al.). Interfacial segregation and intergranular fracture of nickel (Y. Zhang et al.). Formation and crystallization of Cu-Ge amorphous alloys (H. Yan, F. Gan). Fractal aggregates in vapour-deposited molybdena films (J. Zhang, H. Li). Magnetotransport properties on germanium bicrystal (Y. Xia, G. Zheng). Edited by B.Wu CMRSIC-MRS International 1990 Symposia Proceedings5  Out of print xvi + 866 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89012-2 060657

    525317 DY isbn/0444821821 Agronomy and Crop Science, Horticulture, Weeds and Weed Control
    Elsevier's Dictionary of Plant Names
    In Latin, English, French, German and Italian 1996
    ELSEVIER This comprehensive overview of plant names includes over 12,500 terms covering 298 families, 2,787 genera and 9,427 species which are listed in the alphabetical order of their botanical names. In addition, 2,109 of the more common synonyms are given and referred to their current, preferred names.
    The presentation of the common names in the four languages of this dictionary is unusual in that as many as twelve names in one language are given. There are more than 17,250 English names including over 3,000 North American and 775 from Australia and New Zealand, whilst the nearly 400 Québecois and a sprinkling of West African and Mauritian names are included among the 13,300 French. More than 13,000 German and 8,600 Italian names are presented.
    This dictionary will be of value to translators of scientific and general literature; scientific and botanical authors; environmentalists and ecologists; and scientific and lay readers of foreign literature. By M.Wrobel,  G.Creber  Out of print CD-ROM version
    0-444-50449-4 081866

    600384 DY isbn/0444827749 Crop Diseases and Phytopathology
    Elsevier's Dictionary of Fungi and Fungal Plant Diseases
    In Latin, English, German, French and Italian 1998
    ELSEVIER This dictionary contains the Latin names of families, genera, species and many of their synonyms, of edible and poisonous mushrooms, other fungi and pathogens of fungal plant diseases, together with their identified English, German, French and Italian equivalents.

    Particular attention has been given to the different common names in the English-speaking world - North America, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand, as well as those used in French-speaking Canada and Mauritius. This is of importance for host plants where the common name used in a particular region may not be that used in Britain or France and could possibly be that of another species or even of a different genus.

    The synonyms are those the authors found in their sources and not intended to be a complete listing. The taxonomy is that used by the different authors of the sources.

    The Basic Table gives the entries in alphabetic order of the Latin names. The English, German, French and Italian equivalents are, again in alphabetical order, listed in the respective indices and keyed to the Basic Table by reference numbers. By M.Wrobel,  G.Creber  Out of print CD-ROM version
    0-444-50450-8 081866

    29352 BK Out of print Polymer Science and Technology, Flight Materials and Structures
    Polymers in Aerospace Applications
    1992
    PERGAMON Wright RRRRAPRA REVIEW REPORTS37  Out of print Paperback
    0-08-041731-0 060650

    697160 BK ISBN/0721640079 Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Laser Surgery in Gynecology
    A Clinical Guide First Edition 1993
    SAUNDERS Written by recognized leaders within the field, this practical text is useful primarily to the clinical gynecologist who performs laser surgery in the lower female genital tract and intra abdominally where applicable. The initial chapters pertain to the basic understanding and applications of laser physics and safety for the clinician. The next section focuses on "how to do it", and the final chapters deal with photodynamic therapy in gynecology, credentialing, and how to establish a laser program. A glossary in the back of the book contains laser terminology as well as scientific notation. By V. CecilWright,  JohnFisher  Out of print 334 pages Hardbound
    0-7216-4007-9 999999

    524257 BK Out of print Experimental and Cognitive Psychology (General), Biomedical Engineering, Clinical Neuropsychology, General Psychology, Neuroscience, Neuroscience and Physiological Psychology (General), Ophthalmology, Physiology
    Facets of Dyslexia and its Remediation
    Edited Proceedings of the 18th Rodin Remediation Conference on Reading and Reading Disorders, University of Bern Children's Hospital, Switzerland, 27-29 August 1991 1993
    NORTH-HOLLAND Developmental Dyslexia has been a subject of interest to practitioners for more than a century. Despite its long research history, however, dyslexia (the terms "specific reading disability", "reading disability" and "learning disability" are also used interchangeably in this volume) still provides a challenge for contemporary cognitive psychology, education, neurology and physiology. By bringing together contributions from researchers and scholars working in a wide range of fields and perspectives, it is hoped that this publication will offer a means of considering different facets of dyslexia, and enable a greater understanding of reading disorders and their remediation to emerge.

    The book is divided into eight major sections, the focus in each section being on a different facet of dyslexia. It is hoped this framework enables the reader to assimilate the wide range of pure and applied research and even give rise to a new perspective for the understanding of dyslexia. Introduction. Visual Processing. Texture Segregation Based on Line Orientation Develops Late in Childhood. The Roles of Sustained and Transient Channels in Reading and Reading Disability. Do Dyslexics Have a Visual Deficit? Manifesto on Dyslexia. One Word at a Time: a Solution to the Visual Deficit in the Specific Reading Disabled? The Effects of Wavelength on Visual Processing and Reading Performance in Normal and Disabled Readers. The Role of Visual Processing in Good and Poor Readers' Utilization of Orthographic Information in Letter Strings. The Optimal Viewing Position for Children with Normal and Poor Reading Abilities. Vision in Dyslexics: Letter Recognition Acuity, Visual Crowding, Contrast Sensitivity, Accommodation, Convergence and Sight Reading Music. Fixation, Contrast Sensitivity and Children's Reading. Perceptual and Cognitive Factors in Disabled and Normal Readers' Perception and Memory of Unfamiliar Visual Symbols. Linking the Sensory and Motor Visual Correlates of Dyslexia. Toward an Ecologically Valid Analysis of Visual Processes in Dyslexic Readers. Some Reflections on Psychophysical Measurement with Dyslexic Children. Eye Movements. Saccadic Eye Movements of Dyslexic Children in Non-Cognitive Tasks. Saccadic Eye Movements in Dyslexics, Low Achievers and Competent Readers. Eye Movements in Reading Chinese: Paragraphs, Single Characters and Pinyin. Reading Vertically Without a Fovea. Eye and Head Reading Paths in Hemianopic Patients. Language Processing. A New Theoretical Framework for Understanding Reading and Spelling Tasks. Information Integration and Reading Disabilities. Visuospatial Ability and Language Processing in Reading Disabled and Normal Children. Rate of Elementary Symbol Processing in Dyslexics. The Development of Symbolic-Motor Performance in Minimal Brain Dysfunction Boys. Attentional Correlates of Dyslexia. Possible Attentional Origins of Word Decoding Deficits in Dyslexia. Toward the Origins of Dyslexia. The Development of the Autonomous Lexicon of Reading Disabled Students. Emotional Correlates of Dyslexia. Personality Characteristics of Adult Dyslexics. The Emotional Effects of Dyslexia. Definition and Early Diagnosis of Dyslexia. Dyslexia: Issues of Definition and Subtyping. Patterns of Development in Good and Poor Readers Age 6-11. Development of the DEST Test for the Early Screening for Dyslexia. Remediation: Principles and Techniques. Dyslexia Therapy: In Search for a Rationale. Reason, Rhythm, Relaxation and the New Literacy: Implications for Curriculum Differentiation to Meet the Special Educational Needs of Pupils with Specific Learning Difficulties. Systematic Phonology: The Critical Element in Teaching Reading and Language to Dyslexics. Computer-Based Spelling Remediation for Dyslexic Children Using the Self Spell Environment. Visual and Linguistic Determinants of Reading Fluency in Dyslexics: a Classroom Study. Ophthalmologic Aspects of Dyslexia: Binocular Full Correction of Dyslexics with Prismatic Glasses. The Orthoptic Treatment of Dyslexia. Illiteracy in Adults: Results from a Survey Study of a Reading and Writing Tutorial Program. Reading Acquisition in Analphabetic Adults. Indexes. Edited by S.F.Wright,  R.Groner SVIPStudies in Visual Information Processing3  Out of print xxiv + 646 pages Hardbound
    0-444-89949-9 080805

    502570 BK Out of print Extractive Metallurgy, Mineral Processing
    Extractive Metallurgy of Tin
    Second Revised Edition 1982
    ELSEVIER This book summarizes and correlates information in the fields of mineral processing, smelting and refining. Statistical relations derived from industrial results are used to unify diverse reports, to give information on process mechanisms and to provide a standard of reference for discussion of new ideas. 1. Introduction. 2. Chemical and Physical Properties of Tin and its Compounds. 3. Occurrence and Mining. 4. Gravity Concentration. 5. Tin Flotation. 6. Cleaning of Gravity Concentrates. 7. Smelting. 8. Iron Drossing. 9. Volatilization Processes. 10. Mathematical Models of the Smelting Circuit. 11. Refining. 12. Hydrometallurgy. 13. Recovery of Tin from Secondary Sources. 14. Sampling and Analysis. Appendixes. By P.A.Wright PMProcess Metallurgy2  Out of print xiv + 330 pages Hardbound
    0-444-42113-0 070700

    525275 BK Out of print Computing Milieux (General)
    Exploring a New Partnership: Children, Teachers and Technology
    Proceedings of the IFIP WG3.5 International Working Conference, Rosemont College, Philadelphia, PA, USA, 26 June-1 July 1994 1994
    NORTH-HOLLAND The role of Information Technology (IT) in main stream education is explored by international specialists in this publication. Five main sections present papers focusing on the following themes: issues associated with the integration of IT into education systems; IT and pupil learning; interactive learning environments (including Virtual Reality); IT and community/cultural issues; and reports on developments around the world. A number of the papers consider work undertaken in classrooms, whilst others address either theoretical/philosophical issues or issues associated with organisation. The publication will be of direct relevance to the work of lecturers, teachers, education reseachers and education administrators. Preface. Conference Themes (J. Wright, D. Benzie). Integrating IT (Information Technology) into Education Systems. Cautionary verses: prospects and problems in achieving the aims of the computer revolution (G. Marshall). Towards the integration of Information Technology in compulsory education? Potentialities and constraints (G.-L. Baron, E. Bruillard). The development of informatics capability in elementary schools: what to do, and how to make it work (D. Passey, J. Ridgway). The search for a coherent approach to the development of Information Technology in the school curriculum (W. Burke). A policy for change (A. Chaptal). The TEAMSS Project: examining the impact of a multi-level staff development model (R.S. Heller, C.D. Martin). Observations on Pupil Learning. Computer games as motivators for successful computer end-use (Y.J. Katz, B. Offir). How new technologies question educational practices and learning theories (R. Cohen). The utilisation of "open" courseware for developing an enquiry approach in the study of non-scientific subjects (B. Offir, Y.J. Katz, D. Passig). Pupils' cognitive development through technological experiences mediated by the teacher (P. Boero, A. Carlucci, G. Chiappini, E. Ferrero, E. Lemut). Interactive Learning Environments. Using an aesthetics lens to investigate young children's experiences with educational technology (J. Hanor). A computer in the classroom: a catalyst for a creative partnership (E. Sendova). Explorative and creative learning using computer controlled models (G. Futschek, L. Berger). Environment for environments: a new metaphor for Logo (A. Blaho, I. Kalas, M. Matusova). School 2001-Project in Finland: making advanced multimedia with elementary school children (A. Joutsimaki). Mythology as a rich and meaningful context for integrated learning of literacy, numeracy and scientific inference: new possibilities (G. Vakanas, Y. Laouris, M. Symeonidou, E. Loizou, S. Stylianou, P. Kouppe, D. Georgiades). Virtual reality and education (C. Byrne, T. Furness III). A new role for teachers: software evaluator (W.S Cheung). IT and Community Partnership. Children and electronic media in the home (T. Downes). Technology to create common ground: opportunities for children with disabilities (J. Kahn, E. Kolodner). Technology in multi-cultural mathematics classrooms (B.J. Ferrucci, J.A. Carter). Community planning: a computer simulation (M. Teague, G. Teague). Curriculum, technology and staff development: a college-school partnership (R.J. Siegfried, M. Durkan-Reusche). Reports from around the World. Firing up Finnish pre-school development through technological learning environments (M.I. Siekkinen). Computers in a Bulgarian classroom: the influence on children and teachers (B. Gradinarowa). IT in Irish Primary Schools (T.Ó. Briain). Information technology in Norwegian education (S. Røsvik). The Rosemont Conference. A look back at the conference (S. Røsvik). Edited by J.Wright,  D.Benzie IFIPTAIFIP Transactions A: Computer Science and TechnologyA-58  Out of print 300 pages Paperback
    0-444-82022-1 050503

    692465 BK ISBN/0702024902 Psychiatry
    Core Psychiatry
    First Edition 2000
    BAILLIÈRE TINDALL This book covers everything in the MRCPsych syllabus that a trainee psychiatrist needs to know in order to pass the exam. Originates from a successful MTC Psych training course that teaches many exam candidates each year. By PadraigWright,  JulianStern,  MichaelPhelan  Out of print 704 pages Paperback
    0-7020-2490-2 999999

    502132 BK Out of print Theory and Mathematics (General)
    Aspects of Computation on Asynchronous Parallel Processors
    Proceedings of the IFIP WG2.5 Working Conference, Stanford, CA, USA, 22-26 August 1988 1989
    NORTH-HOLLAND The increasing availability of asynchronous parallel processors has provided opportunities for original and useful work in scientific computing. However, the field of parallel computing is still in a highly volatile state, and researchers display a wide range of opinion about many fundamental questions such as models of parallelism, approaches for detecting and analyzing parallelism of algorithms, and tools that allow software developers and users to make effective use of diverse forms of complex hardware. This volume collects the work of researchers specializing in different aspects of parallel computing, who met to discuss the framework and the mechanics of numerical computing. The far-reaching impact of high-performance asynchronous systems is reflected in the wide variety of topics, which include scientific applications (e.g. linear algebra, lattice gauge simulation, ordinary and partial differential equations), models of parallelism, parallel language features, task scheduling, automatic parallelization techniques, tools for algorithm development in parallel environments, and system design issues. Effective Scientific Applications. Languages and Programming Issues. Libraries, Environments and Tools. Language Design Issues. Open Session. System Design Issues. Contributors: R.C. Agarwal, Arvind, A.P.W. Böhm, P.M. Behr, O. Brewer, N.G. Brown, N. Carriero, M. Clint, P. de Forcrand, L.M. Delves, J. Demmel, J.B. Dennis, J.J. Dongarra, J. DuCroz, L. Eldén, M.J. Erl, K.V. Fernando, T. Ferretta, E. Gallapoulos, D. Gelernter, W.K. Giloi, A. Greenbaum, J.R. Gurd, F.G. Gustavson, I.N. Hajj, S.J. Hammarling, G.S. Hodgson, G. Hunter, S. Hupfer, T.A. Ivanco, C. Jesshope, M.T. Jones, M.C. Kallstrom, A.V. Kalyaev, A. Lin, D.C. Marinescu, J. Narem, M. Ojstersèk, M.L. Patrick, S.G. Petiton, J.R. Rice, D. Roantree, J.B.G. Roberts, G. Rodrigue, M. Rosing, A. Sameh, R.B. Schnabel, W. Schröder, P. Simpson, S.K. Skedzielewski, S. Skelboe, B.T. Smith, D.C. Sorensen, L. Steenman-Clark, A. Stewart, R. Sundaresh, T. Tsuda, R.G. Voigt, J.S. Ward, H.P. Zima, V. Zumer Edited by M.Wright  Out of print xii + 272 pages Hardbound
    0-444-87310-4 050502

    521924 BK Out of print Paleontology
    Calcaerous Algae
    1977
    ELSEVIER By J.L.Wray DPASDevelopments in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy4  Out of print . 070700

    524892 BK Out of print Applications (General), CAD,CAM,CAE, Processor Architectures
    Towards World Class Manufacturing 1993
    Proceedings of the IFIP TC5/WG5.3 Conference, Litchfield Park, Arizona, USA, 12-16 September 1993 1994
    NORTH-HOLLAND The mounting pressures of global competition have forced manufacturers to develop a broader range of products in short product development cycles, using more flexible and efficient organizational and technological strategies. The need to communicate information more effectively among all those who design, manufacture, sell and use the product has led to new examinations of large-scale communication processes and the methods of optimizing communication.

    This publication offers international perspectives on how information needs to be better modelled, communicated, stored and accessed throughout the product life cycle. The scope of the papers is especially broad since contributions have been sourced not only from the academic and research communities but also from industry and commerce. Specifically, the industrial sector explores world class manufacturing as driven business reality, integrated product development and demands for cultural and organizational changes that create new research paradigms focusing on customers and applications. The research faction, on the other hand, presents sophisticated technological solutions to resistant problems, whilst the educators raise questions about how to prepare Renaissance engineers for dealing with integrated enterprises.

    In its entirety, the book provides an excellent reference tool for all concerned with innovative concepts and methods for improving communication in manufacturing within the present cultural, economic and technological environment. Design and Product Realization. A synthetic reasoning method for conceptual design (M. Ishii, T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). A design for manufacturing aided system based on functional and knowledge aspects (F. Féru, C. Vat, A. Timimoun, E. Cocquebert, C. Rouchon). Features and algorithms for tooling cost evaluation for stamping (P.V. Mahajan, C. Poli, D.W. Rosen, M. Wozny). Facilitating rapid product realization with a high-level CAPP system (W.H. ElMaraghy, H. Jack). Procedural CAD models from range data (V. Koivunen, J.M. Vezien, R. Bajcsy). Concurrent Engineering. Virtual manufacturing as a basis for concurrent engineering (F. Kimura). Improved competitiveness through concurrent activities and handling of product changes (A. Rolstadås, B. Moseng, D. Blankenburg). Towards open architecture concurrent engineering frameworks (M. Mäntylä). TIBAS: Concurrent engineering and cooperative problem solving design tools for interaction between the automotive industry and its suppliers (G. Jacucci, S. Longano, B. Von Rekowsky, P. Patelli et al.). Architecture and methodology for concurrent engineering (G. Doumeingts, N. Ould Wane, P. Girard, F. Marcotte). Enterprise Architectures and Integration. Architectures for integrating manufacturing activities and enterprises (T.J. Williams, P. Bernus, J. Brosvic, et al. CIMOSA: integrating the production (J. Vlietstra). Integration of the information base: organizational problems and controls (F. Biennier, J. Favrel). Enterprise integration - metrics for improvement and benchmarking (M. Andersin, M. Reinikka, L.A. Wickstrom). Information based control architecture for CIM (A.L. Osório, L.M. Camarinha-Matos). Creation of virtual manufacturing devices by means of information system models (E. Rondeau, T. Divoux, F. Lepage, M. Veron). Product data integration framework for synergetic CAD systems (J.J. Shah, S.D. Urban, S.P. Raghupathy, M.T. Rogers). Rapid Prototyping and its Integration. Boundary evaluation for solid freeform fabrication (S. Guduri, R.H. Crawford, J.J. Beaman). Engineering plasma sprayed films by knowledge based simulations (G. Jacucci, M. Marchese, C. Uhrik). Selection and eveluation of SFM systems (D. Kochan). Integration of rapid prototyping into product development (C.L. Atwood, G.D. McCarty, B.T. Pardo, E.A. Bryce). Rapid prototyping to support flexible computer integrated manufacturing (J.A. Bachinsky, B.A. Pienkoski). Manufacturing Planning, Processes, Systems and Education. Parametric fixture layout models for operative process planning (J. Opas, M. Mäntylä). Evaluation and derivation of process plans in turning (A.F. Barakat, D. Dutta). Model-based performance measurement of manufacturing logistics (H.P. Wiendahl, W. Ullmann). Development of low-cost flexible manufacturing cell (A.W. Tredgold, E.R. Fielding). Accounting of tooling costs in optimization of cold forging processes (G. Yang, Y. Maekawa, K. Oka). A prediction method and in-process monitoring system of die-life in hot forging (Y. Maekawa, S. Hamaya, G. Yang). Manufacturing systems theory in manufacturing education (K. Wang, Ø. Bjørke). Edited by M.J.Wozny,  G.Olling IFIPTBIFIP Transactions B: Computer Applications in TechnologyB-17  Out of print 468 pages Paperback
    0-444-81850-2 050504

    502207 BK CAD,CAM,CAE, Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, Simulation and Modeling
    Geometric Modeling for Product Engineering
    Selected and Expanded Papers from the IFIP WG5.2 / NSF Working Conference on Geometric Modeling, Rensselaerville, NY, USA, 18-22 September 1988 1990
    NORTH-HOLLAND The papers in this collection provide an insight into current research issues and directions in geometric modeling. Like many other fields in the past, geometric modeling is making the transition from the empirical stage to a maturity based on formal theories and procedures. The data structures and algorithms are also being treated on a more rigorous basis, using the formal procedures of computer science. Until recently, researchers were concerned more with modeling the basic geometry and topology of individual parts. However, as in this volume, attention is now focused upon the specification of a complete engineering model of a product. Emphasis is given to the role of features, and to the modeling of assemblies, tolerances, and processes. Constraints, parametric design and variational geometry have all become important. Non-manifold topology has become essential for the representation of adjacency information. Surfaces and Splines. Solid Modeling. Non-Manifold Topology. Design and Features. Variational and Parametric Methods. Tolerance Modeling and Analysis. Geometry for Analysis. Feature Recognition. Process Planning. Computational Geometry. Edited by M.J.Wozny,  J.U.Turner,  K.Preiss  Out of print x + 498 pages Hardbound
    0-444-88448-3 050504

    502116 BK Out of print CAD,CAM,CAE, Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, Simulation and Modeling
    Geometric Modeling for CAD Applications
    Selected and Expanded Papers from the IFIP WG5.2 Working Conference, Rensselaerville, NY, USA, 12-16 May 1986 1988
    NORTH-HOLLAND The objective of this conference was to classify the research sub-areas of geometry and identify the open research issues. The papers give a good sampling of some of the important research ideas which are emerging in the field of geometric modeling as used in CAD/CAM. Non-Manifold Geometry. The Radial Edge Structure: A Topological Representation for Non-Manifold Geometric Modeling (K. Weiler). Boundary Graph Operators for Non-Manifold Geometric Modeling Representation (K. Weiler). Solid Geometry. Solid Modeling Research and Applications in the USA (P. Wilson). Notes on the Synthesis of Surface and Volume Modeling (T. Varady). Multiple Representations of Solid Models (P.R. Wilson). The Role of Multidimensional Models in CAD Systems (T. Takala). Form Features. A Taxonomy of Features for Solid Modeling (P.R. Wilson, M.J. Pratt). Form Feature Representation and Recognition in a Hierarchical Boundary Model (S. Ansaldi, B. Falcidieno). Tolerances. A Mathematical Theory of Tolerances (J.U. Turner, M.J. Wozny). Surface Geometry and Shape Design. The Use of Triangular Patches in CAD (G. Farin). Blends in Geometric Modeling (T. Varady). Specification of Shape by Dimensions and Other Geometric Constraints (G. Sunde). Standards. Data Transfer and Solid Modeling (P.R. Wilson). Open Issues and Trends on Graphics and Geometry Standards (J. Encarnacco, J. Rix, J. Schönhut). Geometry Applications. Geometric Modeling Needs of Finite Element Modeling (M.S. Shephard). Algorithms for Real-Time Tool Path Generation (G. Hermann). The Use of 3D CAD Models in Robot Vision (F. Tuijnman). Data Management. A Conceptual Framework for Data Management in Mechanical CAD (D.L. Spooner, M. Hardwick). Edited by M.J.Wozny,  H.W.McLaughlin,  J.L.Encarnacao  Out of print xii + 332 pages Hardbound
    0-444-70416-7 050503

    525346 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Neurology, Neuropharmacology, Neurophysiology, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols, Ringbinder Section 5 - Neuromorphology
    1995
    ELSEVIER Separate ringbinder for Section 5 (Neuromorphology) of Neuroscience Protocols.  F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols15  Out of print Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-82109-0 096930

    600217 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 8
    1996
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioral Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Neurobiology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher. SECTION 010 - BEHAVIORAL NEUROBIOLOGY. The elevated body swing test (EBST): a measure of motor behavior asymmetry in animals with unilateral CNS lesions (C.V. Borlongan, J.R. Jorden, D.W. Cahill, P.R. Sanberg). SECTION 020 - CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. Modified nested PCR for the detection of minor molecular variants (A. Sawa, F. Oyama, M. Matsushita, Y. Ihara). Transient transfection of adult DRG neurons using a modified calcium phosphate method (A. Watson, D. Latchman). Analysis of recombinant neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors by transient expression in eucaryotic cells in vitro (E.T. Wong, S.G. Holstad, S.J. Mennerick, S.E. Hong, C.F. Zorumski, K.E. Isenberg). Quantitative in situ hybridization in the brain: a quick protocol with cDNA probes (J.B. Boone Jr., J.M. Corry, D.A. McMillen). In vito gene transfer system by the HVJ-liposome method (K. Kato). SECTION 030 - DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. The use of organotypic tissue culture to investigate the colonization of fetal organs by cells from the neural crest. (T. Tharakan, A.L. Kirchgessner, M.D. Gershon). SECTION 060 - NEUROPHARMACOLOGY AND NEUROCHEMISTRY. Measurement of alpha-neoendorphin release in rat pituitary by a combination of microdialysis and radioimmunoassay (H. Konya, H. Masuda, K. Nagai, E. Kakishita). [3H]Dopamine and [14C]acetylcholine release from rat prefrontal cortex, nucleus accumbens and caudate-putamen slices. SECTION 070 - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. A method to evaluate the effects of transcranial stimulation on upper limb motor units (P.M. Rossini, S. Rossi, F. Tecchio, G. Sciarretta, M.D. Caramia, C. Iani, A. Finazzi-Agrò) Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols8  Out of print 156 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-82512-6 096930

    525742 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Neurochemistry, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 7
    1996
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher.

    The first NS CD-ROM is scheduled for publication. The electronic version will include most of the protocols published so far. There will be a single-user version and a network version. SECTION 020 - CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. A DIG in situ hybridization method for newcomers. Part 1. Preparation of DIG-labeled probes (N. Ishida). A DIG in situ hybridization method for newcomers. Part 2. Application of the method to paraffin brain sections ( M. Matsui, Y. Mitsui, N. Ishida). Measurement of GnRH mRNA levels by Northern blot hybridization assay and competitive RT-PCR in the rat preoptic area (J.Y. Seong, K. Kim). Isolation of genes associated with brain injury by a differential display technique (M. Tsuda, K. Imaizumi, A. Wanaka, A., M. Tohyama, T. Takagi). Differential display of mRNA transcripts in the nervous system: ex vivo and in vivo studies (M. Grifman, E. Lev-Lehman, A. El-Tamer, D. Ginzberg, I. Hanin, H. Soreq). SECTION 030 - DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. Lineage analysis of beta-galactosidase-positive neurones: postembedding immunohistochemistry and double immunofluorescence (M.C. Mione, I.S. Pappas, A. Lavdas, J.G. Parnavelas). SECTION 050 - NEUROMORPHOLOGY. Retrograde double-labeling of retinal ganglion cells in the new-born and adult albino rat ( A.K.M. Farid Ahmed, K. Dong, K. Sugioka, T. Yamadori). Immunohistochemical localization of biliverdin reductase in rat brain (J.F. Ewing, M.D. Maines). Tracing in living CNS tissue slices with dextran (G.-F. Tseng, C.-T. Lan, J.-Y. Shieh, C.-Y. Wen, C.-K. Tan, E.-A. Ling). Combination of retrograde Fluoro-Gold tracing and tyrosine hydroxylase immunohistochemistry (A. Gasbarri, C. Verney, R. Innocenzi, A. Sulli). Double preembedding immunostaining for the study by electron microscopy of synaptic relationships between immunocytochemically identified neurons (Q.-P. Wang, Y. Nakai). SECTION 060 - NEUROPHARMACOLOGY AND NEUROCHEMISTRY. A highly sensitive enzyme immunoassay for neurotrophin-3 (Y. Kaisho, A. Shintani, M. Nishida, H. Fukumoto, K. Igarashi). Extraction of benzodiazepine receptor ligands from mammalian tissues (J.-H. Ha, L. Pannell, R.C. Drugan, R. Ferland, A.S. Basile). Simultaneous in vitro pharmacological characterization of transmitter uptake and synthesis in several immunohistochemically identified tissue structures (S. Vanhatalo, S. Soinila). SECTION 070 - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. Calcium imaging in neurons of rat brain slices (C. Hansel, W. Singer). Measurement of transendothelial electrical potential difference in the pial microvessels of the anaesthetized rat (P.A. Revest, H.C. Jones, N.J. Abbott). SECTION 080 - QUANTITATIVE NEUROBIOLOGY. The construction of straight-line unfolded two-dimensional density maps of neuroanatomical projections in the monkey cerebral cortex (W.A. Suzuki, D.G. Amaral). Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols7  Out of print 250 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-82466-9 096930

    525685 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Neurochemistry, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 6
    1995
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. This is the Neuromorphology part of the Protocols. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher. Section 010 - Behavioral Neurobiology. A lever-release version of the conditioned avoidance response (CAR) paradigm for assessing the neuronal mechanisms of action of antipsychotic drugs (I.M. White, G.V. Rebec). A protocol for schedule control of intracranial self-stimulation (G.J. Schaefer). Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology. Construction of mammalian brain size-fractionated cDNA expression library and expression cloning of neuropeptide receptor by ligand binding (G.-x. Xie, K. Maruyama, A. Miyajima). Differential display of gene expression in rat focal brain ischemia (X. Wang, T.-L. Yue, F.C. Barone, R.R. Ruffolo, G.Z. Feuerstein). A sensitive quantitative RNase protection assay for identifying polyadenylation sites on a neuropeptide messenger RNA (C.J. Keiger, G. Brewer, M. Sorci-Thomas, J.C. Rose). Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Retrograde and anterograde axonal tracing with fluorescent dextran-amines in the embryonic nervous system (J.C. Glover). Induction of arhinencephaly using fetal laser surgery exo utero in mice (I. Naruse, A.G. Sato, H. Keino, M. Taniguchi). Investigation and developmental changes in protein substrates of Ca2+/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II in the rat forebrain (T. Yamauchi, H. Sugiura, T. Hirabayashi). Section 040 - Neuroimmunology. Neonatal tolerization and rapid immunization: an immunological subtraction technique for the generation of monoclonal antibodies (P.C. Kind, S. Hockfield). Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Staining myelin and myelin-like degradation products: glycol methacrylate resin-embedding combined with Sudan black B staining (P.O. Gerrits, G. Holstege). Silver staining of traumatized neurons: application of a Gallyas procedure in experimental cerebral hypoxia/ischemia research (G.J. Ter Horst, S. Knollema, M.F. Knigge, H.J. Krugers, S.V. Van de Witte, F. Postema, H.W. Hom). Mapping of the human brain in normal and pathological situations: the single cell and fiber level, employing Lucifer yellow microinjection, carbocyanine dye tracing, immunofluorescence, and 3D confocal laser scanning microscopy reconstruction (P.V. Belichenko, A. Dahlström). NADPH-diaphorase staining in the central nervous system (J.R. Alonso, R. Arévalo, A. Porteros, J.G. Brinón, E. García-Ojeda, J. Aijón). Triple staining for parvalbumin, calretinin and carbonic anhydrase in spinal primary afferent neurons: combination of double immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry (H. Ichikawa, T. Deguchi, D.M. Jacobowitz, T. Sugimoto). Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Intracerebral dialysis in freely moving rats for the study of changes in monoamine metabolism in the nucleus accumbens correlated with locomotor activity (R. Sugita, K. Terada, Y. Sekiya, Y. Sawa, S. Nomura, T. Nakazawa). Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Estimation of electroencephalographic potential flow (T. Inouye, K. Shinosaki, S. Toi, Y. Matsumoto, N. Hosaka). Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols6  Out of print 122 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-82342-5 096930

    525366 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Behavioral Neuroscience, Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration, Molecular Neuroscience, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 5
    1995
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. This is the Neuromorphology part of the Protocols. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher. Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neuromorphology. Construction of mammalian brain size-fractionated cDNA expression library and expression cloning of neuropeptide receptor by ligand binding (G.-x. Xie, K. Maruyama, A. Miyajima). Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Retrograde and anterograde axonal tracing with fluorescent dextran-amines in the embryonic nervous system (J.C. Glover). Induction of arhinencephaly using fetal laser surgery exo utero in mice (I. Naruse, A.G. Sato, H. Keino, M. Taniguchi). Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Staining myelin and myelin-like degradation products: glycol methacrylate resin-embedding combined with Sudan black B staining (P.O. Gerrits, G. Holstege). Silver staining of traumatized neurons: application of a Gallyas procedure in experimental cerebral hypoxia/ischemia research (G.J. Ter Horst, S. Knollema, M.F. Knigge, H.J. Krugers, S.V. Van de Witte, F. Postema, H.W. Hom). Mapping of the human brain in normal and pathological situations: the single cell and fiber level, employing Lucifer yellow microinjection, carbocyanine dye tracing, immunofluorescence, and 3D confocal laser scanning microscopy reconstruction (P.V. Belichenko, A. Dahlström). Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Intracerebral dialysis in freely moving rats for the study of changes in monoamine metabolism in the nucleus accumbens correlated with locomotor activity (R. Sugita, K. Terada, Y. Sekiya, Y. Sawa, S. Nomura, T. Nakazawa). Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols5  Out of print 122 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-82249-6 096930

    525263 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Behavioral Neuroscience, Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration, Molecular Neuroscience, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 4
    1994
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or replace it with an update.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is also available separately.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    The Managing Editor of NP is F.G. Wouterlood who is based at the Department of Anatomy, Free University, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The Editorial Board consists of eight neuroscientists who each have different areas of expertise. They are: J.F. Batty, S.B. Dunnett, S. Hockfield, J.P. Houston, R.R. Mize, O.P. Ottersen, C. Wilson, and L. Winsky. For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher. Section 010 - Behavioral Neurobiology. The behavioural adaptation of the collision test: inference of axonal linkage and estimation of conduction velocity from effects of paired-pulse stimulation (P. Shizgal, B. Murray). Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology. Analysis of neuronal mRNA levels by quantitative reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (B.J. Baumgartner, E.M. Barnes, Jr.). Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Organ culture: an in vitro system for the sustained growth of neonatal olfactory bulb (V.C. Russo, H. Cheesman, G.A. Werther). Combining biotinylated dextran amine neuronal labeling and lacZ reporter gene labeling to study the relationship between identified neuronal populations and gene expression in the embryonic mouse nervous system (H.N. Nichols, Y. Echelard, B. Fritzsch, A.P. McMahon). Slice cultures as a tool to study neuronal development and the formation of specific connections (B. Heimrich, M. Frotscher). Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Dual anterograde axonal tracing with Phaseolus vulgaris-leucoagglutinin (PHA-L) and biotinylated dextran amine (BDA) (J.L. Lanciego, F.G. Wouterlood). The Sihler stain: a technique for studying peripheral nerves in whole mount specimens (B.L. Wu, I. Sanders). Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Measurement of pentose phosphate pathway activity by microdialysis in vivo and in a single incubation in vitro (O. Ben-Yoseph, P.B. Kingsley, D.M. Camp, T.E. Robinson, B.D. Ross). Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Study on superbond adhesion to the skull for chronic electrode implantation in the rat (I. Limoge-Lendais, C. Robert, M. Degrange, M. Goldberg, L. Stinus, A. Limoge). Multisite recordings of the brain in the in vivo rat using a voltage-sensitive dye (P. Litaudon, M. Cattarelli). The combined single cell recording - intracerebral microdialysis method in freely behaving rats (N. Ludvig, P.E. Potter, S.E. Fox). Multichannel near-infrared optical imaging of brain activity (Y. Hoshi, M. Tamura). Section 080 - Quantitative Neurobiology. Estimation of the number and size of GABA-containing neurons in the cerebral cortex (C. Beaulieu). Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols4  Out of print 196 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-81804-9 096930

    524907 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Behavioral Neuroscience, Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration, Molecular Neuroscience, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 3
    1994
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or replace it with an update.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is also available separately.

    NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.

    The Managing Editor of NP is F.G. Wouterlood who is based at the Department of Anatomy, Free University, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The Editorial Board consists of eight neuroscientists who each have different areas of expertise. They are: J.F. Batty, S.B. Dunnett, S. Hockfield, J.P. Houston, R.R. Mize, O.P. Ottersen, C. Wilson, and L. Winsky. For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher. Supplement 3.Foreword. Guide for Using Neuroscience Protocols. Instructions to Authors. Key word Index.Section 010 - Behavioral Neurobiology. TRH-induced behaviour in rabbits as a simple model for pharmacological studies on the dopamine system. The shock-probe burying test. Paw reaching in rats: the staircase test. Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology. Preparation of biotinylated primary antibodies and their application for immunocytochemical dual-label experiments using antibodies from the same animal species. Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Bromodeoxyuridine as a label for fetal hypothalamic whole tissue and cell suspension grafts. A device for single-cell transplantation with minimal transfer of suspension fluid. Section 040 - Neuroimmunology. Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Preparation, staining and examination of nervous tissue in the confocal scanning laser microscope. Anterograde and retrograde neuroanatomical tract tracing with fluorescent compounds. Combination of Golgi silver-staining and immunofluorescent techniques. Intracellular injection of transport markers and antibodies into in vitro cultured nerve cells. Intensification of signals in immunostaining, in situ hybridization, ligand binding and neuroanatomical tracing. Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Construction and implantation of a chronic intracranial dialytic delivery system. Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Section 080 - Quantitative Neurobiology. Computerized stereology: quantitative in situ hybridization. Edited by F.G.Wouterlood NSPNeuroscience Protocols3  Out of print 160 pages Loose-leaf Binder
    0-444-81803-0 096930

    524855 LB Out of print Neuroscience, Neurophysiology, Neuroscience Methodology
    Neuroscience Protocols - Module 2
    1993 Note: Neuroscience Protocols Modules 1 and 2 are available as a set complete with ring-binder and cumulative contents at Dfl.555.00 (317.25 US Dollars).
    ELSEVIER Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or replace it with an update.

    NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Modules 3 and 4 will be published in the second half or 1994. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is al